Thông tin
Hỏi đáp

Lưu Hoẵng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh 10

Lưu Hoẵng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh 10 cho sinh viên tham khảo, ôn tập, chuẩn bị cho kì thi. Đồng thời nâng cao trình độ Tiếng Anh của bạn! Mời bạn đọc cùng đón xem nhé !

Môn:

Chủ đề: Lexico and Grammar - Từ vựng ngữ pháp 246 tài liệu

Trường:

Tài liệu dành cho học sinh chuyên Anh 761 tài liệu

Thông tin:

194 trang 10 tháng trước

Tác giả:

Tuyết Mai

docx.com.vn

Bình luận

Vui lòng đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký để gửi bình luận.

Lưu Hoẵng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh 10

2.6 K 1.3 K lượt tải Tải xuống

LƯU HOẰNG TRÍ

(Giáo viên chuyên Anh – Trường THPT Nguyễn Thượng Hiền – TP. HCM)

BÀI TẬP

TIẾNG ANH 10

NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC QUỐC GIA HÀ NỘI

Lời nói đầu

Các em học sinh thân mến!

Chúng tôi biên soạn “Bài tập Tiếng Anh 10 – Không đáp án” dùng kèm với “Tiếng Anh

10” của Nhà xuất bản giáo dục Việt Nam với sự hợp tác của Tập đoàn Xuất bản Giáo dục

Person, dành cho học sinh lớp 10 ở bậc Trung học Phổ thông.

Chúng tôi tập trung biên soạn các dạng bài tập nhằm phát triển năng lực giao tiếp bằng tiếng

Anh thông qua kĩ năng nói, đọc, viết, trong đó có chú ý đến tâm lí lứa tuổi của học sinh lớp 10.

Bài tập dành cho mỗi đơn vị bài học bao gồm:

 Phần A: Phonetics (Ngữ âm)

 Phần B: Vocabulary & Grammar (Từ vựng và ngữ pháp)

 Phần C: Speaking (Nói)

 Phần D: Reading (Đọc)

 Phần E: Writing (Viết)

 Hai bài kiểm tra: Test 1 & Test 2 (mỗi bài kiểm tra gồm 50 câu hỏi với bài tập phát triển

các kĩ năng trên)

Các bài “Test yourself” giúp học sinh tự kiểm tra những nội dung kiến thức, và rèn luyện

các kĩ năng sau mỗi 2 hoặc 3 đơn vị bài học.

Các bài tập trong “Bài tập Tiếng Anh 10 – Không đáp án” đa dạng, phong phú, bám sát từ

vựng, ngữ pháp và chủ đề trong sách giáo khoa “Tiếng anh 10” của Nhà xuất bản Giáo dục Việt

Nam và Tập đoàn Xuất bản Giáo dục Person.

Chúng tôi hi vọng rằng “Bài tập Tiếng Anh 10 – Không đáp án” sẽ là một tài liệu tự học

hữu ích cũng như một phương tiện hỗ trợ cho việc rèn luyện, nâng cao trình độ Tiếng Anh cho

học sinh lớp 10.

Mặc dù đã có nhiều cố gắng trong việc biên soạn, song không thể tránh khỏi thiếu sót. Chúng

tôi rất mong nhận được những đóng góp quý báu của các bạn đồng nghiệp và các em học sinh để

cuốn sách hoàn thiện hơn trong lần tái bản sau.

Xin trân trọng cảm ơn!

Tác giả

Unit 1: FAMILY LIFE

A. PHONETICS

I. Write the words in the box into the correct column.

II. Write /tr/, /kr/, and /br/ above the word that has the corresponding consonant cluster

sound. Then, practise reading the sentences.

1. We tried to catch the train to Ha Noi.

2. This morning I felt crazy because the traffic was very heavy with a lot of trucks and the

streets were crowded.

3. My father likes cream in his coffee.

4. My mother buys groceries on credit.

5. My computer crashed while I was trying to create a new directory.

6. My parents are both broad-minded, so they are willing to listen to our own opinions.

7. My brother has brown eyes and broad shoulders.

8. A breathalyser is a device to measure the amount of alcohol in a driver’s breath.

9. I spend two hours browsing the web every day.

10. People feel lonely because they build walls instead of bridges.

B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Fill in each blank with the correct word/phrase from the box.

1. Mr Long has found that his wife receives a great deal of love when he to

chores.

2. In fact, child care seems to have some important for young children.

3. Ho Xuan Huong was a female poet who was of gender inequality.

4. Ties with the family are generally very close.

5. Mothers play a(n) role in the lives of their children and the bond is

very strong.

6. Fathers and mothers who follow have made a conscious decision to

share equally in the raising of their children, household chores, breadwinning, and time for

recreation.

7. Overall, women’s time in domestic work has been declining and we see a slow but

continuing trend of in work time and the domestic division of labour.

8. My mother goes to work too and does everything else including all the ,

laundry, cleaning, and child care.

9. More than one-fourth of American families faced due to medical costs.

10. When your child was young, your role was to and guide him.

II. Fill in each blank with the appropriate form of the word in brackets.

1. One recent survey found that men’s in the home had increased almost

threefold in the last four decades. (contribute)

2. A mother’s love can be as as breastfeeding. (benefit)

3. In the traditional Japanese family system, the entire estate of the family, and the

assets are transferred from the father to the eldest son. (finance)

4. Mrs White spoke of her husband because he didn’t share anything

with household chores. (criticize)

5. My aunt works hard to support her family because her husband died in a

car accident a year ago. (enormous)

6. When we have some trouble in our family, we should have family meetings to work out a

. (solve)

7. The husband is responsible for the family's economic well-being and takes pride in his role as

a . (provide)

8. Parenting can offer children good opportunities for their future. (collaborate)

9. We do our share of housework willingly so that we can follow interests in

our free time. (recreation)

10. Researchers found that an unequal of household chores negatively

affected wives' marital . (divide – satisfy)

III.Match the pictures 1-9 to the phrases, and write the answer in each blank. There are

some extra phrases. Number 1 has been for you.

1 do the cooking

_______ do the ironing

_______ do the washing

_______ do the vacuuming

_______ lay the table

_______ make the bed

_______ tidy your room

_______do the cleaning

_______ do the shopping

_______ do the washing-up

_______ empty the dishwasher

_______ make breakfast/lunch/dinner

_______ take the rubbish out

_______wash the car

IV. Complete the sentences with a verb from the box in the correct form.

1. Why didn’t you your bed this morning?

2. I can’t come out now. I’m the cleaning.

3. Could you the dishwasher and put the things away, please?

4. It’s not fair. I breakfast yesterday. Nam should it today.

5. Look at this bin! Please the rubbish out now.

6. Mum, I’ve my room. Can I go out now?

7. Phong, the table. It’s nearly dinnertime.

8. A: Where’s Dad?

B: He’s the car. He always the car on Sunday morning.

V. Fill the gaps with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

1. Ms Lan is not in the office today. She (work) at home today.

2. “Where (you/come) from?” “I’m Italian - from Rome.’

3. “(you/ speak) French” “Just a little.”

4. Don’t forget your umbrella. It (rain) again.

5. “Can you help me with the dinner?” “Not now. I (watch) TV.”

6. In Viet Nam, children (look) after their old parents.

7. “Hi! What (you/do) here” “I (wait) for a friend.”

8. Can I look at the newspaper now? (you/read) it?

9. Can I phone you back? We (have) dinner.

10. Mr Long (work) in an office every day, but now he (help) his

wife to prepare dinner.

C. READING

I. Read the passage, and decide whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or

not given (NG).

Career of the Year

Fourteen-year-old Ed Bond from London is this year's winner of the Young Career of the

Year Award.

When he’s not at school. Ed looks after his mother, who is disabled and in a wheelchair. He

also looks after his ten-year-old sister. He helps to do the washing and the cooking. ‘Ed’s great,’

says his father. ‘I have to go to work at six in the morning, so Ed has to help his mother a lot. He

doesn’t have to do the housework but he does it anyway. We worry because he doesn’t have

much free time, but he doesn’t complain.’ ‘I want to help.’ says Ed, ‘and anyway I don’t have to

do so much at weekends because my dad’s at home.’

T F NG

1. Ed helps to look after his mother.   

2. Ed’s mother can’t walk.   

3. Ed’s father is also ill.   

4. Ed is an only child.   

5. Ed does all the shopping for the family.   

II. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Family types vary in different countries and among different cultures. In Western,

industrialized societies, the nuclear family ranks as the most common family type. It consists of a

father, a mother and their children. But nuclear families exist together with many other types of

family units. In the single-parent family, for example, a mother or a father heads the family

alone. A blended family is formed when a divorced or widowed parent remarries. As divorce

rates have risen, the number of single-parent and blended families has increased.

In many parts of the world, parents and children live together with other family members

under the same roof. These complex families usually contain several generations of family

members, including grandparents, parents and children. They may also include brothers or sisters

and their families, uncles, aunts and cousins. Even when relatives do not live together, they still

consider themselves members of the same extended family includes grandparents, uncles, aunts

and cousins.

1. The nuclear family ranks as the most common family type .

A. an many industrialized countries B. in countries with nuclear weapons

C. that consists of more than two generations D. that leads to the divorce of parents

2. In the single-parent family, .

A. there are often no children

B. only one parent lives with his or her child or children

C. the number of blended children has increased

D. children live with their grandparents

3. Grandparents, parents and children are mentioned as .

A. the three typical generations of an extended family

B. three branches of a family tree

C. the closest and happiest relatives in family units

D. a complex combination

4. The second paragraph is about .

A. American culture B. relatives and family members

C. the relationship between family members D. the extended family

5. The word “blended” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .

A. complex B. married C. mixed D. formed

III.Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

The American family unit is in the process of change. In the first half of the 20

century,

there were mainly two types of families: the extended and the nuclear. An extended family

includes mother, father, children and some other relatives, living in the same house. A nuclear

family is composed of just parents and children living under the same roof.

As the American economy had progressed from agricultural to industrial one, people were

forced to move to different parts of the country to get good jobs. These jobs were mainly in the

large cities. Now, in fact, three-quarters of Americans live in urban areas which occupy 2.5% of

the national total land mass. Of the 118 million in the labour force, only 3 million still work on

the farm.

Since moving for better jobs has often divided the extended family, the nuclear family

became more popular. At present, 55% of the families in the US are nuclear families. But besides

the two types of traditional family groupings, the family is now being expanded to include a

variety of other living arrangements because of divorce. There is an increase in single-parent

families, in which a father or mother lives with one or more children. Divorce has also led to

blended families, which occur when previously married men and women marry again and

combine the children from former marriage into a new family. There are also some couples who

do not want to have children to form two-person childless families.

1. A nuclear family is one that .

A. consists of father, mother, and children living in the same house

B. relatives live with

C. there are only grandparents, parents and their children living in

D. is bigger than extended family

2. The expression “under the same roof” means

A. a house with one roof B. a house with the roof the same as the wall

C. in the same building D. under the house

3. The nuclear family becomes more popular because of .

A. more divorces B. the division of the extended family

C. fewer jobs in big cities D. an increase in single-parent families

4. How many types of families have there been in the US since the first half of the 20

century?

A. Two B. Three C. Four D. Five

5. A blended family is a newly-formed family .

A. with the combination of children of the two previously married father and mother

B. that has only father or mother living with children

C. in which there are no children

D. that there is only one couple living in with their newborn children

IV. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

The Role of the Japanese Mother

The focus of the mother is her home and family, with particular attention to the rearing of

children. While most Japanese believe that a woman's place is in the home, women make up

almost 40 percent of the labor force. More than half of these women are married. Many mothers

with small children work only part-time so they can be home when their children are not in

school. The extra income earned by the mother is often used to meet the cost of their children's

education.

Japanese mothers take the responsibility of their child's education and upbringing very

seriously. They seldom confront their preschool children because they want to foster an intimate,

dependent relationship. The purpose of this approach is to get the child to obey willingly with the

mother’s wishes and to shape the child's behavior over a long period of time. The close nature of

the mother-child relationship and the strong parental commitment help to provide a strong

foundation for the child's entry into elementary school.

Mothers are involved directly in with the child's school. Each day a notebook is sent back

and forth between mother and teacher remarking on the child's mood, behavior, health, and

activities both in school and at home. Mothers attend PTA meetings usually twice a month and

are involved with school committee's working on special projects such as gardening and hot

lunch preparation. School is a very stressful and competitive process so the Japanese mother

concentrates all her efforts on getting her children through so they can get accepted into the

appropriate universities.

Task 1: Match a word in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer in each

blank.

Task 2: Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

T F

6. Most Japanese women are housewives.  

7. Taking care of children and bringing them up are of great importance to  

Japanese mothers.

8. Japanese mothers tend to be very strict to their children at home.  

9. Japanese mothers and teachers work together for the children's study  

progress and comfort at school.

10. The Japanese mother concentrates all her efforts on getting her children  

through, so the atmosphere at home is very stressful.

D. SPEAKING

Rearrange the sentences in order to make a meaningful conversation, writing the letter (A-

H) in each blank.

1. _____ A. Nam: It’s not only for our mother's benefits but it also makes us more independent

when we have grown up.

2. _____ B. Nam: Besides cleaning and cooking, my mother also does a lot of other things

around the house although she goes to work.

3. _____ C. Nam: I agree with that saying. All of us take it for granted that our mother is

responsible for doing all the housework.

4. _____ D. Nam: Besides the relationship, we enjoy a friendlier atmosphere in our home all

the time when we attend to each other.

5. _____ E. Mai: So does my mother. My father, my brother and I try to share the burden so

that my mother can follow her own interests.

6. _____ F. Mai: I’ve just read a saying about household chores, Nam. It’s “Housework is

what a woman does that nobody notices unless she hasn't done it.”

7. _____ G. Mai: It’s very useful for our future life. And I think we will have better

relationship when we share household chores with one another.

8. _____ H. Mai: Yeah, when we come home from school, our house is clean and tidy and

lunch or dinner is ready for us to eat.

E. WRITING

Write complete sentences using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can

add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given.

1. Young people/ want/ love/ support/ encouragement/ nurture/ attention/ their parents.

____________________________________________________________________________

2. Teenagers/ need/ “helpful attention”/ rather/ protective attention.

____________________________________________________________________________

3. Helpful attention/ mean/ parents/ be interested/ who/ the children/ be/ and/ what/ they/ do.

____________________________________________________________________________

4. Parents/ try/ listen/ their children/ although/ it/ sometimes inconvenient.

____________________________________________________________________________

5. Parents/ encourage/ children/ learn/ their mistakes/ rather/ show them/ how/ do it.

____________________________________________________________________________

6. Teenagers/ would like/ be on/ their mobile phones or computer/ playing games/

communicating/ their friends.

____________________________________________________________________________

7. They/ also want/ spend time/ together/ their parents.

____________________________________________________________________________

8. They/ spend time/ sitting around the table/ have dinner/ watching TV as a family/ going out

with the parents.

____________________________________________________________________________

9. Teenagers/ tend/ make their own decisions/ although/ they/ not have much experience.

____________________________________________________________________________

10. Parents/ share experience/ their children/ so that/ they/ not make wrong decisions.

____________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 1)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. take B. family C. grateful D. table

2. A. nursing B. nurture C. turn D. future

3. A. society B. sociable C. groceries D. finance

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. breadwinner B. homemaker C. washing-up D. equally

5. A. routine B. laundry C. household D. finance

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. Do you have to do ?

A. the mess B. your bed C. the washing-up D. the cook

7. Do you have to the rubbish out?.

A. take B. make C. empty D. do

8. My mother the responsibility for running the household.

A. holds B. takes C. runs D. bears

9. We share the house with our grandparents and our uncle’s family. It is a(n) family

A. nuclear B. extended C. crowded D. multi-generation

10. Are you free on Sunday evening? I’d like to to the cinema?

A. ask you B. ask out you C. ask you out D. ask you away

11. My mother is very good at her time between work and family.

A. leaving B. splitting C. sharing D. taking

12. When a couple can chores in a way that both spouses feel satisfied with the

outcome, they are showing mutual respect for one another.

A. cut B. run C. take D. divide

13. The children, all three, have done , mopped, dusted, helped on the house and

in the yard.

A. laundry B. clothes C. groceries D. rubbish

14. Our parents hands to provide for the family and make it happy.

A. were joining B. are always joining C. join D. joins

15. My grandparents with my family at present and my grandmother me

how to cook several traditional Vietnamese dishes.

A. stay - instructs B. stay - is instructing

C. are staying - instructs D. are staying - is instructing

IV. Fill in each blank with the correct word/phrase from the box.

16. If your partner has agreed to buy the , you might plan the week’s meals

and make the shopping list.

17. We should pay attention to the conditions that and strengthen early

childhood development and health across the life course.

18. Past studies have shown that couples who household chores report

feeling happier overall.

19. Couples who share at home are happier overall.

20. It takes a housewife a lot of time to clothes for the household.

21. I have watched my husband and children take over much of my role as a

22. The husband replaces the light bulbs while the wife does the .

23. Nowadays in nuclear families, homemaker and roles have evolved into

something that makes it impossible to define exactly.

24. Many couples find that they look at the division of differently.

25. Men and boys do most of the in the family.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best tits the blank space in the

following passage.

Working Mothers

In the United States today, more than half of mothers with young children work, compared to

about one third (26) 1970s. Women have been moving into the workforce not only for

career (27) but also for the income.

In many families today, mothers continue to work because they have careers that they have

spent years (28) . Some women (29) to work soon after (30) birth because

they know that most employers are not sympathetic to working mothers who wish to take time

off to be with their young children.

Some people still think that a “good mother” is one who (31) work to stay home

with her children. However, no scientific evidence says children are harmed when their mothers

work. A child who is emotionally well adjusted, well loved, and well cared for will thrive

regardless of (32) the mother works outside the home.

In most families with working mothers, each person (33) a more active role in

the household. The children tend to (34) one another and help in other ways. The

father as a (35) is more likely to help with household chores and child rearing. These

positive outcomes are most likely when the working mother feels valued and supported by

family, friends, and coworkers.

26. A. in B. in the C. at D. at the

27. A. enjoy B. satisfy C. satisfaction D. pleasant

28. A. develop B. to develop C. developing D. developed

29. A. return B. turn C. happen again D. exchange

30. A. producing B. making C. taking D. giving

31. A. gives up B. stop C. end D. puts up

32. A. where B. when C. how D. whether

33. A. plays B. does C. makes D. takes

34. A. look at B. look after C. look for D. look up

35. A. bread B. breadwinning C. breadstick D. breadwinner

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Home Life in Japan

It is common in Japan for three generations to live under the same roof. This is becoming less

common today, but still exists, certainly in the countryside.

Husbands in Japan give their salaries to their wives. They are returned a sum of money as

pocket money, otherwise how to use the rest is the wife's decision. The finances of a family are

the responsibility of the women who handle most of the household expenses. There are

exceptions in instances when something of value, like a car, is being bought. This is changing

with more women going to work.

Japanese fathers in contemporary urban households spend so much time at work, and the

company demands on them are so great. It means that they often really have very little time or

energy to spend with their children. The responsibility for raising children, overseeing the

education fall onto the mothers. Mothers play an enormous role in the lives of their children and

the bond is very strong. Babysitters are rarely used and mothers often sleep with their babies. A

mother will also spend hours with children doing school work. Few Japanese men help with

housework. There is more pressure today for this to change.

Most families in Japan today are nuclear families, such as those in the United States. That is

to say that a married couple lives together with their children, perhaps with one grandparent. But

for the most part, the Japanese family today looks much like the American family.

36. In Japan, extended families are still popular .

A. in big cities B. in the countryside C. everywhere D. in urban areas

37. A Japanese woman is responsible for all of these EXCEPT .

A. raising children B. handle household expenses

C. making decisions on very valuable things D. taking care of children's school work

38. Japanese fathers in contemporary urban households .

A. are under great pressure of work B. are responsible for most household chores

C. handle most of the household expenses D. stay at home to work as babysitters

39. Nowadays there is a pressure that men should .

A. earn more money B. help their wives with housework

C. leave important decisions to their wives D. work harder at work

40. Most families in Japan nowadays may be .

A. extended families B. three-generation families

C. the same as the traditional ones D. similar to those in the Western

VII.Complete the conversation, using the sentences (A-F) given. There is one sentence that

you do not need.

A. It’s hard work, and it may hurt your back.

B. I can do it in my free time.

C. I do the laundry, fold the clothes after doing the laundry, and iron the clothes.

D. I hate ironing most.

E. I don’t mind cooking.

F. I love eating, and I think it’s one of the most important skills in my life later.

Anna: What household chores do you do to help your parents?

Mai: (41)_____________________________________________________________________

Sometimes I help to cook dinner.

Anna: Which of the chores do you like doing the most?

Mai: (42)_____________________________________________________________________

Anna: What do you like about it?

Mai: (43)_____________________________________________________________________

Anna: Which of the chores do you dislike the most?

Mai: (44)_____________________________________________________________________

Anna: Can you give the reason for that?

Mai: (45)_____________________________________________________________________

VIII.Write complete sentences using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You

can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given.

46. Family members/ divide/ household chores/ based/ who/ better/ doing them.

____________________________________________________________________________

47. For example/ the wife/ cook/ dinner/ and then/ the husband/ clean/ kitchen.

____________________________________________________________________________

48. We also/ divide chores/ based/ consideration/ love.

____________________________________________________________________________

49. The one/ who/ arrive/ home earlier/ cook the meal/ and the others/ lay/ table/ or do/ washing

up.

____________________________________________________________________________

50. Parents/ train/ children/ help with housework/ and/ most cases/ they/ willing/ give a hand.

____________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 1)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. heavy B. breadwinner C. cleaning D. breakfast

2. A. many B. prepare C. parent D. share

3. A. laundry B. iron C. ingredient D. cream

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. enormous B. extended C. ungrateful D. elderly

5. A. vulnerable B. psychologist C. society D. responsible

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. My responsibility is to wash the dishes and the rubbish.

A. take up B. get out C. get up D. take out

7. The father typically works outside the home while the mother is domestic

duties such as homemaking and raising children.

A. suitable for B. capable of C. responsible for D. aware of

8. When both our parents go on business, our next-door neighbours come and with

the cooking.

A. help out B. help us out C. help out us D. help us in

9. A healthy between work and play ensures that everyone has a chance to enjoy their

lives.

A. balance B. equality C. share D. control

10. One of the ways we our teenager’s needs as parents is by giving them attention.

A. watch B. solve C. share D. meet

11. Our parents needn’t ask us our rooms. We do it every day.

A. tidy up B. to tidy up C. tidying up D. tidy

12. My brother and I to clean the toilets and take out the rubbish.

A. takes turn B. take turn C. takes turns D. take turns

13. My mother gets annoyed with my younger brother because he his dirty clothes over

the floor.

A. always throws B. is throwing C. is always throwing D. is going to throw

14. Mrs Hang likes wearing casual clothes, but today she “ao dai”.

A. wears B. is wearing C. takes off D. is taking off

15. It’s nearly midnight, but our upstairs neighbours karaoke loudly.

A. are singing B. have sung C. sing D. should sing

IV. Fill in each blank with the correct word from the box.

16. Family members should develop a plan together to responsibilities more

fairly.

17. Some husbands may view as woman's work and not manly.

18. A is a person who works at home and takes care of the house and family.

19. My sister can wash clothes but she can’t even a baby’s handkerchief.

20. are food and other goods sold at a supermarket.

21. In order to become a waiter in a restaurant, you have to learn how to a table

for a formal dinner party.

22. Traditionally parents regard their most important as training their

children.

23. Vietnamese tend to live together in extended families rather than

families.

24. A Vietnamese proverb says, “If the father or mother lacks or fails, children are always take

for by an aunt or uncle”.

25. A typical family often includes three or even four generations, and

typically consisting of grandparents, father and mother, children, and grandchildren, all

living under the same roof.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

It is a common belief in Britain that nowadays men do more housework than they did in (26)

generations. But is this really so? A recent survey has (27) some interesting

discoveries. When men help out, they enjoy cooking and shopping but most are (28) to do

the washing. A quarter of men think that women are better suitable for (29) after the

home than men and 19% admit to making no (30) to housework.

The average man says that he does a third of the housework, (31) the average

woman says she does three-quarters of it, so someone isn’t (32) the truth! It was

impossible to find any men who shared housework (33) with their partners. Perhaps

it isn’t so (34) that there are some politicians who want a new law forcing men to do

their (35) .

26. A. old B. last C. first D. previous

27. A. made B. given C. done D. found

28. A. willing B. unwilling C. interested D. uninterested

29. A. taking B. seeing C. watching D. looking

30. A. part B. help C. share D. contribution

31. A. so B. because C. while D. therefore

32. A. telling B. saying C. speaking D. talking

33. A. equal B. equally C. same D. the same

34. A. surprise B. surprises C. surprising D. surprised

35. A. part B. role C. share D. condition

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Building positive family relationships

The ordinary, everyday things that families do together can help build strong relationships

with teenagers. Regular family meals are a great chance for everyone to chat about their day, or

about interesting things that are going on or coming up. If parents encourage everyone to have a

say, no one will feel they’re being put on the spot to talk. Also, many families find that meals are

more enjoyable when the TV isn’t turned on!

We should all take turns choosing outdoor activities for our families. A relaxing holiday or

weekend away together as a family can also build togetherness.

One-on-one time with the child gives the parents the chance to stay connected and enjoy each

other’s company. It can also be a chance to share thoughts and feelings.

Parents should celebrate the child’s accomplishments, share his disappointments, and show

interest in his hobbies. Sometimes it’s just a matter of showing up to watch the child play sport

or music, or giving him a lift to extracurricular activities.

Family traditions, routines and rituals can help parents and their children set aside regular

dates and special times. For example, we might have a movie night together, a favourite meal or

cooking session on a particular night, a family games afternoon or an evening walk together.

Agreed household responsibilities give kids of all ages the sense that they’re making an

important contribution to family life. These could be things like chores, shopping or helping

older or younger members of the family.

36. Regular family meals are a great chance for everyone .

A. to have an opportunity share their daily activities

B. to talk about TV programmes during the meal

C. to have the spot to talk about

D. to talk about interesting things that are coming soon

37. The following things are true about outdoor activities for our families EXCEPT

A. all family members try to find out suitable activities

B. they should be held on holidays or at weekends

C. they offer a chance to share secret thoughts and feelings

D. they offer the pleasant feeling of being united

38. Parents can show their attention to their child by all these things EXCEPT .

A. watching the child play sport or music

B. giving him a lift to extracurricular activities

C. having a movie night together

D. setting aside regular dates to do housework

39. Children who share household chores with their parents will .

A. enjoy each other’s company

B. make the family life better

C. be given a chance to do extracurricular activities

D. have a family games afternoon or an evening walk together

40. The main idea of the passage is .

A. to give advice on staying connected and enjoying each other’s company

B. how to share household chores between family members

C. to offer pieces of advice to improve family relationships

D. the important role of family traditions, routines and rituals

VII.Complete the conversation, using the responses (A-F) given. There is an extra one.

A. Nowadays more and more men are willing to give a hand to household chores around the

house.

B. Yes, last but not least, we should be flexible and allow the other members to finish the

tasks in his or her own way.

C. Well, we should also make a list of the chores that each of us absolutely hates to do.

D. All the members of the family should sit down together and make a list of household

chores.

E. Try to discover the reasons why there is such delay. Maybe the husband may view

household chores as women’s work and not manly.

F. Or we could do the chore together, as a team.

Mrs Lan: What should we do first to share the household chores?

Mrs Hang: (41)_______________________________________________________________

Mrs Lan: A list of the items we have to do around the house. But there are the chores that

somebody hates to do.

Mrs Hang: (42)_______________________________________________________________

What one hates, others may be able to tolerate.

Mrs Lan: What will we do if all of us hate the same chore?

Mrs Hang: Perhaps we should think of a way to compromise in getting this particular

unpleasant task done. (43)______________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

Mrs Lan: I think it works in practice. If one member doesn't do his or her share of the work

around the house, how can we deal with the matter?

Mrs Hang: (44)_______________________________________________________________

Mrs Lan: Is there anything else we should take notice of when sharing housework?

Mrs Hang: (45)_______________________________________________________________

If having the clothes folded in a certain way is important to you, then you fold

them.

VIII.Write complete sentences using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You

can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given.

46. Teenagers/ need/ love and support/ their parents/ when they face/ many changes/ their lives.

____________________________________________________________________________

47. For teenagers/ parents and families/ a source/ care/ emotional support.

____________________________________________________________________________

48. Families/ teenagers/ practical, financial and material help.

____________________________________________________________________________

49. Teenagers/ also going through/ rapid physical changes.

____________________________________________________________________________

50. Supporting each other/ be important/ them/ get through these challenges.

____________________________________________________________________________

Unit 2: YOUR BODY AND YOU

A. PHONETICS

Read the following sentences and underline the words with /pr/, /pl/, /gl/ or /gr/ sounds, and

put them into the correct column.

1. A gland is an organ of the body which produces liquid chemicals that have various purposes.

2. Prevention is better than cure.

3. The greatest wealth is health.

4. Time and health are two precious assets that we don’t recognize and appreciate until they

have been depleted.

5. My own prescription for health is less paperwork and more running barefoot through the

grass.

6. The performance improved as their confidence grew.

7. A healthy body is a guest-chamber for the soul; a sick body is a prison.

8. You pray for good health and a body that will be strong in old age. Good - but your rich

foods block the gods’ answer and tie Jupiter’s hands.

9. Your brain and body need glucose in order to function effectively.

10. The mind has great influence over the body.

11. Today, more than 95% of all chronic disease is caused by food choice, toxic food ingredients,

nutritional deficiencies and lack of physical exercise.

12. Plaque is a great place for bacteria to live.

13.When a bee stings you, your mom or dad can help you by applying an ointment or cream to

fight the itch.

14. The ability to concentrate and focus comes from the adequate, steady supply of energy.

15. If you need glasses or contact lenses, your doctor will write you a prescription.

B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Complete each blank with a verb from the box.

1. ________________: bleeding, unconscious

2. ________________: medicine, painkillers

3. ________________: something quickly, something slowly

4. ________________: an accident, an operation, an X-ray

5. ________________: a leg, a finger

Complete the passage with the verb from above.

I’ve never (6) an accident, or a serious illness, but my brother isn’t so lucky.

First, he (7) his leg playing football. He didn’t (8) it quickly, and in the

end he (9) two operations. Finally, his leg got better, but six months later he fell off

his motorbike. His head (10) bleeding.

II. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

1. Have you got a tissue? I think I'm going to .

2. I played tennis for two hours yesterday and now my arm .

3. My daughter feels very hot. I think she’s got a .

4. My throat hurts because I can’t stop .

5. I shouted a lot at the concert and now I’ve got a(n) .

6. I had a dive for 20 minutes yesterday, and hours later it resulted in .

7. I’ve eaten too much and I think I’m going to be .

8. I got soaking wet yesterday and I think I'm getting a(n) .

9. My mouth really hurts because I’ve got .

10. Can you turn the music down please because I’ve got a(n) .

III.Complete each blank in the passage with the word in the box.

The Many Benefits of Fasting

Fasting can be a safe way to lose (1) as many studies have shown that

fasting allows the body to burn through fat cells more effectively than just regular dieting.

Fasting has shown to allow you to tolerate (2) or sugar better than if you don’t fast.

A study showed that after (3) of fasting, insulin becomes more effective in telling

cells to take up (4) from blood.

Fasting gives your (5) system a rest. Fasts can regulate your digestion and

promote healthy bowel function, thus improving your metabolic function.

Believe it or not, the less you eat the longer you will live. Studies have shown how the (6)

of people in certain (7) increased due to their diets.

Fasting helps to regulate the (8) in your body so that you experience what

true hunger is. We know that obese individuals do not receive the correct (9) to let

them know when they are full due to excessive (10) patterns.

IV. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

Acupuncture

Acupuncture (1) from China and has been practised there for thousands of

years. Acupuncture involves the insertion of very thin (2) through the patient's

skin at specific points on the body, and the needles are inserted to various (3)

According to WHO (World Health Organization), acupuncture is (4) for treating 28

conditions, while evidence indicates it may have an effective therapeutic value for many more.

Traditional Chinese medicine explains that health is the result of a harmonious balance of the

complementary extremes of yin and yang of the life force. Illness is said to be the consequence of

a(n) (5) of the forces. If needles are (6) into these points with

appropriate combinations, it is said that the energy flow can be brought back into proper balance.

Acupuncture points are seen by Western practitioners as places where nerves, muscles and

connective tissue can be stimulated. Acupuncture practitioners say that the (7)

increases blood (8) while at the same time triggering the activity of our own body's

natural painkillers.

V. Complete the following sentences with “be going to” or “will”. Sometimes both are

correct.

1. A: I can’t come during the day.

B: I (see) you tomorrow evening.

2. The method is quite simple, and I’m sure it (be) familiar to most of

you already.

3. That cheese smells awful. I think nobody (eat) it.

4. A: Did you get the theatre tickets?

B: No, I forgot all about them. I (book) them tomorrow.

5. Wherever you go in Viet Nam, you (find) the people very friendly.

6. Phong says he (be) a policeman when he grows up.

7. Are these your new racket and shuttlecock? (you/ take up) table

tennis?

8. The sky has gone really dark. There (be) a rain.

9. A: What is the milk used for?

B: I (make) some yoghurt.

10. You can’t play football in the garden. I (cut) the grass.

VI. Rewrite the following sentences using the passive.

1. Our body cannot make essential fatty acids or vitamins, so we must obtain them through diet.

____________________________________________________________________________

2. Low fatty acid levels cause a higher risk of developing Alzheimer's disease and memory loss.

____________________________________________________________________________

3. The consumption of blueberries and tomatoes can delay short-term memory loss or

Alzheimer's.

____________________________________________________________________________

4. Just a handful of pumpkin seeds a day provides you with your recommended daily amount of

zinc.

____________________________________________________________________________

5. A good intake of vitamin E prevents thinking decline, particularly in the elderly.

____________________________________________________________________________

6. Nuts supply us with a great source of vitamin E.

____________________________________________________________________________

C. READING

I. Match the headings (A-E) to the correct group of tips (1-5).

First aid tips

A. How to treat a cut finger

B. How to treat a sprained ankle

C. How to treat a minor burn on your hand

D. How to treat a nosebleed

E. How to treat someone who has fainted

1. __________________________________

 Sit down and put your head between your knees.

 Squeeze your nose with your finger and thumb for five minutes.

 Put an ice pack on your nose.

2. __________________________________

 Wash the finger under the tap to remove any dirt.

 Wrap a paper towel round the finger to stop the bleeding.

 Put some antiseptic cream on the cut.

 Put a plaster or a bandage on the finger.

3. __________________________________

 Lift the ankle off the ground.

 Put an ice pack or a bag of frozen peas on the ankle for fifteen minutes.

 When the swelling disappears, put a bandage round the ankle.

4. __________________________________

 Lift your friend’s legs off the ground a little.

 Loosen any tight clothes.

 Open the window.

 Don’t throw water on the face.

5. __________________________________

 Put the hand under a tap of running cold water.

 Cover the burn with a bandage.

 Take a painkiller if it hurts.

Tick the boxes to show which treatments are correct for the situations.

II. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions below.

Just breathe

The movement of your blood through your heart and around your body is called circulation.

The process of circulation is fast: it takes less than a minute to pump blood to every part of your

body.

When we breathe in, oxygen goes into your lungs. Blood from your lungs fills with oxygen

and moves into the left side of your heart. The left side of your heart pumps the blood with

oxygen in it out through tubes called arteries. Arteries carry blood away from your heart to your

body. Your body takes the oxygen out of the blood and uses it to stay healthy and strong. We

need oxygen for everything we do: moving, growing, speaking, and thinking. If we do not have

oxygen, we cannot live.

When your body uses the oxygen from your blood, it makes carbon dioxide. Your body

doesn’t need this carbon dioxide, so the blood takes it away. Other tubes, called veins, carry the

blood with carbon dioxide in it back to your heart. The blood from our body goes into the right

side of your heart. Then the right side of your heart pumps this blood into your lungs which

remove the carbon dioxide from the blood. When you breathe out, the carbon dioxide goes back

into the air.

1. From which was blood with oxygen pumped throughout the body?

____________________________________________________________________________

2. What does our body need oxygen for?

____________________________________________________________________________

3. Where does blood come back to the heart?

____________________________________________________________________________

4. What are the functions of arteries and veins?

____________________________________________________________________________

5. How can our body remove carbon dioxide?

____________________________________________________________________________

III.Read the article and write the names of the treatments.

Consider the choices ...

Conventional medicine: The beginning of conventional medicine can be traced back to the fifth

century B.C. in ancient Greece. It is based on the scientific study of the human body and illness.

In the last century, there has been great progress in what doctors have been able to do with

modern surgery and new medications. These scientific advances have made conventional

medicine the method many people choose first when they need medical treatment.

Homeopathy: Homeopathy was founded in the late eighteenth century in Germany. It is a low-

cost system of natural medicine used by hundreds of millions of people worldwide. In

homeopathy, a patient’s symptoms are treated with remedies that cause similar symptoms.

Herbal therapy: Herbal medicine, often taken as teas or pills, has been practised for thousands

of years in almost all cultures around the world. In fact, many conventional medicines were

discovered by scientists studying traditional uses of herbs for medical purposes. The World

Health Organization claims that 80% of the world’s population uses some forms of herbal

therapy for their regular health care.

Acupuncture: Acupuncture originated in China over 5,000 years ago. Today, it is used

worldwide for a variety of problems. Acupuncture needles are inserted at certain points on the

body to relieve pain and/or restore health. Many believe acupuncture may be effective in helping

people stop smoking as well.

Spiritual healing: Also known as faith healing, or “mind and body connection”, various forms

of spiritual healing exist around the world. This is a form of healing that uses the mind or

religious faith to treat illness. A number of conventional doctors say that when they have not

been able to help a patient, spiritual healing just may work.

1. When modern medicine and surgeries are unsuccessful, a person might try one of these

treatments.___________________________________________________________________

2. A person who is afraid of needles would not want this treatment.________________________

3. A person who needs surgery would want this treatment._______________________________

4. A person who feels strongly that there is a mind and a body connection would choose this

treatment.___________________________________________________________________

5. A lot of conventional medicines are based on the study of this treatment._________________

____________________________________________________________________________

6. A person who is using a remedy that can actually cause the symptoms the person suffers

from is using this treatment._____________________________________________________

IV. Read the passage and fill in the columns with the food that has the corresponding

function.

Foods to boost your brainpower

Like everything else in your body, the brain cannot work without energy. The ability to

concentrate and focus comes from the adequate, steady supply of energy in the form of glucose

in our blood to the brain. We can achieve this by choosing whole grains such as “brown” cereals,

bread and brown pasta which release glucose slowly into the bloodstream, keeping you mentally

alert throughout the day.

Essential fatty acids which assist in the development and function of the brain and nervous

system cannot be made by the body and must be obtained through diet. Oily fish contains fatty

acids in a ready-made form, which enables the body to use it easily. The main sources of oily

fish include salmon, trout, herring, and sardines. Low fatty acid levels have been linked to a

higher risk of developing Alzheimer's disease and memory loss.

Evidence suggests that the consumption of blueberries and tomatoes may also be effective in

improving or delaying short-term memory loss or Alzheimer's.

Certain B vitamins - B6, B12 and folic acid - are known to reduce levels of homocysteine in

the blood. Elevated levels of homocysteine are associated with increased risk of stroke, thinking

impairment and Alzheimer’s disease.

Just a handful of pumpkin seeds a day is all you need to get your recommended daily amount

of zinc, vital for enhancing memory and thinking skills.

A study suggests that a good intake of vitamin E might help to prevent thinking decline,

particularly in the elderly. Nuts are a great source of vitamin E along with leafy green vegetables,

asparagus, olives, seeds, eggs, brown rice and whole grains.

V. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Junk Food's Effect On Our Body

Fast food nutrition should make up a minimal part of a healthy diet. Fast foods and junk

foods are high in fat, sodium and sugar, which can lead to obesity and a range of health

problems, including diabetes, heart disease and arthritis.

Junk food doesn't contain the nutrients that your body needs to stay healthy. As a result, you

may feel fatigued and lack the energy you need to complete daily tasks. The high levels of sugar

in junk food puts your metabolism under stress. Because fast food and junk food don't contain

adequate amounts of protein and good carbohydrates, your blood sugar levels will drop suddenly

after eating, leaving you feeling annoyed, tired and craving sugar.

Junk food contains large amounts of fat, and because fat accumulates in your body, you'll

gain weight and could become obese. The more weight you gain, the more you'll be at risk for

serious illnesses. The high levels of fat and sodium in junk food can cause high blood pressure or

hypertension.

In the short term, high levels of dietary fat lead to poor mental performance. You'll feel tired

and have trouble concentrating because your body might not be getting enough oxygen.

The high levels of fat and sodium in junk food and fast food can contribute to heart disease

by raising blood cholesterol levels and contributing to arterial plaque build-up. The high levels of

fatty acids found in many junk foods and fast foods can lead to fatty liver deposits, which, over

time, can cause liver disease.

Task 1: Match a word in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer in each

blank.

Task 2: Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

6. The amount of sugar in fast food is .

A. providing you with enough energy to complete daily tasks

B. so high that it puts your body under stress

C. leading to obesity and a range of health problems

D. so low that you want to eat much more sugar

7. The main reason that we shouldn't eat much fast food is that .

A. it should make up a minimal part of a healthy diet

B. it contains too much protein and carbohydrate

C. it has high levels of sugar

D. it doesn't contain the nutrients that keep our body healthy

8. Fast food contains the following items EXCEPT .

A. high blood cholesterol levels B. high levels of fat and sodium

C. high levels of sugar D. high levels of fatty acids

9. Fast food is not good for our heart because .

A. it can lead to fatty liver deposits

B. it may raise blood cholesterol levels and cause high blood pressure

C. it can cause liver disease which can lead to heart disease

D. it makes you feel tired and have trouble concentrating

10. Large amounts of fat in fast food are harmful because .

A. your blood sugar levels will drop suddenly after eating, leaving you feeling annoyed, tired

B. they contain too many nutrients that your body needs to stay healthy

C. you are at risk for serious illnesses and you have poor mental performance

D. they only make up a minimal part of a healthy diet

D. SPEAKING

I. Complete the conversation, using the words and phrases from the box. You will not use

all of them. Then answer the questions about the conversation, checking yes (Y), no (N)

or not given (NG).

Receptionist: Hello, Dr. Winter’s office.

David: Hello. I’m calling because I’d like to make (1) to see the doctor. I

have (2) in my (3) .

Receptionist: I think you might need (4) . Let’s see - I can fit you in this

afternoon. Would you be able to come in at 4:00?

David: Yes, that’s great. I really (5) it.

Y N NG

1. Does David have chest pain?   

2. Does the receptionist need an appointment?   

3. Is David a student?   

4. Does David need a checkup?   

5. Can the doctor see David today?   

II. Complete the conversation about the ways to get rid of bad habits, using the sentences

(A-F) given. There is one sentence that you do not need.

A. You mean we should make connections between stopping the bad behaviour with what

good things we’ll get from doing so.

B. To tell the truth, some people want their bad habits to stay on for a while.

C. We don’t turn back when we have some problems but pick ourselves up and get going

again.

D. Write it down for them and have them ask you on regular intervals about your progress.

E. The point is whether we’re capable of a change for the better or not.

F. In my opinion, we start with small steps consistently in order to get the planned goal.

Nam: Do you think everyone has bad habits, Scott?

Scott: I absolutely agree with you. (1)_______________________________________________

Nam: I think the first thing to do is to make up a list of all reasons why you want to quit your

bad habits.

Scott: (2)______________________________________________________________________

Nam: Right. If you want to lose weight, then picture yourself slim and looking good in those

skinny jeans. And then you come down to one thing: take action - you must go all or

nothing.

Scott: (3)______________________________________________________________________

Nam: That's right. In this way, we get the goal eventually. Do we follow our plan alone? I think

the answer is 'no’. We should tell someone about it.

Scott: Tell them your goal and tell them your plan. (4)__________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

Nam: Certainly. That person becomes your reliable partner. This will prove invaluable.

Scott: Most people may have failures. (5)_____________________________________________

III.Fill in each blank of the pieces of advice (1-8) with the headlines (A-H), and discuss

whether you agree or disagree with them.

A. Make barriers to your habit

B. Spend more time with people who encourage you

C. Stay positive

D. Break one habit at a time

E. Staying patient

F. Team up with your friend

G. Choose a substitute

H. Find out the causes

1. __________________________________

If you have a few habits, don’t try to break them all at once. Break one bad habit at a time,

starting with the worst one. Find out which habit is harming you the most and begin with that

one. If you get rid of one habit, it will be easier to break the other bad habits.

2. __________________________________

It’s important to know why your habit is harming you and why you can’t break it. Find out

your emotional triggers and work on clearing them.

3. __________________________________

If your friend or family member is going through a similar problem, join them. Help one

another get rid of the bad habit. After all, it’s always better to deal with the problems together

than alone.

4. __________________________________

Stop using up your energy and time feeding your bad habit, look for a healthier habit instead.

If you are trying to quit smoking, you can satisfy the craving by munching on a healthy

snack. It will help to distract you and get rid of your bad habit. Just be patient because it will

be hard the first few months.

5. __________________________________

When you are trying to get rid of your bad habits, surrounding yourself with people who

encourage you to live a happier life is a must. Spend more time with positive people and you

will become more positive as well.

6. __________________________________

If you want to stop eating unhealthy food or biting your nails or whatever, ask your friend or

family member to monitor your bad habit. This action will help make it hard to turn to this

bad habit.

7. __________________________________

Getting rid of a bad habit can be extremely difficult and even painful at times, so remember

that you won't break your bad habits overnight. Everything is possible, when you have this

characteristic to do it.

8. __________________________________

No matter what others say or think about you, you should believe in yourself and do what

you think is right. Believe that you are strong and you are able to break any bad habit.

Compliment yourself every day and tell yourself that you’re the master of your own life and

you have the power to make your life what you want it to be.

E. WRITING

Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences.

Home Remedies To Treat Obesity Naturally

1. Drinking green tea/ twice/ three times/ day/ bring/ you/ visible results/ days.

____________________________________________________________________________

2. You/ drink/ glass/ lukewarm water/ one teaspoon/ apple cider vinegar/ and/ one teaspoon/

lemon juice/ every day/ two/ three months.

____________________________________________________________________________

3. This/ help/ burn/ body fats/ effectively.

____________________________________________________________________________

4. You/ drink/ glass/ hot water/ a teaspoon/ honey/ when/ you/ get up/ and/ empty stomach.

____________________________________________________________________________

5. If/ you/ habit/ drinking cold water/ try/ replace/ it/ hot water.

____________________________________________________________________________

6. Hot water/ help/ eliminating/ fat deposits/ your body.

____________________________________________________________________________

7. A glass/ lukewarm water/ a few drops/ mint leaf juice extract/ effective/ weight loss/

prolonged use.

____________________________________________________________________________

8. Eating regularly food/ hotels, restaurants or roadside food stalls/ increase/ weight/ so/ you/

stick/ home-made foods.

____________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 2)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. breath B. health C. heart D. head

2. A. intestine B. mind C. spine D. reliable

3. A. yoga B. young C. yin D. rhythm

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. oxygenate B. ability C. complicated D. regularly

5. A. allergy B. sleepiness C. additive D. papaya

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. Foods and drinks which strongly the body can cause stress.

A. boost B. develop C. encourage D. stimulate

7. Some foods and spices may your breath for days after a meal.

A. spoil B. harm C. damage D. reduce

8. by the brain and nerves, the nervous system allows us to move, talk, and feel

emotions.

A. Leading B. Being led C. Led D. Having been led

9. Broccoli supplies a great source of vitamin K, which is known to thinking function and

brainpower.

A. stimulate - decrease B. enhance - improve

C. encourage - improve D. develop - stop

10. Yoga increases endurance, and flexibility.

A. strong B. strength C. powerful D. blood

11. Most herbal medicines are well by the patient, with fewer side effects.

A. tolerate B. tolerating C. tolerated D. being tolerated

12. It that half of your plate consists of vegetables and fruit.

A. suggests B. suggesting C. is suggested D. is suggesting

13. I an interview for a scholarship tomorrow morning.

A. will have B. am going to have C. will be having D. will have had

14. Not brushing your teeth regularly plaque build up on your teeth.

A. is going to let B. is going to allow C. will let D. will get

15. I a good hot bath in ten minutes in order to take good care of my skin.

A. will have B. will have had C. will be having D. is going to have

IV. Rewrite the following sentences using the passive.

16. The human brain can read 1,000 words per minute.

___________________________________________________________________________

17. In 30 minutes, the human body gives off enough heat to bring a gallon of water to the boiling

point.

___________________________________________________________________________

18. If the human brain were a computer, it could perform 38 thousand-trillion operations per

second.

___________________________________________________________________________

19. Your body produces 25 million new cells each second.

___________________________________________________________________________

20. The human brain uses 20% of the entire body's oxygen and calorie intake, despite only

accounting for about 2% of an adult's body mass.

___________________________________________________________________________

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

I believe in the old saying: “healthy body, healthy mind”; it really has a place for me. For

anyone that has had personal experiences with (21) health, it is so true that by keeping

active and keeping fit, you feel stronger not just in your body but so much stronger in your (22)

as well. By keeping active. I’ve personally found that I now sleep much better and can

(23) my daily activities with so much more (24) and less stress. I have also

had a boost to my own self-confidence (25 ) I have managed to lose a considerable

amount of weight.

There are health benefits, too. Being active could possibly mean I am less (26) to

develop diabetes or any other weight related issues. As I grow older, I want to (27) as

independent as I possibly can. I don’t want to be dependent on other people.

The final benefit is the (28) side to keeping fit. Whether you choose (29) a gym,

a walking group or a football club, these clubs are often so friendly, warm and welcoming to new

members. I’ve met so many like-minded and positive people through getting fit. It has been great

(30) , too.

21. A. mental B. brain C. mind D. physical

22. A. heart B. mental C. brain D. mind

23. A. deal B. deal with C. solve D. achieve

24. A. ease B. easy C. easily D. easier

25. A. if B. when C. as D. although

26. A. like B. likely C. unlikely D. alike

27. A. delay B. begin C. seem D. remain

28. A. social B. society C. sociable D. socially

29. A. to join B. to join in C. joining D. joining in

30. A. fun B. funny C. enjoyable D. fitness

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Reflexology is a natural treatment dating back to ancient times. It is based on the idea that

there are zones, or areas, in the feet and hands that are related to other parts and systems of the

body. For example, the tips of the toes or fingers are related to the head and neck, and the ball of

the foot is related to the heart and chest. A reflexologist applies pressure to specific areas in a

patient’s feet and hands to relieve symptoms or pain in other related areas.

This type of treatment does not cure or diagnose specific health problems, and it does not

involve any medication. Yet many patients find that it successfully relieves symptoms of stress

and disease. Reflexology is effective for pain, headaches, and sleeping difficulties, among other

ailments. Applying pressure to the feet and hands relieves tension, improves blood circulation,

and relaxes muscles. It promotes the natural, healthy functions and well-being of the entire body.

Reflexology is often used along with other types of treatments, including conventional medicine.

This gentle therapy is safe and simple. A reflexologist’s only tools are his or her hands.

Pressure is strong, but not uncomfortable. It’s not uncommon for patients to fall asleep during

treatments.

A typical treatment session lasts one hour. Treatment is usually focused on the feet for most

of the session. A patient is asked to remove his or her shoes and socks, to sit in a comfortable

reclining chair, and then to relax as the reflexologist warms the patient’s feet with his or her

hands and applies pressure to the appropriate parts of the foot. The last ten minutes of the session

are dedicated to the hands.

After relieving specific problems, many patients continue a regular programme of treatment

to maintain good health. Some reflexologists suggest building at least a five-minute reflexology

session into every day for long-term relief of stress and pain.

31. Reflexology is a natural treatment which is based on the idea that .

A. there are zones or areas in the feet and hands that are related to any parts of the body

B. the pressure in certain areas in the feet and hands will affect other parts of the body

C. we can apply pressure to specific areas in a patient’s feet and hands to cure diseases

D. pressure on the ball of the foot can cure heart diseases and chest pain

32. All of the following may be the benefits of reflexology EXCEPT .

A. giving up using other conventional treatments B. improving blood circulation

C. relieving tension, pain, sleeplessness D. relaxing muscles

33. Reflexology offers the therapy that is .

A. simple and uncomfortable B. gentle and uncomfortable

C. safe and comfortable. D. too strong but safe

34. In a typical session of reflexology, about is spent on the feet.

A. one hour B. fifty minutes C. ten minutes D. half the time

35. In order to have good effect, we should .

A. have a long-term relief session combined with medicine

B. remove our shoes and socks every day

C. have a regular five-minute reflexology session every day

D. try to avoid specific problems in our daily life

VII.Rearrange the sentences in order to make a meaningful conversation, writing the letter

(A-J) in each blank. The conversation starts with (0).

0 Scott: I just spent last night writing the essay on “The food pyramid”.

36. _____ A. Scott:I am feeling tired and sleepy now because I stayed up to three in the

morning.

37. _____ B. Scott:I see. We should have an effective working style in order to be successful in

the future. Thank you, Nam.

38. _____ C. Scott:Yeah, I can show my ability in such a situation. Last time, I got a B grade

for my essay.

39. _____ D. Nam:It’s also risky and dangerous. What will you do if you get sick or someone

in your family get sick the day before you hand in your assignment or you

have more than one deadline at the same time?

40. _____ E. Scott:I work better when I am under pressure. I only spent four hours writing the

essay, and before that I had a lot of free time.

41. _____ F. Nam: You can get a better result than that if you have plans to do the task. By

leaving work to the last minute, you can never realize all your abilities.

42. _____ G. Nam:Really? Our teacher gave us the topic last week. Why didn’t you prepare for

it earlier?

43. _____ H. Nam:You have denied the opportunity to test the limits of your abilities. How do

you know you can do belter when there is never enough time to do your best

or put in your best effort? And it’s harmful to your health.

44. _____ I. Nam: You worked better under pressure? It’s a matter of the study method. In fact,

it’s a highly stressful way to work and live, Scott.

45. _____ J. Scott: I don’t agree with you. I can realize my real abilities under the pressure of

time.

VIII.Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences.

46. Cholesterol/ need/ by the body/ keep producing healthy cells.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. However/ having/ high cholesterol/ put/ you/ at risk/ heart disease.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. Fast food/ like/ hamburgers, fries and fried chicken/ high/ fat/ but/ you/ replace/ these foods/

healthier options/ broiled sandwiches, or salads.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. Meat, poultry and fish/ good/ health/ when/ taken/ regulated quantity.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. We/ avoid/ all the foods/ which/ contribute/ the cholesterol/ body/ not use.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 2)

I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

1. A. therapy B. respiratory C. medical D. vessel

2. A. almond B. sesame C. avocado D. massage

3. A. allergy B. imagine C. sugar D. oxygen

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the other.

4. A. alternative B. acupuncture C. original D. respiratory

5. A. stimulate B. skeleton C. pyramid D. digestive

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. Fish, poultry, beans, or nuts half of the dinner plate.

A. make B. make out C. make up D. make of

7. Ailments are caused by a(n) of yin and yang.

A. imbalance B. unequal C. abnormal D. ineffectiveness

8. In some remote parts of the world, herbs may be the only treatment to the

majority of people.

A. leading B. available C. easy D. access

9. There are foods that can help you fall asleep or keep you .

A. wake B. waking C. waking up D. awake

10. Liver is a large organ in the body which the blood.

A. cleans B. cleans up C. is cleaning D. is cleaning up

11. The Healthy Eating Pyramid reminds us to our intake of salt and added sugar.

A. limit B. stop C. avoid D. remove

12. When acupuncture correctly, it is very safe for patients.

A. performs B. will be performed C. is performed D. will have performed

13. You should see a doctor if your nosebleed by an injury, such as a punch.

A. caused B. were causing C. was caused D. will be caused

14. If your retina records the image well, your brain the image, and you image

clearly.

A. will interpret - will see B. interpret - see

C. is going to interpret - are going to see D. is interpreting - are seeing

15. At your eye exam, you to read from an eye chart.

A. will probably ask B. are going to ask

C. will probably be asked D. are asking

IV. Rewrite the following sentences using the passive.

16. The acupuncturist will ask the patient to lie down.

___________________________________________________________________________

17. The acupuncturist should use single-use disposable sterile needles.

___________________________________________________________________________

18. As the acupuncturist inserts each needle, the patient will feel them, but initially without pain.

___________________________________________________________________________

19. Sometimes people heat the needles or stimulate them with electricity after insertion.

___________________________________________________________________________

20. People keep the needles in acupoints for about twenty minutes.

___________________________________________________________________________

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Benefits of spiritual healing

Spiritual healing can be very effectively used to solve numerous physical, mental and

emotional problems. Spiritual healing can help eliminate physical and mental problems and give

great health benefits.

Spiritual healing is often confused with (21) healing. Although many techniques

in spiritual healing encourage believing in a greater power and positive universal forces, it does

not force any particular faith or religious belief. Spiritual curing has been around in all (22)

The most obvious health benefits of spiritual healing can be seen on the (23) level. People

with high blood pressure, cholesterol, body pains, migraines, back aches etc. have cured their

(24) by means of spiritual healing techniques. One can see considerable (25)

of blood pressure and cholesterol, better sleep patterns, less worrying, and healing of aches

and pains of the body after using spiritual healing techniques.

The mind and body are interconnected, involved elements and the well-being of one can have

a great (26) on the other. Therefore, a healthy mind is resided in a healthy body and a

healthy body is a (27) of a healthy mind.

Once a person eliminates the worrying habit and incorporates positive thinking, the mind can

do (28) . It can help you imagine and create wonderful things, (29) goals and

achieve them. This process of focusing (30) the positive to improve the mental health

can boost your creativity.

21. A. faith B. faithful C. belief D. believable

22. A. land B. heritage C. cultures D. nation

23. A. mental B. physical C. exercising D. medicine

24. A. feelings B. viruses C. therapies D. ailments

25. A. stopping B. lowering C. cutting D. controlling

26. A. result B. affect C. impression D. effect

27. A. cause B. result C. effect D. action

28. A. wonders B. wonderful C. awesome D. progress

29. A. score B. make C. set D. reach

30. A. on B. in C. at D. Ø

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Teenagers and Sleep

Sleep is food for the brain. During sleep, important body functions and brain activity occur.

Skipping sleep can be harmful, even deadly, particularly if you are behind the wheel. You can

look bad, you may feel moody, and you perform poorly. Sleepiness can make it hard to get along

with your family and friends and hurt your scores on school exams. Sleepiness can lead to

aggressive or inappropriate behavior such as yelling at your friends or being impatient with your

teachers or family members.

Sleep is vital to your well-being, as important as the air you breathe, the water you drink and

the food you eat. It can even help you to eat better and manage the stress of being a teenager.

Teenagers need about 8 to 10 hours of sleep each night to function best. Most teens do not

get enough sleep: one study found that only 15% reported sleeping 8 hours and a half on school

nights. Not getting enough sleep or having sleep difficulties can limit your ability to learn, listen,

concentrate and solve problems.

Teens tend to have irregular sleep patterns across the week - they typically stay up late and

sleep in late on the weekends, which can affect their biological clocks and hurt the quality of

their sleep.

Consuming caffeine close to bedtime can hurt your sleep, so avoid coffee, tea, soda and

chocolate late in the day, and you can get to sleep at night. Nicotine and alcohol will also

interfere with your sleep.

A consistent sleep schedule will help you feel less tired since it allows your body to get in

synchronization with its natural patterns. You will find that it’s easier to fall asleep at bedtime

with this type of routine.

31. Sleepiness is harmful because .

A. our scores at school may be low and the relationship with others becomes worse

B. important body functions and brain activity occur during sleep

C. you can look bad behind the wheel

D. can lead to appropriate behaviors or being patient with your teachers or family members

32. In order to function best, teenagers need .

A. at least 10 hours of sleep each night B. over about 10 hours of sleep night

C. about 8 to 10 hours of sleep each night D. 8 hours and a half on school nights

33. All of the following are bad sleeping habits EXCEPT .

A. having coffee or tea close to bedtime B. staying up very late on the weekends

C. having nicotine and alcohol D. having the same sleep pattern

34. A consistent sleep schedule is very important because .

A. it will helps you feel less tired during daytime

B. you have less difficulty in falling asleep at bedtime

C. nicotine and alcohol will not interfere with your sleep

D. it is easier for you to fall asleep at any time

35. The word “consistent” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .

A. not changing B. agreeing C. similar D. changeable

VII.Rearrange the sentences in order to make a meaningful conversation, writing the letter

(A-J) in each blank.

36. _____ A. Anna:And after all, I think both of us have a good habit - we never skip breakfast.

37. _____ B. Mai: Pho is the most popular dish for breakfast in Viet Nam. It is said that

breakfast is the most important meal of the day. Right, Anna?

38. _____ C. Anna:With problem-solving ability and good memory, we can get high scores in

subjects and on tests.

39. _____ D. Mai: Have you had breakfast yet, Anna?

40. _____ E. Mai: Yes, thinking activities need a lot of energy. Studies show that breakfast

helps improve attention, problem-solving ability and memory.

41. _____ F. Anna: Yes, I've had a bowl of beef noodle soup.

42. _____ G. Mai: You're absolutely right. Studies have found children who regularly eat

breakfast are less likely to struggle with weight problems.

43. _____ H. Mai: Breakfast is not only important to students but also to workers. My father

often says that people who forget breakfast are not as productive at work as

people who regularly eat a healthy breakfast.

44. _____ I. Anna: I think so. It's an important tool in maintaining effective thinking activities.

45. _____ J. Anna: Besides productivity, eating breakfast may be an effective component of a

weight-loss programme.

VIII.Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences.

Foods to boost eye health

46. Cold-water fish/ such/ salmon, tuna, and sardines/ rich/ omega-3 fatty acids/ which/ help/

protect against/ dry eyes/ even cataracts.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. Leafy greens/ such/ broccoli, peas and avocados/ lower/ risk/ development/ macular

degeneration/ and/ cataracts.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. The vitamins/ nutrients/ eggs/ protect/ against/ night blindness and dry eyes/ and/ promote

eye health and function.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. Oranges, grapefruits, lemons and berries/ high/ vitamin C/ which/ reduce/ risk/ cataracts and

macular degeneration.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. Nuts/ such/ almonds/ rich/ omega-3 fatty acids and vitamin E/ which/ boost/ eye health.

___________________________________________________________________________

Unit 3: MUSIC

A. PHONETICS

I. Choose the odd one out, then read the rest of the words aloud.

1. A. moment B. content C. parent D. talent

2. A. latest B. contest C. request D. suggest

3. A. debate B. commemorate C. certificate D. educate

4. A. current B. moment C. talent D. comment

5. A. protest B. arrest C. establish D. nest

II. Read the following sentences aloud, and write the words with the sounds /est/, /ənt/,

or /eɪt/ into the correct line.

1. They will launch the contests, and cooperate with the City’s Cultural House to look for

talented artists.

2. The Voice Kids, with the passionate nature of The Voice, offers a lifetime opportunity for

talented children to develop the talent from beginning to end.

3. One of the ways the Eurovision Song Contest is different from others is that all the

contestants have the same chance to show their best talents.

4. Up to 8 participants were allowed on stage in Junior Eurovision Song Contest until 2008, but

lately 6 singers from different nations.

5. Cao Van Lau Awards are given to talented musicians and composers who have got best

achievements and made great contributions to the development of ‘Cai Luong’ and ‘Vong

Co’.

/est/:___________________________________________________________________________

/ənt/:__________________________________________________________________________

/eɪt/:___________________________________________________________________________

B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Match a type of Vietnamese traditional music (A-J) with its description (1-10), writing

the answer in each blank.

A. Xoan singing F. Quan Ho singing

B. Hat Then G. Southern Amateur Traditional Music

C. Hat Xam H. Tuong

D. Hat Van (Hat Chau Van) I. Ca Tru

E. Vietnamese Lullaby Songs J. Vi-Giam folk music

1. __________________________________

It is a practice that brings people together and evokes their lifestyle and work on the land and

rivers of the Mekong Delta region. It is often played in special celebrations. It is also played

at night by the local people after a long and tiring day at work. It was recognized as the

World Intangible Cultural Heritage by UNESCO in 2013.

2. __________________________________

It is a traditional folk art which combines trance singing and dancing, a religious form of art

used for extolling the merits of beneficent deities or deified national heroes.

3. __________________________________

It is a very rich and beautiful musical storehouse of our people, which has a very long lasting

history. During all its existence, successive creations have unceasingly changed the type of

the folk song. It was recognized as the World Intangible Cultural Heritage by UNESCO in

2009.

4. __________________________________

It is a repartee sung while working. It reflects the work, cultural lives and feelings of the

residents in the central coastal provinces of Nghe An and Ha Tinh. It was recognized as the

World Intangible Cultural Heritage by UNESCO in 2014.

5. __________________________________

It is religious epics of long poems, performed by the Highland Tay and Nung minority

groups. Those songs tell the story of the path to paradise to ask the Jade Emperor to settle

troubles for the head of household.

6. __________________________________

It is also called Hat Boi in the South, It is a kind of drama of the national theater. It came into

being over five hundred years ago, reflecting the rich and special culture of Vietnam.

7. __________________________________

It was also called “Hat A Dao” or “Hat Noi” (literally songs of the women singers).

Originally, attractive young singers entertained men in a relaxed environment, sometimes

serving drinks and snacks. Men might have visited a “Hat A Dao” inn with friends to

celebrate a successful business deal or the birth of a son. It was recognized as the World

Intangible Cultural Heritage by UNESCO in 2009.

8. __________________________________

It is a folk cultural product of Phu Tho Province. People sing it in communal houses of the

villages in spring. UNESCO recognized it as the World Intangible Cultural Heritage in 2012.

9. __________________________________

A sort of folk music is often heard in Vietnam, especially in the countryside. They are used

not only to lull small children to go to sleep but also to express human feelings such as

homesickness, wife missing her husband, etc.

10. __________________________________

It is the song of the blind artists, and it has existed since the Tran Dynasty in the 13

century.

II. Match a type of music with its definition, writing the answer in each blank. There are

two groups: I-10 corresponding to A-J, and 11-20 corresponding to K-T.

A. blues F. hard rock

B. classical music G. heavy metal

C. country music H. hip hop

D. disco I. jazz

E. folk music J. pop music

1. __________________________________

a type of popular music based on the traditional music of the southern US, usually containing

singing, guitars, and violins

2. __________________________________

traditional music from a particular country, region, or community, especially music

developed by people who were not professional musicians

3. __________________________________

a type of loud rock music that developed in the 1970s, played on drums and electric guitars

4. __________________________________

a type of music, usually played on electronic instruments, that is popular with many people

because it consists of short songs with a strong beat and simple tunes that are easy to

remember

5. __________________________________

music written according to standard European forms or structures by people such as Mozart

and Beethoven

6. __________________________________

It is the second type born from African traditional music. It is believed to have started after

the Civil War, when the black people were free to travel and seek employment.

7. __________________________________

a type of music that developed among African-American musicians using rap and samples (=

short pieces of recorded music or sound) that are repeated and combined with musical

instruments

8. __________________________________

a type of slow and sad music that developed from the songs of black slaves in the southern

9. __________________________________

a type of music with a strong beat that is easy to dance to, popular especially in the 1970s

10. __________________________________

a type of rock music that is loud and has a strong beat

K. raga P. rock ‘n! roll

L. rap Q. soul music

M. reggae R. swing

N. R&B (Rhythm and Blues) S. techno

O. rock music T. world music

11. __________________________________

a type of popular music that African American musicians developed from blues and jazz

12. __________________________________

a type of music that was popular in the 1950s and combined simple blues structures played

on guitars with strong regular beats

13. __________________________________

popular music which has been influenced by the music of traditional cultures

14. __________________________________

a type of African-American music that developed in the 1960s, combining R&B with pop,

rock ’n’ roll, and gospel styles. It usually has a strong beat and places emphasis on singing

15. __________________________________

a way of talking using rhythm and rhyme, usually over a strong musical beat

16. __________________________________

a type of music that is a mixture of early rock ’n’ roll and traditional country music

17. __________________________________

a type of popular music that developed in the 1980s from reggae and uses a singing style

similar to rap

18. __________________________________

a type of dance music that developed in the 1980s, consisting of hard repeated beats, heavy

drum sounds, and funk influences

19. __________________________________

a type of music that developed in Jamaica in the 1960s with songs about social and political

subjects and heavy bass sounds

20. __________________________________

a type of jazz dance music that was popular in the 1930s and 1940s, played by large groups

of musicians and combining simple tunes with more complicated improvisation

III.Choose the correct words to complete the text.

James Blunt biography

James Blunt was in the army for four and a half years before he left and (1. signed/ made)

a music contract. He plays the guitar and the piano, he also (2. writes/ makes)

a lot of his own lyrics and music. He (3. sent/ released) his

first album Back to Bedlam in 2005. It has been sold more than three million copies. His single

You're Beautiful (4. went/ made) to the top of the charts and stayed there for

six weeks. He also became the first UK artist since Elton John to reach number 1 in the US. He

(5. won/ had) two awards at the 2006 Brit Awards for ‘Best British Male’.

IV. Complete the text with the appropriate words from the box.

As a child My Tam was (1) about singing and left her hometown, Da Nang, for

Ho Chi Minh City to learn vocal music at Ho Chi Minh City Conservatory in 1997. People

realized that she was a(n) (2) singer when she got the bronze medal at the “Asian

Music Festival” held in Shanghai at the end of 2000. She started her (3)

singing career in 2001 when she was 20 years old and has since won millions of hearts with her

(4) and distinctive voice. She is not only a (5) singer, but also a

musician who has composed her own hits such as Toc Nau Moi Tram (Brown Hair and Purple

Lips), Hoa Mi Toc Nau (Brown-haired Nightingale), Uoc Gi (Wish), Hat Voi Dong Song (Sing

with the River), etc.

Later in 2004, My Tam was the only Vietnamese singer to participate in the “Asia Song

Festival” in Seoul, Korea, and she was very (6) in herself to perform in front

of the Korean crowds.

Considered as “V-Pop Queen”, My Tam has won three Viet Nam’s Devotion Awards, 11

titles “Most Favourite Singer”, and three titles “The Face of the Year” of the Blue Way Music

Awards.

Her fans think that My Tam is a great singer with a (7) voice and (8)

personality, but she is very (9) in her daily life. She works seriously

to give (10) quality music product. She is beloved for doing a lot of charity

activities.

V. Complete the passage with the correct forms of the words in brackets.

Shakira - A Star In Two Worlds

Shakira, who was born in Columbia, is one of the best pop stars to come from Latin America.

She had an (1. interest) childhood. Her mother was Colombian and her father was

Lebanese, so she listened to a lot of different styles of music. As a result, her own music is very

(2. origin) . Shakira is also (3. usual) because she records songs

both in Spanish and English. Her first album Magia was released in 1991. It wasn’t as (4.

success) as she hoped, so she changed careers for a while and took a part in

Colombia’s biggest TV soap opera. This made her (5. fame) and sales of

her second album were much better. The album sold millions of copies in Latin America, Spain,

and the USA. Since then, Shakira has become an international star.

VI. Use to-infinitives or bare infinitives to complete the following sentences.

1. The Vietnamese authorities decided files on “Don ca tai tu Nam bo” to

UNESCO. (submit)

2. In “Hat Gheo”, the boy and girl look at each other because they would like their

feelings during the performance. (express)

3. With an oar, the actor of “Tuong” try the viewers the boat fast sailing,

wavering due to waves, making the viewers feel as though they were on the boat. (show)

4. This type of acting in Tuong makes the actors their individuality and

transform themselves into the characters of the play. (give up)

5. 21

Century Fox decided “American Idol” after the last season of 2016.

(cancel)

6. Aguilera’s hit single “Genie in a Bottle” made her a Grammy Award for Best

New Artist. (get)

7. Aguilera continued , and in 1990, she earned the second place in the TV

programme “Star Search”. (perform)

8. Adele has planned her new album after the success of “Hello” and “25”.

(release)

9. Vietnamese viewers expect foreign-origin reality shows a “breath of fresh air”

to TV channels. (bring)

10. TV viewers could see the contestants of the Vietnam’s Next Top Model

confidently on the catwalk. (perform)

VII.Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

Dan Bau - the monochord of Viet Nam

It is said by many that the first Dan Bau was made in 1770, (1) many scholars have

thought it originated in the 8

century. A popular legend of its beginning tells that a blind woman

played it in the market to earn a (2) for her family while her husband was at

war. Whether this tale is based on facts or not, it is true that the Dan Bau has historically been

played by blind (3) .

The word “monochord” means “one string”. In the monochord, a (4) string

is stretched over a sound box. The string is fixed at both ends while a movable bridge alters

pitches. Originally, the Dan Bau was made of four parts: a bamboo tube, a wooden rod, a

coconut shell half, and a silk string. The (5) was tied on one end to the rod,

which is perpendicularly attached to the bamboo. The coconut shell was attached to the rod,

serving as a resonator.

The Dan Bau is a musical (6) that touches our (7) . Its music has the

power and charm from the emotion attraction of love songs (8) on this instrument.

VIII.Complete the sentences, using the coordinating conjunctions from the box.

1. Traditional musical forms are often performed on contemporary stages, “Don

ca tai tu Nam bo” is presented at homes of the local people.

2. Professor Nguyen Vinh Bao, a master of “Don ca tai tu Nam bo”, had great emotions

wish to share them with the public.

3. Both the father and grandfather of Beethoven were professional singers,

musicianship was in the family.

4. Later on, Beethoven became an assistant organist, also played viola for a

famous orchestra.

5. My mum and dad hate my long, dyed hair strange clothes I’m in

a band I need to look cool!

IX. Combine each pair of sentences, using the correct coordinating conjunctions.

1. Cheo tells tales of chiefs, heroes and lovely maidens. It offers a mix of romance, tragedy and

comedy.

___________________________________________________________________________

2. A Cheo play could be put on stage in a large theater. It could also be performed successfully

on one or two bed mats spread in the middle of a communal house.

___________________________________________________________________________

3. The props of a Cheo play are simple. There is a close interchange between the performers

and the spectators.

___________________________________________________________________________

4. On the stage of Tuong, the scene may be the officials at the royal court. The scene may be

two generals with some soldiers fighting in battle.

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Trong Hieu, the champion of Vietnam Idol 2015, tried his luck at the 2008 Eurovision Song

Contest. He didn’t succeed.

___________________________________________________________________________

C. READING

I. Read the passage about telephone songs and the artists, and then answer the questions.

Telephone Songs

The first telephone song appeared in 1899 and was called Hello My Baby. In the song, a man

phones his girlfriend every morning to talk to her. But first he has to speak to the operator and he

has to talk very loudly because the line is so bad. Phone calls appeared in a lot of pop songs in

the 20

century, like Stevie Wonder’s I Just Called to Say I Love You in 1984. The famous

American soul singer’s song was number one in several countries, like the USA, Britain,

Germany and Italy and won an Oscar for Best Original Song in 1985.

In the last few years, phone songs have been about mobile phone calls. The most famous is

Lady Gaga’s Telephone. A woman is dancing at a club when her boyfriend calls. ‘I can’t hear

you and I’m busy,’ she says. The boyfriend rings again and again but the woman doesn’t answer

because she is dancing and having fun.

What will pop songs be about in the future? There will probably be more songs about social

networking, like New Friend Request by Gym Class Heroes. But they will still be about love!

1. What problems does the man in the first song have?

___________________________________________________________________________

2. Who does he talk to first?

___________________________________________________________________________

3. Where did Stevie Wonder’s song do well?

___________________________________________________________________________

4. What type of music is it?

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Why does the woman in Lady Gaga’s song not answer the phone?

___________________________________________________________________________

II. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

The Voice

“The Voice” is a two-time Emmy Award winning, the number one series on NBC, featuring

the country’s best unknown artists and four of the biggest names in music as coaches.

The show’s innovative format features five stages of competition: the first begins with the

blind auditions, followed by the battle rounds, the knockouts, the live playoffs and finally, the

live performance shows.

During the blind auditions, the decisions from the musician coaches are based solely on voice

and not on looks. The coaches hear the artists perform, but they don’t get to see them - thanks to

rotating chairs. If more than one coach pushes his/her button, the power then shifts to the artists

to choose which coach they want to work with. If no coach pushes his/her button, the artist is

eliminated from the competition.

Once the teams are set, the battle is on. Coaches dedicate themselves to developing their

teams of artists, giving them advice and sharing the secrets of their success, along with help from

their celebrity advisers. During the battle rounds, the coaches pit two of their own team members

against each other to sing the same song together in front of a studio audience. After the vocal

battle, the coach must choose which of his/her singers will advance to the next round of

competition, while the losing artist is available to be stolen by another coach. Each coach has

two steals available during the battle rounds.

At the end of the battles, only the strongest members of each coach’s roster remain and

proceed to the knockout rounds. Here, the artists are paired against a teammate once more, but

this time, they select their own songs to perform individually, while their direct competitor

watches and waits. They are competing for their coach's confidence and decision to take them to

the live shows.

In the live playoff rounds, the Top 20 artists compete to secure a spot in the live shows.

Artists perform live, and Americans vote to save their two favorite artists from each team. The

coaches then save one remaining artist to complete their roster. The remaining contestants move

on to the final phase of the competition, the live shows.

In the final live-performance phase of the competition, the Top 12 artists compete each week

against each other during a live broadcast. The television audience votes to save their favorite

artists. In the end, one is named “The Voice” and receives the grand prize of a recording

contract.

Task 1: Find the words or expressions in the text which have the following meanings.

Task 2: Read the passage again, and answer the questions below.

6. What is the format of The Voice?

___________________________________________________________________________

7. When is the artist able to choose the coach during the blind auditions?

___________________________________________________________________________

8. What do the coaches do to prepare for the battle rounds?

___________________________________________________________________________

9. What should the contestants do to succeed in the battle rounds?

___________________________________________________________________________

10. What is the role of the audiences in the playoff rounds and the final live-performance phase

of the competition?

___________________________________________________________________________

D. SPEAKING

I. Complete the conversation, using the sentences (A-F) given. There is an extra one.

A. And I’ve got a good singing voice, too.

B. What do you want to play?

C. You have to practise and rehearse all the time.

D. I like lots of different kinds of music.

E. I have been listening to pop music for years.

F. But you have to be talented to be in a band.

Tim: I think it’s really cool to be in a band.

Becky: I don’t. I think it’s really hard work. (1)______________________________________

I don’t think you have time for going out.

Tim: I disagree with that. When you’re in a band, you go out all the time. I want to start a

band.

Becky: (2)___________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

In my opinion, you’re not a talented musician.

Tim: You’re right, but I can learn.

Becky: (3)___________________________________________________________________

Tim: I really like the guitar but I don’t know how to play it.

Becky: I do.(4)_______________________________________________________________

Tim: Really? Great - you can be in my band. What sort of music do you like?

Becky: (5)___________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Tim: Me too.

Becky: But I’m not really into hip hop or rap.

II. Complete the interview between Thu Huong, the reporter, and Sharon Pereira -

Vietnam Idol’s executive producer about the second season, using the responses (A-E)

given. There is one extra.

A. I was very touched by some of the difficult life experiences the top 10 have gone through.

B. I believe Vietnam Idol has a faithful audience who are keen to follow the journey of an

ordinary person who becomes a star.

C. In the near future, I will be the managing director of a game show with a new format.

D. We had more than 15,000 people attend the auditions which is three times more than last

year.

E. I enjoy working with young people. They are full of enthusiasm and promise.

F. I’ve been in Viet Nam since July 2008 and I’m impressed by the people and the unique

culture of Viet Nam.

Thu Huong: How long have you been in Viet Nam? What made you come and work here?

Sharon: (1)________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

Thu Huong: You’re known as a very experienced media practitioner, with 15 years working in

the industry. Why did you choose youth to be your target audience? And why

Vietnam Idol?

Sharon: (2)________________________________________________________________.

Vietnam Idol is a good opportunity to discover new talent and find an inspiring

person for the youth of Viet Nam.

Thu Huong: A reality show is still a new concept for a majority of Vietnamese, so there isn’t

much interaction between the audience and the show. But after spending over six

months on Vietnam Idol, a show which has managed to gain public attention,

what do you think of the status now of such shows?

Sharon: Reality shows have managed to capture the imagination of the Vietnamese

audience. (3)________________________________________________________.

As reality shows become more popular, I believe this audience will increase.

Thu Huong: Could you share the most memorable and the most difficult experiences related to

your work on the programme?

Sharon: (4)________________________________________________________________.

They spoke of their families, hopes and dreams. It was difficult to say goodbye to

someone every Friday.

Thu Huong: Do you think the second season of Vietnam Idol has been a success? What makes

the programme unique from other countries’ versions?

Sharon: I think this season of Vietnam Idol has been successful in several ways. (5)______

__________________________________________________________________.

The defining factor of Vietnam Idol, other than the music, are the people in the

show. They bring the unique blend of Vietnamese culture to life.

Thu Huong: Thank you very much for the interview, Sharon.

Sharon: You’re welcome.

III.Rearrange the sentences in order to make a meaningful conversation about “The X

Factor”, writing the answers (A-J) in each blank.

1. _____ A. Scott: It started in 2004 by the record company executive, Simon Cowell.

2. _____ B. Scott: That’s right, Nam. The mentors play an important role. Each week, live on

a Saturday night, all contestants perform one or two songs based on a

weekly theme. By the final, the judges no longer decide who must go

home and the results are entirely determined by the public vote.

3. _____ C. Nam: I have just watched a TV show of “The X Factor”, but I only get a little bit

information about it. It’s very awesome, Scott?

4. _____ D. Scott: In that case, the head judge - Cowell or later Gary Barlow - has the

deciding vote.

5. _____ E. Scott: There are several rounds of judging before the final stage and the final

decision is left to a public vote. The four judges sit behind a desk equipped

with large red buzzers. If the judges do not like the act, they press their

buzzer and an ‘X’ is displayed above their name. If an act gets a full-house

of Xs, they must stop performing and take some heavy criticism from the

panel.

6. _____ F. Nam: It’s really a very popular reality music competition. When did it start,

Scott?

7. _____ G. Nam: And the next round of judging is called “bootcamp” in four categories -

“Boys”, “Girls”, “Groups” and “Over 25s”. Each category is then assigned

to a judge, who takes contestants to the last stage before the live final with

the help of their potential mentor and a celebrity guest.

8. _____ H. Nam: I like him a lot. He has worked with a panel of 3 or 4 judges that decide

who will reach the live final stage.

9. _____ I. Scott: Certainly, Nam. The X Factor competitions take place in over 40

countries, including the UK, the USA, Australia, Italy, Russia, and so on.

10. _____ J. Nam: What will happen if there is a tied vote? It didn’t happen in the show I

watched.

E. WRITING

Write complete sentences of the biography of Luu Huu Phuoc, using the words/ phrases

given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use

all the words given.

1. Luu Huu Phuoc (1921 - 1989)/ born/ Can Tho/ the Mekong Delta.

_____________________________________________________________

2. He/ study/ Ha Noi/ and/ serve/ the army/ the anti-French and American resistance wars.

_____________________________________________________________

3. The musician/ leader/ youth’s movement/ and/ always have/ a tendency/ associate/ his music/

his political tasks.

___________________________________________________________________________

4. He/ hold/ important positions/ including/ Head of the Music and Dance Department at the

Ministry of Information and Culture/ Deputy Secretary-General of the Association of

Vietnamese Musicians/ Director of the Music Research Institute.

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Friends/ remember/ him/ a simple, friendly and kind-hearted musician/ leader.

___________________________________________________________________________

6. He/ write and compose/ many famous songs/ such as: Bach Dang Giang (Bach Dang River),

Tieng goi thanh nien (The call for the youth), Giai phong mien Nam (Liberating the South).

Hon tu si (Martyr’s soul), Hoi nghi Dien Hong (Dien Hong Congress), Thanh nien hanh

khuc (March of the Youths), Len dang (Let’s go), Bai ca giai phong quan (Song of

Liberation Army), Thanh nien san sang (Youth to be ready), Tien ve Sai Gon (Heading for

Sai Gon) etc.

___________________________________________________________________________

7. He/ also write/ children songs/ the occasional opera.

___________________________________________________________________________

8. Luu Huu Phuoc/ considered/ musician/ most popular Vietnamese Revolutionary songs.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 3)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. pop B. idol C. contest D. top

2. A. compare B. album C. talent D. fan

3. A. franchise B. release C. contest D. post

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. contest B. talent C. album D. debate

5. A. concert B. award C. release D. compose

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. The tragic end of “Swan Lake” shows that magic is over love.

A. power B. powerful C. powerless D. powerfully

7. Van Cao’s Tien Quan Ca was made into the national of the Socialist Republic of

Viet Nam.

A. song B. music C. melody D. anthem

8. Chopin is one of the greatest Romantic piano composers whose works are often technically

A. demand B. demanding C. undemanding D. demanded

9. Fantasia Barrino, the winner of American Idol’s season 3 in 2004, released her Free

Yourself which earned three Grammy Award nominations.

A. debut album B. live performance C. local version D. live programme

10. That teen idol was to win second place in the Idol Contest in 2010.

A. talent B. being talented C. talented D. talentless

11. Her teachers and schoolmates noticed her a deep love of music during her childhood.

A. develop B. to develop C. developing D. developed

12. A playoff is an extra game in a competition played between two teams or competitors who

both have the same scores the winners.

A. decide B. to decide C. deciding D. to deciding

13. Hat Boi involves singing with distinctive vocal production techniques, symbolic gestures,

it is extremely difficult to perform requires special training in the art form.

A. and - but B. so - but C. so - and D. but - and

14. Scenes in Cai Luong are elaborate they are changed frequently throughout the play.

A. and B. or C. but D. so

15. Many “American Idol” contestants went on to become huge stars, the popularity

of “American Idol” began to decrease.

A. and B. but C. so D. or

III.Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word/phrase from the box.

Vietnamese Traditional Theater

Despite being strongly influenced by Chinese opera and other art forms, Vietnamese theater

with three special (16) : Tuong singing, Cheo singing and Cai Luong singing,

which have been modified to be suitable for Vietnamese people.

Tuong singing is a form of art imported from China around the 13

century. Tuong singing

(also known as Boi singing) was originally used as entertainment for the (17) and

was later performed by traveling troupes for commoners and (18) . One typical

feature of Tuong singing is the use of well-known stock characters who wear elaborate make-up

and (19) to represent the (20) that they are performing.

Cheo singing is a satirical (21) dating back to the 12

century under the Ly

Dynasty. Traditionally, Vietnamese peasants in northern Viet Nam usually danced when singing

folk songs and another (22) plays fiddle, flute and drum.

Cai Luong (Renovated Opera) appeared in the southern part of Viet Nam in the 1920s and

flourished as an entertaining theatre of the middle class under the French colonial period. The

special imprints of this (23) on audience are the harmonious combination of

southern Vietnamese (24) , classical music, Tuong singing and modern drama

as well as the use of extensive vibrato (25) .

Note: genre (n) = a style, especially in the arts, that involves a particular set of characteristics

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Quan Ho - Typical Northern Vietnamese music

It is hard to talk about the origin of Quan Ho singing, but it was first (26) in the

century. Quan Ho is a singing battle where “lien chi” (female singers) sing “cau ra” (a

challenge phrase), then “lien anh” (male singers) will (27) by selecting and singing

“cau doi” (a matching phrase). The order will be (28) in the next time.

(29) Quan Ho was unaccompanied by instruments but only (30) of singers to

compose rhythm. Quan Ho performances today are accompanied by some (31)

instruments, such as monochord or bamboo flute, etc.

Themes of most of the songs are love songs with romantic and sentimental lyrics which have

been (32) by (33) .

Quan Ho songs possess the spirit of local people and help tighten (34) among

villages. Quan Ho singing is an old Vietnamese type of art that needs (35) .

26. A. recorded B. broadcast C. performed D. written

27. A. answer B. say C. respond D. tell

28. A. changed B. turned C. varied D. reserved

29. A. Tradition B. Traditional C. Traditionally D. Tradition of

30. A. voices B. songs C. music D. volumes

31. A. music B. musical C. musically D. musician

32. A. passed B. passed by C. passed on D. passed away

33. A. mouth B. mouth of word C. word of mouth D. words of mouth

34. A. distances B. space C. roads D. bonds

35. A. preserve B. to preserve C. being preserved D. preserving

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, c or D for each question.

Ca Tru was also called “Hat A Dao” or “Hat Noi”. Originally, attractive young female

singers entertained men in a relaxed environment, sometimes serving drinks and snacks. Men

might have visited a “Hat A Dao” inn with friends to celebrate a successful business deal or the

birth of a son.

Ca Tru flourished in the 15

century in northern Vietnam when it was popular with the royal

palace and a favourite hobby of aristocrats and scholars. Later, it was performed in communal

houses, inns, and private homes, and gained its high popularity. These performances were mostly

for men. When men entered a Ca Tru inn, they purchased bamboo tally cards. In Chinese

Vietnamese, “tru” means “card”, and “ca” means “song” in Vietnamese, so the name Ca Tru

means tally card songs. The tallies were given to the singers in appreciation for the performance.

After the performance each singer received payment in proportion to the number of cards

received.

Ca Tru requires at least three performers. The singer is always a woman and plays the

“phach”, an instrument made of wood or bamboo that is beaten with two wooden sticks. A

musician accompanies the singer on the “dan day”, a long-necked lute with three silk strings and

10 frets. There is also a drummer or “trong chau”. The drummer shows his approval of the singer

or the songs depending on how he hits the drum. If he likes a song, he might hit the side of the

drum twice. The “dan day” player must follow the rhythm of the “phach”. His instrument, the

“dan day”, is only used in Ca Tru and is now made almost exclusively for sale to tourists.

36. Ca Tru was first performed .

A. to serve drinks and snacks to men

B. to entertain male guests on special occasions

C. in a relaxed environment without any drink

D. when “Hat A Dao” and “Hat Noi” disappeared

37. Ca Tru developed and became very popular in the society when .

A. it was only performed in royal courts and palaces

B. it took the name Ca Tru from Chinese and became a favourite hobby of aristocrats and

scholars

C. its performances were mostly for men

D. it was performed in communal houses, inns, and private homes

38. The “tally card” in the meaning of Ca Tru helped .

A. the singer to be paid after the performance

B. the men to purchase bamboo tally cards

C. the singers to show appreciation for the performance

D. each singer to receive the number of cards given

39. The singer plays the essential role because .

A. she accompanies the other musicians with the “phach”, an instrument made of wood or

bamboo

B. she makes the drummer shows his approval of the singer or the songs by hitting the side of

the drum twice

C. the drummer only shows his approval or disapproval to the song and the “dan day“ player

must follow the rhythm of the drummer

D. the “dan day” player must follow the rhythm of the “phach”, and the drummer only shows

his approval or disapproval of the singer or the songs

40. All of the following are true about Ca Tru EXCEPT that .

A. it flourished in the 15th century in northern Vietnam

B. the “dan day” is now only used as a souvenir for tourists

C. the meaning of Ca Tru partly originated from Chinese Vietnamese

D. Ca Tru requires at least three performers

VII.Complete the conversation, using the responses (A-F) given. There is one extra.

A. I like that British judge with his critical remarks about the contestants.

B. Fox said the long-time host, Ryan Seacrest, will be joined by the judges - Jennifer Lopez,

Keith Urban and Harry Connick Jr.

C. The audience for “American Idol” is now one-third of what it was at its peak in 2006

with 30 million viewers.

D. Well, I don’t think the main sponsors of the programme including Coca-Cola and AT&T

have left. And 21

Century Fox is a big corporation.

E. What a pity! That talent competition was Fox’s most popular entertainment programme

since 2002.

F. NBC’s “The Voice” has emerged as a powerful alternative to “American Idol” and its

summer show “America’s Got Talent” has also developed its popularity.

Mai: Have you heard that “American Idol” will come to an end after its 15

season next year?

Anna: Yes. (41)_________________________________________________________________

Mai: I see. When it was launched in 2002, “American Idol” soon became an instant success. It

also made a household name out of Simon Cowell.

Anna: (42)_____________________________________________________________________.

Mr. Cowell also starred in “Pop Idol”, a British show that “American Idol” is based on.

Mai: That’s right, Anna. I also like other judges and the host, Ryan Seacrest. Do you know the

reason why Fox will shut down “Idol”?

Anna: Well, there are several reasons, Mai. In recent years, its popularity has dropped quickly.

(43)_____________________________________________________________________.

Mai: Maybe the viewers have chosen other reality TV shows. Do you think so, Anna?

Anna: It’s the truth. (44)__________________________________________________________.

Mai: Yeah, “The Voice” is very fantastic. Can we see the same judges and the host in the last

season?

Anna: The last season of “American Idol” will begin in January, 2016. (45)__________________

________________________________________________________________________.

VIII.Write complete sentences of the biography of Do Nhuan, using the words/ phrases

given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have

to use all the words given.

46. Do Nhuan (1922 - 1991)/ great Vietnamese classical composer.

__________________________________________________________

47. He/ first Vietnamese/ who/ trained/ Tchaikovsky Conservatory.

__________________________________________________________

48. He/ lay/ foundation/ Vietnam’s opera/ based/ Western traditional opera/ and/ he/ write/ first

Vietnamese opera “Co Sao” (Miss Sao).

___________________________________________________________________________

49. His typical songs/ that/ help/ build/ reputation and image/ “Ca Ngoi Ho Chu tich” (Singing in

praise of President Ho Chi Minh), “Du kich song Thao” (Guerrillas on Thao River), “Chien

thang Dien Bien” (Dien Bien’s Victory)/ “Viet Nam que huong toi” (Viet Nam - My

country).

___________________________________________________________________________

50. Do Nhuan/ who/ first Secretary General / the Vietnam Musicians’ Association/ and/ awarded/

Ho Chi Minh Prize/ remembered/ pioneer/ modern Vietnamese music.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 3)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. platinum B. format C. stage D. smash

2. A. composer B. solo C. post D. love

3. A. solo B. music C. single D. song

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. platinum B. melody C. contestant D. instrument

5. A. achievement B. audience C. performance D. recording

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. “Don ca tai tu Nam bo” is a practice that helps people together on the land

and rivers of the Mekong Delta region.

A. bringing - work B. to bring - to work

C. to bringing - working D. be brought - to working

7. To celebrate 60 years of the Eurovision Song Contest, Australia has been given a place in the

A. end B. stop C. final D. bottom

8. Indonesians really enjoy Dangdut, a kind of Indonesian popular music, because the

beat compels listeners to dance together in the Ghoomar style.

A. power B. powerful C. powerless D. powerfully

9. The first ever Junior Eurovision Song Contest (JESC) in Denmark, in 2003.

A. took part B. took place C. took advantage D. took care

10. Vietnam Idol, a music reality show, is becoming popular among young who

love to watch their generation on TV.

A. spectators B. singers C. audiences D. teenage

11. Some contestants manage the fame from the TV game shows.

A. gain B. gaining C. to be gained D. to gain

12. The local authorities will cooperate with the Department of Education and training

the traditional music in the schools next year.

A. to teach B. teach C. teaching D. taught

13. My Tam made her fans surprised when she was given the title of “Asia’s Music

Legend” in 2014.

A. feel B. felt C. feeling D. to feel

14. The clown in a Cheo play seems to be a supporting role, actually he or she is

very important to the performance.

A. and B. but C. so D. or

15. The main sponsors of “American Idol” including Coca-Cola and AT&T have left,

finance becomes a big problem.

A. and B. but C. so D. or

III.Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some

extra words.

America's Got Talent

Originating in 2006, America’s Got Talent (also known as AGT) is an American (16)

television series on NBC. The show was developed with the help of Simon

Cowell but due to Idol and Fox obligations, he has never judged. The show is a talent

competition which has no restrictions to age or act, with the main focus on whether or not it was

entertaining. It is divided into three main rounds. The acts first compete on stage in front of an

audience and the three or four judges. Each judge has a loud ’X’ buzzer which they can press if

they feel an act is not meeting expectations. If an act gets all the judges to buzz, it is immediately

over and they are out of the (17) . These remain active throughout the show, but

during later rounds frequently get used.

It starts off with the audition week held across the country where acts have roughly 90

seconds to impress the judges and an area audience. Following each act, the judges quickly vote

and based on majority rules decide if the contestants go to the next round or are cut on the (18)

Following the audition week, the show and accepted acts move to Vegas where the acts

perform again, only this time in front of only the judges and no (19) . Following

Vegas week, the judges cut the competition aggressively to 48 acts to move onto the next, most

important round. The 48 acts chosen go onto the live quarter-finals in various cities to compete

on live television for the audience (20) as the power now shifts away from the

judges. There are 4 quarter finals with 12 acts performing each week (4 advance each), followed

by two semifinals (4 advance each) followed by the final where the winner is declared. The

grand prize winner will receive one million US dollars and a chance for their own show in

Vegas.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Xam - A Tale of Vietnamese Folk Music

Xam is known in Viet Nam (21) folk music usually performed by blind

street singers (22) their living. As it originated from the working class and poor

people, Xam has become an intellectual part of the folks’ cultural life. Its most distinctive (23)

lie in the simplicity and popularity of its lyrics which often tell daily-life stories,

satirizing and criticizing severely the social evils while highly praising education and

humanitarian (24) .

Therefore, Xam doesn’t care so much about (25) and stages like other types of

traditional arts. Xam singing can be performed (26) , on any street or corner where large

numbers of people pass. It is so simple that anyone can sing some verses to express their inner

(27) on life.

After a long period of (28) , Xam has recently been revitalized by a programme titled

“Tale of Xam” performed by master artists of Vietnamese traditional music through their

beautiful vocals and talented musical skills.

The artists performed in such a simple way without accompaniment in order to (29) the

soul of Xam performed by our forefathers. The effect of the programme could (30)

through the joy of audiences and their enthusiastic talks with the artists.

21. A. for B. as C. of D. with

22. A. to earn B. to make up C. to do D. to work

23. A. things B. fame C. features D. importance

24. A. measures B. beliefs C. judges D. values

25. A. dress B. cloth C. clothing D. costumes

26. A. anywhere B. somewhere C. wherever D. nowhere

27. A. senses B. feelings C. opinions D. attitudes

28. A. refusal B. raise C. rise D. decline

29. A. prove B. explain C. express D. record

30. A. see B. be seen C. realize D. be realizing

VI. Read the article, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

The Underage Festival

Are you a music-lover between the ages of fourteen and eighteen? Would you like to go to a

festival with friends of the same age as you? Then this music festival is for you! For most music

festivals, you have to be eighteen before you can go without an adult, but the Underage Festival

is different. You must be between fourteen and eighteen.

The Underage Festival is a day of music and fun for teenagers. It takes place in Victoria

Park, London, in August. It’s a one-day festival - it starts at 11.30 a.m. and the music goes on

until 8 p.m.

Sam Kilcoyne is the main organizer of the festival. He started the Underage Festival in 2007

when he was only fifteen years old. It’s a small festival with 10,000 people but the best thing

about it is that there are no adults! Parents can wait for their children outside the gate, but they

can’t come in to the festival.

But parents don't need to worry! The organization is great and it's a safe and peaceful

festival. You can’t bring food or drink into the festival, but there are lots of restaurant tents with

a variety of food and drink - from pizzas to burgers and Chinese to Mexican. We recommend the

pizza tent. On the festival website, there's a page for parents with all the information they need.

There's a big variety of music, everything from indie to hip hop, electronic to heavy metal.

There’s even a silent disco where everyone wears headphones. There are six stages. The main

stage is outside and the other five are in huge tents. Sometimes, it feels a little crowded in the

tents, but the big names usually play on the main stage. Sometimes it’s difficult to choose which

band to watch because they only play for thirty minutes. But in general, the music is fantastic

and the teenagers are happy.

Note: indie (n) = pop or rock music produced by small, independent record companies

31. What is the author of the article trying to do?

A. give practical information about travel and cost

B. recommend the festival

C. review the music

D. describe his/her experiences

32. Why is the Underage Festival different from other festivals?

A. It’s for music-lovers. B. It’s for teenagers and adults.

C. It’s just for teenagers. D. It’s just for adults.

33. Where can parents find information about the festival?

A. outside the gate B. from Sam Kilcoyne, the organizer

C. from their teenage children D. on the festival website

34. Which of the following can’t you have at the Underage Festival?

A. a Chinese meal B. a pizza C. a burger and chips D. your own food

35. Why is it difficult to choose which band to watch?

A. There are six stages. B. The bands only play for a short time.

C. There’s a big variety of music. D. The music is fantastic.

VII.Complete the conversation about “The Voice of Viet Nam”, using the responses (A- J)

given.

A. The champion will receive a cash prize of 500 million VND and a recording contract.

B. The blind audition ends when each coach has fourteen artists to work with.

C. In 2012, and it is produced by Cat Tien Sa Media Group.

D. Yeah, if more than one coach turns the chair, the artist chooses the coach he or she would

like to work with.

E. In the semi-final round of the competition, the top contestants from each team compete

against each other during a live broadcast.

F. The format is Dutch and the original Dutch version of the programme was broadcast in

the Netherlands for the first time in 2010 as The Voice of Holland.

G. The competition then enters into a battle round, when the coaches ask two of their own

team members to sing the same song together in front of a studio audience.

H. Season 3, which took place in March 2015, has the same changes of coaches as Thu

Phuong, My Tam, and Tuan Hung joined the show.

I. The show’s format features three stages of competition.

J. Finally, each coach will have his/her best contestant left standing to compete in the finals,

singing an original song.

Anna: I watched a TV show of “The Voice of Viet Nam” yesterday evening. It was very

exciting with several sweet voices from the contestants and the four famous judges.

Mai: Wow, it’s my favourite game show on TV.

Anna: Is it of the same version of “The Voice” in America?

Mai: That’s right, Anna. (36)_____________________________________________________

Anna: And in the US, “The Voice” is broadcast on NBC. When was it first broadcast in Viet

Nam?

Mai: (37)_____________________________________________________________________

Anna: Who are the four coaches? Have they been the same since the first season in 2012?

Mai: Well, in 2012, four coaches were chosen, namely Thu Minh, Tran Lap, Ho Ngoc Ha, and

Dam Vinh Hung. The second season saw the departures of Thu Minh, Tran Lap, Ho

Ngoc Ha due to professional reasons, and they were replaced by My Linh, Hong Nhung,

and Quoc Trung respectively. (38)_____________________________________________

Anna: So Dam Vinh Hung is the only coach to stay on the show since the first season.

Mai: That’s right. Anna. The show is hosted by Phan Anh, the former host of Vietnam Idol.

Anna: How many rounds or stages are there?

Mai: (39)_____________________________________________________________________.

The first is the blind audition, in which four coaches listen to competitors without seeing

them.

Anna: And they turn their chairs to signify that they are interested in working with that artist.

Mai: (40)_____________________________________________________________________

Anna: How many contestants will each coach choose for their own group?

Mai: (41)_____________________________________________________________________.

Coaches will dedicate themselves to developing their singers, giving them advice, and

sharing the secrets of their success. They can ask the mentors to help them.

Anna: What is the second round, Mai?

Mai: (42)_____________________________________________________________________.

After the one-on-one battle on stage, the coach must choose which singers will advance.

Thus less than half of original artists, that is six, survive to live shows lasting 10 weeks so

far.

Anna: What will happen next?

Mai: (43)_____________________________________________________________________.

The television audience vote to save one contestant on each team, leaving the coach to

decide live who they want to save and who will not move on.

Anna: So in this phase of the competition, the public directly chooses between the two artists

left on each team based upon an online music video produced and released by the

executive producers.

Mai: Correct. (44)______________________________________________________________.

From these four, one will be named “The Voice of Vietnam”.

Anna: What is the prize for the champion of the season?

Mai: (45)_____________________________________________________________________

VIII.Write complete sentences of the biography of Beethoven, using the words/ phrases

given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have

to use all the words given.

46. Beethoven/ born/ 1770/ Bonn, Germany/ and/ he/ start/ learn piano/ age of 4/ taught/ his

father.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. When/ he/ 22/ he/ move/ Vienna/ study/ famous composer Haydn.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. When/ he/ 30/ he/ start/ become/ well-known composer/ and/ he/ write/ heroic works/

struggle and revolution.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. his late 20s/ he/ start/ lose his hearing/ and/ he/ become/ quite ill/ during/ last years/ his life/

and/ die/ age of 57 in Vienna.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. Beethoven/ compose/ many symphonies/ well-known piano sonatas/ and/ become/ master

composer/ all time.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST YOURSELF 1

I. Match a type of Vietnamese traditional instrument (A-J) with its description (1-10),

writing the answer in each blank.

A. Dan Bau (monochord of Viet Nam) F. Trong Com (Rice Drum)

B. Dan Nhi (Two-string fiddle) G. T'rung

C. Dan Nguyet (Two-string guitar) H. Hmong Pen Pipe

D. Dan Ty Ba (Four-string guitar) I. Gongs

E. Dan Tranh (16-string zither) K. Dan Da (lithophone)

1. ____________________________

It gets its name from the practice of placing a pinch of hot steamed rice in the middle of the

drum skin to "tune" the instrument.

2. ____________________________

It is also known as Dan Thap Luc or sixteen-stringed zither. Its shape resembles a bamboo

tube that has been sliced vertically in half.

3. ____________________________

It is one of the popular musical instruments closely associated with the spiritual life of the

Bahnar, TSedan, Giarai, Ede and other ethnic minority groups in the Central Highlands of

Viet Nam. It is made of short bamboo tubes differing in size.

4. ____________________________

It is a musical instrument of the wind family with the free vibrated reed, popular among

almost all of Vietnam's ethnicity in different forms. The Kinh (Viet) group call it Khen, while

the Hmong ethnic minority call it the Kenh, and the Ede in the Central Highlands use a

similar instrument called Dinh Nam.

5. ____________________________

It is a set of stone slabs of different sizes and shapes. It is composed of a set of eleven

resonant stones.

6. ____________________________

It was a very simple instrument comprised of a bamboo section, a flexible rod, a calabash or

half a coconut.

7. ____________________________

The Southerners of Viet Nam refer to this instrument as Dan Kim. It has two strings and the

resonator resembles the moon.

8. ____________________________

It is a kind of musical instrument casted from mixed copper. It consists of a bossed part in

center (bossed gong) and flat gongs around it.

9. ____________________________

It is popular among several ethnic groups in Vietnam. It is also referred to as Dan Co in

southern provinces of Viet Nam.

10. ____________________________

It is a four-string instrument which is frequently present in a traditional orchestra.

II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

Extract 1: “An apple a day keeps the doctor (11) ” - This line (12) from

an old poem that was told to children to encourage them to eat (13) foods like

fruits and (14) . It’s still a common saying today (15) English.

Extract 2: Pictures taken with X-rays (16) inside the body because different

parts of it absorb the rays of radiation at different rates. Calcium in bones absorbs the most

radiation, so bones look (17) on an X-ray image (also called a radiograph). Fat

and other softer body (18) absorb less and look gray. Air absorbs the least

(19) of radiation, so lungs look (20) on an X-ray.

III.Read the articles, and answer the questions.

A. Dirty body - healthy body

Do you like to be clean? Italian doctors think it could be making you sick. “Bathing removes

our natural protection from germs,” said Dr. Giancarlo Pagnozzi. “Nature gave us protection, but

we keep washing it away.”

For seven years, researchers studies 300 people. One half took the bath or shower every day

using soap. The other half washed once a week in plain water. The super-clean team had several

minor illnesses, including 876 colds, 167 cases of flu, 49 sore throats, and various skin diseases.

The dirty group had only 29 colds, 3 cases of mild flu, and one sore throat - but no friends.

B. Pets on prescription

In the future if you go to your doctor with high blood pressure, he or she might prescribe not

medicine but a cat or a dog. Australian scientists have found that owning a pet brings lower

blood pressure and lower cholesterol. The results are confirmed by research at Cambridge

University, which showed that people who were given cats and dogs to look after were ill less

often than people who did not have a pet. Researchers believe that keeping a pet helps because it

reduces stress.

C. What’s good for the heart might not he good for the mind

Low-fat diets prescribed to reduce heart disease may be bad for mental health, a report

claims. A low level of cholesterol appears to affect a person’s mood and increases the risk of

suicide, according to researchers. The new findings reinforce an earlier US study which showed

a connection between low cholesterol and depression.

Notes:

 germ (n) = vi trùng, mầm bệnh

 depression (n) = sự chán nản; suicide (n) = sự tự vẫn

 prescribe (v) = kê đơn thuốc; prescription (n) = đơn thuốc, việc cho đơn thuốc

21. Why does bathing too often is not good for you?

___________________________________________________________________________

22. What does owning a pet bring you?

___________________________________________________________________________

23. What do researchers think about keeping a pet?

___________________________________________________________________________

24. What is the effect of a low level of cholesterol on mental health?

___________________________________________________________________________

25. What was the conclusion of the US study?

___________________________________________________________________________

IV. Rearrange the sentences in order to make a meaningful conversation about the benefits

of taking a good hot bath, writing the letter (A-J) in each blank. The first (0) has been

done for you.

0 Mai: It’s good for our health to dip our body in hot water to the neck at the end of

a hard-working day.

26. _______ A. Mi: A healing for headaches? Mow can it work?

27. _______ B. Mi: And the result is a fresh feeling and cleaner skin.

28. _______ C. Mi: Our heart beats faster, but a recent study has shown that soaking in a hot

bath can lower your blood pressure. It’s a great way of bringing down your

blood pressure.

29. _______ D. Mi: A hot bath is useful for our heart, and muscles. Do you think it’s also

cleaner than a shower, Mai?

30. _______ E. Mi: That’s right, Mai. Dipping the body in a hot tub is a kind of exercise for

your blood vessels.

31. _______ F. Mai: It’s certainly right. A good soak in hot water after a shower can open up the

pores in our skin, and if the water is clean then they can come in and clean

some of the dirt and toxins in our skin.

32. _______ G. Mai: I think this is because water creates physical pressure on the body and so

increases the capacity of our heart. In other words, when we're inside the

water, the heart works faster and stronger.

33. _______ H. Mai:Most types of headaches are caused by the narrowing of blood vessels in the

head. The positive effect of the hot water on our blood vessels can be used

to alleviate the pressure on those blood vessels and cure our headache.

34. _______ I. Mai: Yeah, it’s a good way to keep cleanliness for our body. And what’s more, it

offers a cure for headaches.

35. _______ J. Mai: Besides the heart, a good hot bath is also good for our muscles. When a

tense body enters a warm bath, the hot water increases the body temperature

and relaxes the muscles. Relaxing the muscles not only helps us relax

physically, but also mentally, and many of us need that peace of mind at the

end of the day.

V. Match the reporter’s questions (A-F) with DJ Rocky’s answers, writing the answer in

each blank. There is one extra question.

A. What kind of music do you listen to relax?

B. What’s your favourite festival?

C. How many hours do you work every day?

D. How did you start being a DJ?

E. How often do you go to festivals?

F. Do you enjoy your work?

36. _______ Reporter: ___________________________________________________________

DJ Rocky: When I was at school, I was into music. In fact, music was my best

subject at school - music and English. I loved English too, and I always

wanted to be an English teacher. But then I got more and more interested

in music and I bought CDs every week. Then I played CDs at my

friends' parties and that’s how I started.

37. _______ Reporter: ___________________________________________________________

DJ Rocky: I travel all over the world now. East week I was in Japan, Australia, and

New Zealand. I play in clubs and festivals with other DJs from all over

the world. It’s great. I usually work for about three hours a night.

38. _______ Reporter: ___________________________________________________________

DJ Rocky: I love small festivals in hot places. Last year I went to Festival in the

desert in Africa. I didn't play there, I just went to listen to the music. I

love world music and there are some very talented and exciting bands in

Africa. It was really hot there during the day, and very cold at night. It’s

the best festival I’ve been to.

39. _______ Reporter: ___________________________________________________________

DJ Rocky: It’s a great job but it’s difficult if you’re married or have young children.

You have to travel so much and you have to work really late. I

sometimes finish at five or six o’clock in the morning. I’m single, so

there’s no problem, but sometimes I just want to stay at home.

40. _______ Reporter: ___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

DJ Rocky: I’m a DJ so I play dance music at work. But when I’m at home I listen to

classical music and world music. I love ballet, and in my free time I

sometimes go to the theater to see opera or ballet. The last CD I

downloaded was Sleeping Beauty by Tchaikovsky! I feel really relaxed

when I listen to it.

Read the conversation again, and then decide whether the following statements are true (T)

or false (F).

T F

41. DJ Rocky wanted to be a musical teacher.  

42. He only plays in clubs in Europe.  

43. DJ Rocky loves small festivals.  

44. He’s got young children so his job is difficult.  

45. He listens to classical music to relax.  

VI. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences.

This week's nutrition tips

46. Eat/ five/ six times/ day. If/ you/ hungry/ you/ not concentrate.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. Popular snacks/ crisps or biscuits/ not healthy. If/ we/ a lot/ these foods/ we/ have problems/

weight. Choose/ healthy snacks/ fruit.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. Cook/ meals/ home/ fresh foods. If/ you/ fresh foods/ your meals/ not have/ a lot/ bad

chemicals/ and/ they healthier.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. Fish/ good/ brain. When/ you/ not eat fish/ memory/ get worse.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. Broccoli/ tomatoes/ a lot/ vitamins/ minerals. They/ help/ us/ stay healthy/ if we cat/

regularly.

___________________________________________________________________________

Unit 4: FOR A BETTER COMMUNITY

A. PHONETICS

Read the following sentences aloud, and write the words with the sounds /nd/, /ŋ/, or /nt/

into the correct line.

1. This elephant project in Sri Lanka is surrounded by hills, green forest and beautiful

landscape, making work and volunteering experience like no other.

2. Project Abroad was founded in 1992 and currently sends more than 10,000 volunteers

overseas every year.

3. “Student Partnerships Worldwide”, working across the continent, gets youth actively

involved in learning about health and environmental issues.

4. The aim of the Heath Education Programme is to educate villagers about preventing

ailments, especially for children, including prevention, and treatment.

5. At this placement, volunteers are students from different age groups.

6. I was so lucky to be involved in the Community Development Programme, including

environmental conservation, health management, and more.

7. They constantly look for participants as teaching assistants who will enjoy the time with

fantastic memories.

8. Volunteers on the Teaching English project help to improve the student’s pronunciation,

listening and speaking skills, in addition to assisting local teachers in managing their classes,

organizing games and other activities within the classroom.

9. Our “Feeding the Homeless” project is perfect for those volunteers wanting to work hard and

interact with locals while having a very authentic and rewarding experience.

10. As a volunteer, you will have an important role to play whether you are on a gap year, career

break, volunteer vacation, or are simply looking for a meaningful way to contribute.

/nd/:___________________________________________________________________________

/ŋ/: ___________________________________________________________________________

/nt/:___________________________________________________________________________

B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. For some blanks

there may be more than one answer, and there are some extra words.

Thinking of volunteering?

According to a recent survey, 40% of young people aged 16 to 24, who live in Britain, have

done (1) work. Young people often (2) in places where they work

with younger children such as on holiday camps. Wanting to meet other people and experience

new things are the main reasons that they give for (3) . However, they also

say they want to help people whose lives are more difficult than their own. More and more

young people are volunteering abroad too. They often go to countries where there have been

disasters.

Voluntary Service Overseas (VSO), an international development charity, always needs (4)

. The organization allows people to share their skills and (5) .

II. Fill in each blank of the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some

extra words.

Volunteers For Peace Viet Nam (VPV) organizes around 10 to 20 work camps every year.

Work camps are the most common form of (1) volunteering, where a group

of volunteers work and live together on a project for 2 weeks.

Our types of (2) are mainly education or environment, and

volunteers build kitchens or toilet for kindergartens in poor areas, reforestation and environment

(3) , working in the organic garden, construction or renovation of some centers for (4)

children, protecting, preserving and promoting world (5) of

Viet Nam...

VPV always has its own coordinator who acts as a work camp leader in each camp.

International work camps bring together volunteers from different countries and (6)

aiming at building up international (7) . Groups’ sizes vary between 10 and 20 (8)

III.Fill in each blank of the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some

extra words.

Volunteers with an interest in working with (1) children or in supporting

children with physical and mental disabilities in Viet Nam can join the Viet Nam Children’s

programme.

Volunteers in our programme have the opportunity to work in the (2) district of Ba

Vi - located about 50 km north of Ha Noi. You will be working alongside the local staff and

giving love and care to the children who have physical and mental disabilities. Volunteers are

welcome to focus on (3) goals and encourage the children to be mentally (4)

Volunteers are needed to assist in caring for children, teaching (5) English, arts

and crafts, music, sports and other life skills if (6) . There is also a need for

volunteers who have (7) skills in physiotherapy, (8) therapy,

nursing or other professions with qualifications that could support children with mental and

physical disabilities.

IV. Complete the text with the suitable adjectives from the words in brackets, using the

suffixes -ed, -ing, -full, or -less.

Orphanage Volunteers Program in Kenya

You will work with HIV/AIDS orphans, many of whom are HIV positive. Others have been

abandoned after birth. Orphans in Kenya orphanages are extremely (1. disadvantage)

and encounter a lot of (2. pain) experiences in their life. In fact, they

have never experienced (3. love) and (4. care) relationships.

The children will receive much needed attention, support, and love from you. Through the

education and sympathy they receive from you, the children are not (5. hope)

anymore but they may be (6. power) to overcome poverty and children’s

exploitation.

You will learn new things, have fun, experience a new culture, learn a new language, gain

work experience, meet new people and make lifelong friendships with fellow volunteers from

around the world and the local people. You are also (7. excite) to enjoy travel

adventure in Kenya. Volunteering in orphanages in Kenya will be one of the most (8. challenge)

, and (9. reward) experiences of your (10. meaning) life.

V. Complete the text about Mother Teresa with the suitable adjectives from the words in

brackets, using the suffixes -ed, -ing, -full, or -less.

This strong and independent woman was born Agnes Gonxha Bojaxhiu in Skopje,

Yugoslavia, on August 27, 1910. During her early years, she was (1. fascinate)

with stories of missionary life and service. At the age of 18, Agnes was (2. determine)

to follow the Loreto Sisters of Dublin, an Irish community of nuns founded in the

to educate young girls.

In 1929, she was sent to Darjeeling, India, and in 1931 she chose the name of Teresa.

She started teaching the (3. advantage) children of the slums. Although she

had no (4. use) equipment, she made use of what was available - writing in the dirt. She

tried to make the children literate, and teach them basic hygiene. As they grew to know her, she

began visiting the poor and ill in their families in the (5. surround) slums.

Mother Teresa found human needs in the poor she met, who thought that their lives were (6.

hope) .

From the birth in Calcutta, the Missionaries of Charity of Mother Teresa have developed in

many parts of the world and offered many vocations: homes for the (7. die) ,

refuges for the care and teaching of orphans and (8. abandon) children, treatment

centers an d hospitals for those suffering from leprosy, centers and refuges for alcoholics, the (9.

age) and street people – the list is (10. end) .

VI. Fill in each blank with the correct word from the box. Each word has to be used only

once.

Mahatma Gandhi's Greatest Quotes

1. “ is when what you think, what you say, and what you do are in harmony.”

2. “You must not lose in humanity. Humanity is an ocean; if a few drops

of the ocean are dirty, the ocean does not become dirty.”

3. “An eye for an eye only ends up making the whole blind.”

4. “Where there is love there is .”

5. “I suppose leadership at one time meant muscles, but today it means getting along with

.”

6. “The best way to find yourself is to lose yourself in the of others.”

7. “Live as if you were to die . Learn as if you were to live forever.”

8. “My life is my .”

9. “When I admire the wonders of a sunset or the beauty of the moon, my

expands in the worship of the creator.”

10. “It is health that is real and not pieces of gold or silver.”

VII.Match the beginnings (1-5) with the halves (A-E), and complete the sentences in the

past simple or the past continuous. Write the answer in each blank.

_______ 1. I first met her two years ago

_______ 2. When we (talk) noisily,

_______ 3. We were watching television

_______ 4. The car was travelling at full speed

_______ 5. I (watch) TV in my hotel room

A. when the phone (ring)

B. while many tourists (rush) to the beach.

C. our teacher came in.

D. when we (study) in the middle school.

E. when it (reach) the comer.

VIII.Complete the text with the past simple or the past continuous of the verbs in brackets.

Throughout her short life, Diana, Princess of Wales (1. do) so much to

publicize work on behalf of homeless and also disabled people, children and people with

HIV/AIDS. During her marriage, the Princess (2. be) President or Patron

of over 100 charities.

In the year before her death, aged 36, the Princess (3. play) an active role

in the campaign for a ban on the manufacture and use of land mines. In January 1997, she (4.

visit) Angola as part of her campaign. In June, the Princess (5. speak)

at the landmines conference at the Royal Geographical Society in London. Later, in June

1997 while she (6. visit) America to promote the American Red Cross landmines

campaign, she (7. meet) Mother Teresa in the Bronx, New York. The

Princess's last public engagements (8. include) her speech in Bosnia, while she (9.

spend) a few days from 7 to 10 August visiting the landmine projects in Travnic,

Sarajevo and Zenezica .

It is estimated that 2.5 billion people (10. watch) her funeral on TV.

C. READING

I. Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

Over one billion people don’t have adequate housing. These people are found in every

country of the world, and, indeed, in almost every community. They live in huts, and in some

cases they don’t have a roof over their heads.

Habitat for Humanity International (HFHI) was founded in 1976 by Millard and Linda Fuller,

millionaires deciding their money could best be spent helping people. Since then, it has helped

fix and build homes for thousands of people in the United States and over 30 other countries.

Jimmy Carter, the former US President, and his wife Rosalynn, spend a week each year helping

to build houses.

HFHI believes that the homes should not be given as charity; instead, the organization

follows a system known as “partnership housing”: The people living in the homes work together

with volunteers on the building and then gradually pay off the basic cost of the homes. These

payments, together with contributions, enable HFHI to help other people.

True False

1. There are some countries without housing problems.  

2. HFHI was founded in 1976.  

3. It was founded by Jimmy and Rosalynn Carter.  

4. HFHI has helped people in over 30 countries.  

5. “Partnership housing” means that HFHI works with a government  

agency.

II. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Elie Wiesel - A Messenger to Mankind

Elie Wiesel was born in 1928 in Transylvania, which is now part of Romania. When he was

fifteen years old, he and his family were forced by the Nazis to come to Auschwitz. Only he and

his two older sisters survived.

After the Second World War, Elie Wiesel studied in Paris and later became a journalist.

During an interview with the famous French writer, Francois Mauriac, he was persuaded to write

about his experiences in the death camps. The result was his book, Night, which has been

translated into more than thirty languages. As a devoted supporter of human rights, Elie Wiesel

has defended the cause of Soviet Jews, Nicaragua’s Miskito Indians, Cambodian refugees, the

Kurds, victims of famine and genocide in Africa, of apartheid in South Africa, and victims of

war in the South Africa, and victims of war in the former Yugoslavia. He is President of The Elie

Wiesel Foundation for Humanity, an organization he and his wife created to fight indifference,

intolerance and injustice.

Teaching has always been central to Elie Wiesel’s work. He has been teaching at many

famous universities all over the world. He is the author of more than sixty books of fiction and

non-fiction, including “A Beggar in Jerusalem”, “The Fifth Son”, “All Rivers Run to the Sea”,

“And the Sea is Never Full”, etc.

For his literary and human rights activities, he has received numerous awards and in 1986 he

won the Nobel Prize for Peace.

Task 1: Find the words or expressions in the text which have the following meanings.

1. concentration camps in which a large number of people are __________________

systematically put to death

2. the killing of a whole group of people __________________

3. lack of interest in someone or something __________________

4. refusal to accept ideas, behaviour... that are different from __________________

your own

5. the situation being unfair __________________

Task 2: Read the passage, and answer the questions below.

6. Why did Elie Wiesel become a writer although his first job was a journalist?

___________________________________________________________________________

7. What did he do to support human rights?

___________________________________________________________________________

8. What is the aim of “The Elie Wiesel Foundation for Humanity”?

___________________________________________________________________________

9. What is the core of his work?

___________________________________________________________________________

10. When did he won the Nobel Prize for Peace?

___________________________________________________________________________

III.Read the passage, and decide whether the following statements are true (T), or false (F).

Andrei Sakharov (1921-1989) was a leading nuclear physicist in the Soviet Union. Between

1953 and 1968, Sakharov conducted top-secret research on thermonuclear weapons and played a

key role in the first Soviet hydrogen bomb.

During this time, however, Sakharov developed a deep awareness of the dangers of nuclear

testing and the irreversible consequences of nuclear war. He began writing letters to Soviet

leaders urging them to stop nuclear testing. In 1957, he wrote articles in Soviet scientific journals

about the biological hazards of nuclear testing and the effects of radiation.

In 1968, he published "Reflections on Progress, Peaceful Coexistence and Intellectual

Freedom," urging an end to the arms race. Honored abroad with a Nobel Peace Prize in 1975, he

was later forced to leave his hometown for several years.

In 1989, he was elected to the newly formed Congress of People’s Deputies. On December

14, 1989, the evening before he was to make a speech before the Soviet Congress advocating for

more freedom and a market economy, Sakharov died of a heart attack. Throughout his life,

Sakharov always had a belief in the hidden strength of the human spirit.

T F

1. Sakharov was a famous scientist in nuclear weapons.  

2. He tried to raise public awareness of the dangers of nuclear testing and the  

consequences of nuclear war but the biological hazards.

3. His book published in 1968 called for an end to the arms race.  

4. He was internationally and domestically honored throughout his life for his  

achievements in science and humanity.

5. He always had a belief in the power of freedom and human spirit.  

IV. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Projects Abroad Vietnam is a Non-Governmental Organization. Its main placements mainly

focus on providing care for children with disabilities, and its main partners include Hanoi

Friendship Village, Hope Center, Phuc Tue Center for intellectual disabled children, etc.

Standards of cleanliness and sanitation in care centres can often be quite poor. Many of the

children that attend daycare facilities also come from low-income families where this isn’t a

priority. This means that the spread of infections and sickness is common. We educate and run

activities to promote proper hygiene, with the aim of improving overall health in these care

centres.

We aim to promote a lifestyle of proper nutrition, exercise and medical care and life skill

education targeting healthy behaviour. Our health education programme also includes gender

education. Volunteers are encouraged to include physical activities in their daily routines,

promoting healthy foods as well as good hygiene practices.

It has been shown that a lack of stimulation in early years, particularly in situations of

poverty or neglect, can lead to delayed development later in life. With that in mind, we aim to

improve the emotional and cognitive development of the children we work with through regular

games, activities and interaction with our volunteers, while taking care to include and offer the

same level of attention to each child.

In Viet Nam. there are very limited resources made available for people with disabilities.

Those with disabilities can be marginalized and have severely restricted opportunities when it

comes to finding work. This has a huge impact on their quality of life. By providing

individualized care and attention, we can give more specialized and worthwhile treatment to

those who are most in need.

1. The project tries to improve healthcare by .

A. recording poor standards of cleanliness and sanitation in care centres

B. making daycare facilities available for low-income families

C. encouraging proper hygiene to improve overall health

D. educating and running activities to promote the quality of care centres

2. In order to promote healthy behaviour, volunteers should include the promotion of

A. physical activities, proper nutrition, and life skill education

B. focusing on gender education only

C. healthy foods as well as good hygiene practices for volunteers

D. their daily routines to follow healthy foods as well as good hygiene practices

3. Volunteers offer to children to improve their emotional and cognitive development.

A. stimulation in early years B. later development in life

C. the same level of interaction D. regular games, activities and interaction

4. The programme provides to disabled people so that they can find work more easily.

A. opportunities to limited resources B. a huge impact on their quality of life

C. specific care and attention D. the emotional and cognitive development

5. The word “marginalized" in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to .

A. put in the outer part B. treated as if someone is not important

C. being different from the others D. put in many activities

D. SPEAKING

I. Read the conversation with a Peace Corps member, and fill in each blank with the

correct phrase/sentence. There is an extra one.

(The Peace Corps is a volunteer programme run by the US government, helping people outside

the United Slates.)

A. And what’s the most rewarding things?

B. learning about another culture

C. For about a year now.

D. For me, it’s finding a way to fit into a community that’s very different from my own.

E. For me, it’s a kind of something that can fit my gap year before entering university.

F. Most of the time. The work can be very difficult, but it has its rewards.

Phong: So, how long have you been in the Peace Corps?

John: (1)___________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________.

Phong: Do you enjoy it?

John: (2)___________________________________________________________________.

Phong: What's the most challenging thing about being in the Peace Corps?

John: (3)___________________________________________________________________.

Phong: (4)___________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________?

_____________________________________________________________________

John: That's easy. The most rewarding thing about being in the Peace Corps is (5)_________

_____________________________________________________________________.

II. Complete the conversation between the reporter and Jonathan Thompson - an

HIV/AIDS advocate and enthusiast of English teaching for foreign students, using the

sentences (A-F) given. There is an extra one.

A. If you are optimistic, and open yourself up to your project and people, you will get more

experience than you could possible imagine.

B. Once we managed to discuss the causes of HIV transmission in his country.

C. Outside of the hospital, I designed and hosted a three-hour HIV/AIDS workshop for 20

local university students.

D. Viet Nam felt like home to me, and if it had not been for this experience. I never would

have known I could feel that way about a place so far away from my own world.

E. After the workshop ended, one student stated. “I'm planning to have a small talk with my

friends at university and my brother at home about IIIV.”

F. I decided to become an international volunteer because I wanted to have an impact on the

global community, not just the place I call home.

Reporter: Why did you decide to become a volunteer in Viet Nam?

Jonathan: For me, my purpose is being what the community needs me to be, when they need

me to be it. (1)_______________________________________________________

Reporter: What did you do in your project?

Jonathan: Through my project. I was able to spend one month in Ha Noi providing

HIV/AIDS prevention and education. One way I tried to help the local community

was through HIV/AIDS-related English education at a government designated

HIV/AIDS hospital. (2)________________________________________________

Reporter: What was the workshop about?

Jonathan: The workshop brought these students together with volunteers from all over the

world, promoting understanding of the virus on a global level and inspiring

everyone to consider cultures and ideas outside their own. (3)_________________

__________________________________________________________________

Reporter: Tell me about somebody you met who impressed you?

Jonathan: One person that really impressed me was Cuong. a Vietnamese man that managed

our volunteer housing. Cuong and I did not share a common language and he

wanted to learn English. With some lessons, Cuong became more communicative

and more socially alive. It was not always easy but our desire to be friends was

stronger than our language barriers. (4)___________________________________

_________________________________________________________________.

After a month, he made his first complete sentence.

Reporter: What advice would you tell a future volunteer?

Jonathan: I would advise a future volunteer to willingly accept what you don't know.

(5)________________________________________________________________

Reporter: What did you learn about yourself in Viet Nam?

Jonathan: I learned that I can adapt to another culture, keeping calm and improving the

community language and getting over culture barriers. (6)____________________

__________________________________________________________________

III.Complete the conversation between the reporter and Nun Nguyen about Hai Hang’s

story of her forever lasting smile, using the responses (A-F) given. There is an extra one.

A. With great help from the FPT team, Hai Bang and I were able to reach Operation Smile's

examining day.

B. Instead, with her smile, she can live as a normal person: having friends and attending

school.

C. Hai Bang did not cry, she just lay in hospital bed and looked at us with her lovely bright

eyes.

D. It took me days to days to take care of the baby and she was getting better little by little.

E. But if she wishes to go to college, I will also do my best to support her. We think

schooling is a priority task.

F. When the doctor said that she could receive surgery the following day, everybody was

filled with happiness and joy.

Reporter: Hello, Nun Nguyen. We heard that Hai Bang has left hospital after the surgery.

It's good news for both of you, and it's a long story before the forever lasting

smile. When was she taken to your pagoda?

Nun Nguyen: Hai Bang was abandoned by her own mother when she was only 2 months old. At

that time, the baby was hardly to eat anything even a little milk.

Reporter: Maybe the baby was malnourished, and what happened then?

Nun Nguyen: (1)________________________________________________________________.

Reporter: Of course, with effort, patience, and love. How could she get surgery?

Nun Nguyen: One day, the crew from FPT arrived at our pagoda bringing great news for the

poor kid: Operation Smile had come to Ho Chi Minh City for the surgical

mission. (2)_________________________________________________________

Reporter: And when did Mai Bang receive the operation?

Nun Nguyen: (3)________________________________________________________________

Reporter: After the surgery, her life would change forever, and she would smile brighter

than ever after the surgery.

Nun Nguyen: That's right. From now on, Hai Bang would no longer need to hide herself behind

the pagoda’s doors. (4)________________________________________________

Reporter: Well, do you have any plans for Hai Bang now?

Nun Nguyen: If she has strong belief in Buddhism, I will help her to become a nun.

(5)________________________________________________________________

Reporter: Thank you for the interview, Nun Nguyen.

E. WRITING

I. Write complete sentences using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You

can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given.

Five Reasons Why You Should Volunteer

1. It/ so easy/ get familiar/ a routine/ as a student/ class, homework, sleep/ so/ it/ worth/

volunteer/ make/ a difference/ the community/ and/ personal life.

___________________________________________________________________________

2. Giving/ helping hand/ community/ be/ one/ best ways/ gain experience/ a future career.

___________________________________________________________________________

3. Volunteering/ be/ great way/ discover/ new passions/ or/ interests/ future career.

___________________________________________________________________________

4. The/ most/ exciting aspect/ volunteer work/ be/ that/ you/ not know/ who/ you/ meet/ or/

what kind/ impact/ they/ have/ your life.

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Applying good lessons/ classroom/ get practical experience/ be/ the most valuable things/

your education.

___________________________________________________________________________

II. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences for an application letter to respond to

the job advertisement. You have to add some words or make some changes when

necessary.

Volunteers Needed: We need reliable, dedicated volunteers to work at our Greenleaf Child

Center. Your job will include helping children at a kindergarten or a primary school, and

instructing some basic football skills to them.

Dear Sir or Madam.

1. I/ interested/ opportunity/ volunteer/ Greenleaf Child Center. I/ have/ experience/ working/

children/ and/ would like/ continue/ do/ it.

___________________________________________________________________________

2. Last year/ I/ volunteer/ a tutor/ Friendship Village School/ enjoy/ able/ help children/

kindergarten/ learn/ a classroom. In/ position/ I/ assist/ classroom projects/ and/ Field trips.

___________________________________________________________________________

3. For/ previous summers/ I/ volunteer/ children/ my neighbourhood/ assisting football coaches/

teach basic skills/ small children.

___________________________________________________________________________

4. If/ Greenleaf Center/ a need' a dedicated volunteer/ I/ willing/ have/ opportunity/ work with.

___________________________________________________________________________

5. My schedule/ the summer/ flexible/ and/ I/ available/ evening and weekend hours/ as well/

during the day.

___________________________________________________________________________

I look forward to hearing from you.

Yours sincerely

(Your name)

TEST 1 (UNIT 4)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. interesting B. singer C. single D. strong

2. A. understanding B. friendship C. secondary D. handsome

3. A. volunteer B. cheerful C. needy D. career

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. volunteer B. passionate C. handicapped D. cultural

5. A. disabled B. invalid C. obvious D. creative

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. I particularly have a(n) interest in working with children.

A. interesting B. interested C. passion D. passionate

7. Teaching English is a great example of a volunteer job that often a career.

A. leads B. leads up C. turns D. turns into

8. People who volunteer in their community have a personal to the area and want

to make it a better place for themselves and for others.

A. interest B. passion C. attachment D. attraction

9. Volunteers For Peace Viet Nam (VPV) is a , non-governmental organization that

was founded in 2005 to provide help and education to people in both urban and rural Viet

Nam.

A. profit B. profitable C. non-profit D. non-profitable

10. The volunteer project only accepts students who are their profession and have a

strong working knowledge of the field.

A. dedicating B. dedicated C. dedicated to D. dedicated in

11. Many people who think that they are very fortunate to live the way they do and want

to give something back to society.

A. volunteer B. volunteers C. volunteering D. voluntary

12. I would like to continue to lend my helping hands to achieve the goal of giving all children

an equal chance of having futures.

A. succeed B. successive C. successful D. succeeding

13. Last year we in the Community Village project in Mai Chau, Hoa Binh while

the disabled artisans to follow their trades.

A. join - are trying B. joined - were trying

C. joined - had tried D. were joining - were trying

14. During the volunteer programme, they up international understanding while they

for the needs of the local community.

A. builds - are working B. were building - were working

C. were building - worked D. built - were working

15. also helped to set up and arrange two retail stalls, selling the products to visitors.

A. Volunteer B. Volunteers C. Volunteering D. Voluntary

IV. Read the text and put the verbs in brackets in the past simple or the past continuous.

Student-run food bank to feed needy people

A group of students in Ha Noi (16. collect) leftovers from restaurants to supply

meals to needy people in their "Ha Noi Enough" project while several customers (17. waste)

so much food there. Some people (18. worry) about the quality of

the food preprocessed from leftovers while the volunteers (19. deliver) them.

Therefore, project members (20. take) photographs as a proof of quality while they

(21. give) the food to the poor. Project leaders (22. call) more

restaurants to help them save food when they (23. develop) their project. While

the “Ha Noi Enough” project (24. gain) more reputation, volunteers also (25.

host) several social activities, including "Warm winter and Tet enough" and

"Save Food, Save the Earth".

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Think Globally, Act Locally

Wangari Maathai was the first African woman to receive the Nobel Peace Prize in 2004. She

was also the first female scholar from East and Central Africa to take a doctorate (in biology),

and the first female professor ever in her home country of Kenya. Maathai played an (26) part in

the (27) for democracy in Kenya.

As a young girl in Kenya, she was surrounded by a rich, beautiful forest. As she saw the

forest being cut down, she understood how the lack of forests (28) farming and life

more difficult for her (29) . People fought over water and over food. She decided to

plant nine seedlings and as the trees grew, she had her plans to plant trees for (30) .

In 1977 she (31) a movement aimed at opposing the deforestation that was

threatening the means of subsistence of the agricultural population. The campaign (32)

women to plant trees in their local environments and to think ecologically. The so- called

Green Belt Movement spread to other African countries, and (33) to the planting of

over thirty million trees.

Maathai’s Green Belt Movement for African women was not limited in its vision to work

(34) sustainable development, she saw tree-planting in a broader perspective which

included democracy, (35) , and international solidarity, as in the words of the Nobel

Committee, “She thinks globally and acts locally.’

26. A. act B. acting C. active D. action

27. A. fighting B. struggle C. contribution D. building

28. A. made B. let C. caused D. brought

29. A. humanity B. ability C. responsibility D. community

30. A. peace B. rest C. life D. fame

31. A. starts B. started C. has started D. was starting

32. A. made B. took C. got D. encouraged

33. A. caused B. contributed C. urged D. lead

34. A. for B. to C. with D. at

35. A. woman rights B. women rights C. woman’s rights D. women’s rights

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Street Children Volunteer Programme in Delhi

There are about 100 million street children in India who do not attend any school and spend

most of their time on the streets. In Delhi, the capital city, it is estimated that there are about

175,000 street children of which 10% are runaways. In fact, there are more than 25,000 children

who live in and around railway stations in Delhi. They can be seen searching the rubbish heap

for a meal, sleeping between the tracks, often beaten and sexually abused.

Volunteer Work in the Street Children Programme in Delhi, India consists of taking informal

education classes with the children, playing games with the children and introducing them to

different new activities. Volunteers can teach the children good habits such as cleanliness,

hygiene and greetings. On some of the days, volunteers can plan a trip with the children to a

museum or zoo in Delhi. Such educational trips are very useful for the children where they love

spending time and playing with the volunteers.

Volunteers work at the various contact points or shelter homes, being run by various

organizations, which serve as day care centers for these street children. They can assist in

providing love, care, basic literacy, recreation and most importantly spend time and shower

affection on them.

36. Street children in Delhi .

A. spend most of their time in and around railway stations

B. live in very badly physical and mental conditions

C. account for 100 million from all parts of India

D. can search heaps of food for meals

37. Volunteers may do all of the following activities EXCEPT .

A. giving informal lessons to children B. playing games with children

C. teaching children good habits D. taking children to evening classes

38. Educational trips are very useful for the children because .

A. there are many museums and zoos in Delhi

B. they can learn good habits such as cleanliness, hygiene and greetings

C. they have a good time and lots of fun with volunteers

D. they can play many educational games with volunteers there

39. Day care centers for street children offer .

A. care, education and recreation

B. time, shower, and affection

C. supply of volunteers for various organizations

D. contact points or shelter homes at railway stations

40. The word “They” in the last paragraph refers to .

A. volunteers B. organizations C. day care centers D. street children

VII.Complete the conversation, using the parts (A-F) given. There is an extra one.

A. Not only getting knowledge, volunteering encourages better sense of responsibility.

B. What is the programme about?

C. That sounds great. I'm very excited.

D. There are several programmes for teenagers to take part in. I have seen some

advertisements in the newspapers.

E. As a volunteer, you can provide valuable community services, such as supporting

disadvantaged families, making the community more beautiful, and so on.

F. I’d like to join it because volunteering provides physical and mental rewards.

Quan: I saw a poster for a voluntary programme in our community. Would you like to join,

Hieu?

Hieu: (41)__________________________________________________________________

Quan: Its purpose is to make our environment cleaner and greener.

Hieu: Great! (42)____________________________________________________________.

It makes you healthier, more optimistic and less stressful.

Quan: That’s true. Besides health benefits, it brings people together. As a volunteer, you can

get people from diverse backgrounds toward a common goal, and build teamwork.

Hieu: I agree with you. (43)____________________________________________________.

Besides that, we can also learn a lot.

Quan: Certainly, Hieu. Volunteers can discover hidden talents that may change their view,

and they can gain knowledge of local resources available to solve community needs.

Hieu: Sure. (44)_____________________________________________________________

Quan: And above all, volunteers make a difference to the community. Tomorrow both of us

will register for the voluntary programme.

Hieu: (45)__________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

VIII.Use the given words/phrases to make sentences for an application letter to respond to

the job advertisement. You have to add some words or make some changes when

necessary.

Volunteers Needed: We need reliable, friendly and patient volunteers to work at our

Happiness Nursing Home during this summer. Your duties will include organizing activities

for elderly people.

Dear Sir or Madam,

46. I/ interested/ volunteering/ your organization/ and/ enclose/ CV/ your consideration. I/

understand/ you/ regularly need/ volunteers/ arrange activities/ elderly people/ community.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. As/ I/ a reliable/ friendly/ patient person/ I believe/ I/ enjoy/ these duties/ and/ benefit/ your

organization/ becoming a volunteer.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. I/ spend/ a lot/ time/ over the last year/ take care/ my grandmother. This/ give me/ an

understanding/ needs/ wishes/ elderly people/ who/ not able/ rely/ their own family.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. I/ keen/ get/ any training/ you/ feel/ necessary/ undertake/ role.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. I/ able/ work/ flexible hours/ the summer vacation/ and/ I/ available/ an interview/ at your

convenience.

___________________________________________________________________________

I look forward to hearing from you.

Yours faithfully

(Your name)

TEST 2 (UNIT 4)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. donation B. charity C. attachment D. character

2. A. overspent B. achievement C. environment D. movement

3. A. hopeless B. endless C. success D. harmless

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. interact B. understand C. volunteer D. contribute

5. A. priority B. ability C. community D. voluntary

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. Volunteers become more of the problems facing the world.

A. concerned and unaware B. concerning and unaware

C. concerned and aware D. concerned but aware

7. If you are in traditional hand-made products and are on the volunteer project for

several weeks, you may have the opportunity to learn the and embroidery skills

from the artisans.

A. interested - weaving B. interesting - weaving

C. interested - woven D. interesting - woven

8. Volunteer’s main work at the projects is to take care of the children, most of whom have

are affected by Agent Orange.

A. mentally and physically disabilities B. mental and physical disabled

C. mental, physical and disabled D. mental and physical disabilities

9. Volunteers For Peace Viet Nam (VPV) offers programmes in North and South

Viet Nam.

A. dedicate B. dedicated C. dedication D. dedicating

10. Together with volunteers, through our daily activities, we try to protect children from

effects from society.

A. harm B. harmful C. harmless D. unharmed

11. In our volunteer programme, the possibilities are , and all you need is

determination and a little creativity.

A. end B. ending C. endless D. everlasting

12. While Tom English to poor children in Phnom Penh last year, he a lot

about Cambodian culture.

A. is teaching - knows B. taught - was knowing

C. was teaching - knew D. was teaching - was knowing

13. My passion for volunteering to help children during my middle school years

while I for the summer community service.

A. begin - work B. began - was working

C. have begun - have worked D. was beginning - was working

14. Volunteers games and activities with disadvantaged children while they

for the center.

A. played - had - worked B. were having - having - were working

C. have played - playing - are working D. played - had - were working

15. “ your country can do for you - you can do for your country.” (from

John Kennedy’s inaugural address).

A. Don’t ask what - ask what B. Ask what - don’t ask what

C. Ask not what - ask what D. Ask what not - ask what

IV. Fill in each blank in the following letter from the President of “Action for a Better

Community” to volunteers with the correct word from the box.

Dear Volunteer,

Welcome to our team! Thank you for choosing to become a member of our (16)

! We are delighted to have you as part of our dynamic, caring team!

“Action for a Better Community” (ABC) was founded more than 45 years ago. In the

beginning, ABC was one of hundreds of “community action agencies”, established in

communities throughout the United States to help low-income people. We started with small

amounts of money with a strong determination to help people break the cycle of (17)

and achieve self-sufficiency.

ABC has made a (18) for over 35,000 children and families served through the

Head Start programme.

Your (19) as a volunteer is especially important as we move in the future

with a focus on child development services, employment and training, housing, and health

(especially AIDS/HIV-related education and counseling).

(20) jobs range from direct service to our programme (21) to agency

leadership as members of our Board of Directors. Together you bring your range of skills,

experience and dedication to support ABC’s vital work in our (22) . We promote

and provide (23) for low-income individuals and families to become self-

sufficient.

Your (24) , placement and orientation are important first steps. Your (25)

to help ABC in order to help people help themselves is greatly appreciated!

Sincerely,

James H. Norman

President & CEO

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

The Buddha of the Poor

More than 26,000 children now have bright (26) faces after receiving free operations.

About 173,000 poor people received free treatment to regain their vision, and nearly 3,400 deaf

children were given hearing aids. These are part of the (27) of the Ho Chi Minh

Association for Support of Poor Patients, launched and run by Mr. Nguyen Vinh Nghiep.

Mr Nghiep, the former Chairman of the People’s Committee of Ho Chi Minh City, retired in

1992, and (28) his Association two years later. Together with his former colleagues, Mr

Nghiep has (29) billions of VND from individual (30) and organizations to

support more than a million poor people nationwide through seven major (31)

programmes, such as “For the children’s smile”, “Bringing light to poor blind people and blind

children from birth”, “Sound and Voice for Deaf and Dumb Children”, “Wheelchairs for people

with disabilities and paralysed children”.

The “Free meals for patients and their relatives” programme has offered over 2.6 million free

meals to poor people in 10 hospitals.

Mr Nghiep said, “Helping one person to gain their (32) means bringing happiness to

him or herself, freeing two or three more people from (33) of the patient, and more

importantly, building (34) for poor patients in society.”

In 2002, Mr Nghiep, (35) “The Buddha of the Poor”, was given the national title of

Labor Hero in the Renewal Process, and his Association received the title in 2005.

26. A. smile B. smiles C. smiling D. smiley

27. A. acts B. acting C. actions D. activities

28. A. established B. set C. put up D. opened

29. A. raised B. got C. risen D. requested

30. A. donating B. donors C. donations D. charities

31. A. human B. humanity C. humanities D. humanitarian

32. A. eyes B. eyesight C. views D. ability

33. A. looking after B. dealing with C. taking care D. taking place

34. A. trust B. hope C. future D. dream

35. A. knowing B. khown as C. regarding as D. regarding

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Voluntary Service Overseas (VSO)

VSO is a registered charity dedicated to assisting in developing countries. It is a recruitment

agency which finds, selects and places volunteers in response to overseas requests.

This work makes it distinctive among other charities and organizations in the UK. It sends

people, not money, so it tries to respond to requests from overseas which ask for volunteers. Its

purpose is toward the poorest members of the community. Both staff and volunteers also pay

special attention to women’s roles in development projects. This is because women’s roles in

child-rearing, in education and community relationship are essential in any healthy process of

change.

Over the past 38 years, more than 21.000 volunteers have worked abroad with VSO. There

are now over 1,900 volunteers working in 59 of the less developed countries in Africa, Asia, the

Pacific and the Caribbean.

The application of each volunteer is carefully considered in order to select and interview

candidates against each job request from the field, to look for the person with the right blend of

skills and personality.

VSO volunteers do not go to developing countries as visiting experts with all the answers. It

is always a process of sharing and learning. The aim is that when the volunteer returns home,

there exists a community with a stronger sense of independence, and a volunteer with a new

understanding of life and people everywhere. The range of jobs required of VSO is wide,

reflecting the needs of any society in the modern world.

36. VSO is different from other charities and organizations in the UK because it .

A. is a registered body

B. sends financial aid to developing countries

C. sends volunteers to help abroad

D. recruits volunteer to work in Britain

37. Requests from overseas most likely to be dealt with are those which .

A. specially ask for female staff and volunteers

B. require volunteers to work with the local inhabitants

C. require help and advice on health care

D. need help to train less wealthy members of the community

38. According to those who work for VSO, who plays the most important part in bringing about

change?

A. charitable organizations B. volunteers from abroad

C. women in local communities D. staff who recruit volunteers

39. What happens when VSO wants to appoint new volunteers?

A. They give preference to applicants living abroad.

B. They give each applicant several interviews.

C. They refer applications to countries requesting volunteers.

D. They match all applicants to jobs very carefully.

40. The volunteer chosen to go out to a developing country .

A. must have experience of working overseas

B. will quickly become an expert in the field

C. will gain more knowledge about the world we live in

D. must leave the country before it becomes independent

VII.Complete the conversation, using the sentences (A-F) given. There is an extra one.

A. Fantastic. How long has he provided credit to the poor in his community?

B. In which country, Phong?

C. I think access to even a small amount of credit can transform the lives of the poorest

citizens of the world.

D. I think the poor need money - exactly the capital - to escape poverty. How did Professor

Yunus originate his idea?

E. I think his small loan helped them break the cycle of poverty for good.

F. How can he develop his ideas to the community? You said that he established a bank for

the poor?

Phong: I heard the story about a man who established a bank for the poor, Nam.

Nam: Really? It sounds great! (41)_______________________________________________

Phong: In Bangladesh, one of the poorest countries in the world. He’s Professor Muhamad

Yunus. He is recognized for his work in providing small amounts of credits to the

poor for self-employment.

Nam: Great! (42)_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Phong: It was an idea originated on a day in 1976 when he lent $27 from his own pocket to

forty-two people living in a tiny village. These people only needed enough credit to

purchase the raw material for their trade.

Nam: (43)__________________________________________________________________

Phong: I agree with you. He offered a solution to the world poverty too; that is lending poor

people money which is suitable to them, teaching them a few sound financial

principles, and they will help themselves.

Nam: Brilliant! (44)__________________________________________________________

Phong: He established Grameen in 1983, a bank devoted to providing the poorest of

Bangladesh with small loans. They want to help poor people, and they don’t see them

as an object for making money. Twenty-three years later they won the Nobel Prize for

Peace for their work in eradicating poverty.

Nam: Wonderful! (45)________________________________________________________

VIII.Use the given words/phrases to make sentences for an application letter to respond to

the job advertisement. You have to add some words or make some changes when

necessary.

Volunteers Needed: We need enthusiastic volunteers who have a love in nature to work

for WWF Center, Viet Nam. Your jobs will include taking care of animals and planting

trees.

Dear Sir or Madam,

46. I/ interested/ volunteer position/ WWF Center/ Viet Nam. I/ very enthusiastic/ save/ our

planet/ and/ contribute/ this cause.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. Since/ I/ young/ I/ curious/ both plant/ animal life. Saving/ little kittens/ other animals/

distressful situations/ and/ planting trees/ all I/ do now.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. My love/ nature/ make/ me/ want/ work/ this field/ all my life.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. I/ confident/ that/ I/ physical ability/ which/ needed/ most positions/ WWF.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. I/ excited/ opportunity/ join/ your organization/ a volunteer/ and/ make/ contribution. I/

available/ an interview/ at any time.

___________________________________________________________________________

I look forward to hearing from you.

Thank you for your time and consideration.

Sincerely,

(Your name)

Unit 5: INVENTIONS

A. PHONETICS

I. Write the words from the box in the correct part of the table, according to the stress

pattern.

II. Read these sentences aloud. Pay attention to the stressed syllables.

1. A greenhouse is a place where we grow plants while a green house is the house painted

green.

2. A bluebird is a type of bird while a blue bird is any bird with blue feathers.

3. A blackbird is a type of bird while a black bird is any bird with black feathers.

4. A lighthouse is a tall building with a light at the top that guides ships while a light house is

one with bright colours.

5. Shorthand is a method of writing quickly that uses signs or short forms of words while a

short hand is one that is short.

B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Match the verbs (1-5) to human achievements (A-F), and write the answer in each

blank. There is an extra achievement.

_______ 1. discover A. a gold medal/the world cup/a Nobel prize

_______ 2. invent/develop B. money for/to charity

_______ 3. raise/donate C. a planet/a cure for a disease

_______ 4. win D. others/future generations

_______ 5. inspire E. great speeches

F. a machine/theory/system

II. Fill in each blank of the passage with the correct word/phrase from the box.

Flying cars

Most of you might have seen some movies like “The Fifth Element”, read any books or even

heard it from someone about flying cars. The (1) of a flying car, or more

appropriately said “roadable aircrafts”, needs a heavy attention on both of the (2) that it

has to run on a standard road as well as fly in the sky without a smallest problem and with fewer

number of (3) from a car to an aircraft.

The factors that (4) most of the people and automotive companies to think

about the concept of a car which can fly too, came firstly from the original Flying Car, Chitty

Chitty Bang Bang, which was used as a movie and stage prop. Chitty Chitty Bang Bang’s Flying

car version mainly caught the attention due to its toughness (5) . It was built

strong enough to (6) dirt roads, cobblestone streets and could jump off a couple

of stairs too!

The features included in a fully working flying car are well enough to take care of both air

and street (7) . Special tires are being used for the car (8) their

ultra-lightness which will not weigh down the aircraft. Panes made of poly carbonate material

are used instead of heavy (9) windows giving the car a relief in its weight and

shatterproof strength.

One may say that the flying car is going to be a luxury rather than being a (10) .

III.Use the correct form of the words in brackets to finish the sentences.

1. In 2008, the International Telecommunications Union specified a set of for

fourth generation (4G) standards. (require)

2. Apple’s new iPad Pro is aimed at enterprises as a for computers. (replace)

3. Apple iPad succeeded in capturing the public’s , and started a new trend.

(imagine)

4. When scientists discovered genetic engineering, they considered it their greatest

. (achieve)

5. Hybrid cars are better for the environment than cars. (tradition)

6. Edison said, “Genius is one percent and ninety-nine percent !”

(inspire - perspire)

7. In the early 20

century, Nikola Tesla invented his own engine with high fuel in

turbine style using smooth discs. (efficient)

8. The invention of the electric rice in 1940 by Mitsubishi Electric makes it

possible to have the perfectly cooked rice for sushi. (cook)

IV. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

1. The iPod - together with Apple’s iTunes software - was the that really

transformed the way people listened to music.

2. Firefox was the first web to challenge the dominance of Microsoft’s Internet

Explorer.

3. Skype made it possible to speak to your family - and even video - for free over

Wi-Fi.

4. Today Facebook connects over 1.7 billion people worldwide, with from various

backgrounds, nationalities and ages.

5. The Amazon Kindle was not the first e-book on the market, nor the most

elegant when it launched in 2007.

6. Flappy Bird, in which users have to steer a bird between green pipes, has become one of the

most downloaded mobile games on both Apple and Google’s stores.

V. Choose the best verb form to complete each of the following sentences.

1. “Where’s Tony?” “He to the travel agent's, and he hasn’t come back.”

A. has been B. has been going C. has gone D. had gone

2. We think they all that is necessary.

A. have done B. doing C. had done D. would do

3. I’d like to see that football match because I one this year.

A. don’t see B. can’t see C. hardly see D. haven’t seen

4. I can’t believe that you all the three exercises. You just started five minutes ago.

A. have finished B. have been finishingC. finished D. are finishing

5. Up to now, the discount to children under ten years old.

A. has only applied B. only applies C. was only applied D. only applied

6. Tom often watches TV after his parents to bed.

A. had gone B. have gone C. go D. went

7. Their children lots of new friends since they to that town.

A. have made - moved B. were making - have moved

C. made - are moving D. made - have been moving

8. Jane is a wonderful singer. Her mother tells me that she professionally since she was

four.

A. has been sung B. was singing C. is singing D. has been singing

9. He off alone a month ago, and of since.

A. set - hasn’t been heard B. was setting - hasn’t heard

C. set - hasn’t heard D. was setting - hadn’t been heard

10. None of the students to class yet.

A. are coming B. hadn’t come C. haven’t come D. have come

VI. Write sentences about the uses of the following inventions with the cues given, using

"be used for + V-ing" or "be used + to-infinitive" of the verbs.

1. digital camera/ take/ pictures/ video clips/ electronic format/ instead of to film.

___________________________________________________________________________

2. GPS/ provide/ users/ positioning, navigation, and timing services.

___________________________________________________________________________

3. webcam/ record/ moving pictures/ sounds/ and/ allow/ these/ to be broadcast/ Internet.

___________________________________________________________________________

4. Microsoft Xbox One/ deliver/ new gaming and entertainment experience/ the best games.

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Lima Billboard/ Peru/ produce/ clean water/ Lima’s extremely humid air.

____________________________________________________

6. 4K TV/ display/ films/ resolutions/ four times/ bigger/ HDTV.

___________________________________________________________________________

7. smart watch/ give/ you access/ lots of information/ besides/ time of day/ such as/ missed

calls, messages, and emails.

___________________________________________________________________________

8. Google Glass/ get/ real-time information/ everything/ you/ look at.

___________________________________________________________________________

9. tooth sensor/ detect/ any bacteria/ causing cavities/ or any other infections/ your teeth.

___________________________________________________________________________

10. Argus II/ restore/ vision/ people/ suffering/ complete or partial blindness.

____________________________________________________

C. READING

I. Read the text about three machines you can buy to make your life easier, and then

answer the questions. There may be more than one answer for some questions. You can

write A for the vacuum cleaner, B for the smart fridge, and C for the control system.

The Three Most Intelligent Machines For Your Home

A. The Smoothline D838 Robot Vacuum Cleaner

Do you like housework? No? Then this new robot vacuum cleaner is the machine for you. It can

clean your living room automatically. It has a computer which tells it to go around objects such

as chairs and table legs as it cleans your floor. And if a person - or your pet dog or cat – comes

too close, it stops automatically.

B. The FZ Smart Fridge

A fridge which tells you what it has got inside and gives you ideas about what to cook for

dinner! A visual display shows you what is inside the fridge - you don't even have to open the

door; and the fridge can also tell when food is too old to use. And if you haven't got any ideas

about what to cook for your family this evening, just touch the computer screen on the door of

the fridge and you can look at over a thousand of your favourite recipes. You can also use it to

send emails and to surf the Internet!

C. The Ultimate Power Control System

How many remote control units do you have in your house - for the TV, the DVD player, home

audio? Now you can control everything in your house - from a light in the bedroom to your front

door - using just one special remote control unit. It works with radio signals, so you can do

everything in your house without getting out of bed. You can even surf the Internet, send emails,

watch videos or listen to music with the Ultimate Power Control System’s video screen.

Which machine(s) .

1. can help you to control the electric system _____________

2. can help you to surf the Internet, send emails _____________

3. help you to make your house clean _____________

4. can help you to watch videos or listen to music _____________

5. can help you perform some tasks without leaving your place _____________

6. can recognize the obstacles _____________

7. can recommend you the daily menu _____________

8. can help you to know the contents inside _____________

9. may be friendly to people and pets _____________

10. can help you to avoid something harmful _____________

II. Read the text, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

How to Become an Inventor

Many people think that becoming an inventor is a simple process of three steps: having a

bright idea, researching the market for the idea, and then selling that idea to a large company. It’s

not that simple, however, and can often be a time-consuming, difficult process. So let’s take a

look at what you need to do to become an inventor.

Every invention starts with an idea. Brainstorm your ideas with colleagues, friends, and

family. For any idea they like, do research to check that your idea is original. Decide if you want

to protect or patent your idea from being copied. Think carefully about this, as you do not want

to be an inventor who says, “He wouldn’t have been able to steal my idea if I had patented it.”

So now you have the idea, what’s next? Once you settle on the idea for your invention, study

he market you want to sell it to. Get to know as much as you can about the customers who will

buy your product. Make sure it will be profitable.

Once you have identified that market for your invention, write a business plan, possibly

create a sample of your product, and then go out and try to sell it. This is a challenging stage

because you could meet with a lot of rejection. Keep going and don’t give up. Do not lose sight

of your goal - seeing your product used and enjoyed by millions.

T F

1. Becoming an inventor is a difficult process.  

2. But it does not take a lot of time.  

3. You should work with your colleagues, friends, and family to choose  

the topic for your research.

4. Make sure that your idea for research is new and unique.  

5. You should do the market research for your product before you settle on  

the idea for your invention.

6. You should try to sell the product by yourself.  

7. The process of carrying out your business plan is not easy.  

8. Try to catch sight of your goal because your product will be used and  

enjoyed by millions.

III.Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Li-Fi Technology

Li-Fi technology is a new technology that transmits signals as light instead of radio waves. In

urban areas where Wi-Fi networks become congested and there is a lot of noise in the signals,

this technology is something that can be of immense use to an individual. The basic requirement

of this technology is the availability of light!

Light is also an electromagnetic wave like radio waves. The only difference is that the former

has the ability to transmit data almost ten thousand times faster than the latter! The basic process

is quite simple to understand. An LED light bulb, any one at all, can be flicked on and off in

order to be able to generate signals. A light sensor on a device picks up the digital information

sent by the LED, which enables it to be processed by a computer.

The question is whether anyone wants to go through the annoying experience of sitting under

a flickering light bulb. This is the interesting part. The technology is focusing on making sure

that the light bulb is flickered up to billions of times a second! At that rate, the human eye simply

cannot notice the light bulb being flicked on and off.

However, everything comes with a disadvantage. The major disadvantage here is the fact that

these signals cannot penetrate walls. So if you want to move from one room to another, you will

need to have a wired bulb present in that room as well!

An Estonian startup company called Velmenni took the technology out of the laboratories

and brought it into the real-world offices, and industrial environments in Tallinn for the first

time.

Overall, this sounds like quite a development in the field of communication technology.

Task 1: Match a word/phrase in the left column with its definition in the right column, writing

the answer in each blank.

_______ 1. congested (adj) A. go through something

_______ 2. immense (adj) B. make electrical equipment start/stop working

_______ 3. flick something on/off (v) C. too crowded and causing difficulties

_______ 4. penetrate (v) D. extremely large in size or degree

Task 2: Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

T F

5. Li-Fi is similar to the Wi-Fi except that it uses light waves instead of radio  

waves.

6. The speed generated by Li-Fi can be up to ten thousand times greater than  

the average Wi-Fi.

7. No one wants to go through the annoying experience of sitting under a  

flickering light bulb.

8. It is convenient for you to use Li-Fi to transmit signals when you move to  

various rooms in the building.

9. The technology of Li-Fi has several advantages in theory, but we cannot  

put it into practice.

10. It can be inferred that Li-Fi is ideal for high density coverage in a confined  

region.

IV. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

High school students from Southeast Asia protect the environment with inventions that

challenge the present situation. They presented their research at the Intel International Science

and Engineering Fair (ISEF).

The team from Thailand presented its research on using fish scales to create plastic ware

items such as bowls and plates, with no trace of fish odour in 2011. The team also found out that

the material completely breaks down in about 28 days when buried in soil, and does not harm

creatures that live in the dirt. In comparison, conventional plastic products release toxins during

the manufacturing process and during disposal.

The Vietnamese team proposed using solar energy and vacuum techniques to power the

desalination process in 2012. Conventional desalination methods are expensive affairs as they

tend to consume vast amounts of electricity and fuel. In contrast, solar energy is an inexhaustible

and renewable energy source.

The Indonesian team built a “Green Refrigerant Box” in 2014 that, instead of running on

electricity, used a hand-operated vacuum pump made from plastic soft drink bottles. The idea

was formed because the students’ hometown in rural South Sumatra frequently experiences

power cuts, constantly shutting down electrical appliances.

Bio-waste materials such as mangosteen skin can be used as a substance to dye cotton fabric,

together with onion skin extract. The project of Malaysian students in 2014 not only replaced the

usage of hazardous chemical dyes with bio-waste material, but also helped recycle bio-waste

itself.

Task 1: What is the most suitable title of the whole passage?

A. Unusual but very clever inventions from Southeast Asian high school students

B. Changing the world with your awesome inventions in the upcoming ISEF

C. Exciting inventions from a new generation of student inventors around the world.

Task 2: Find the words or expressions in the text which have the following meanings.

1. a smell, often one that is unpleasant ___________________

2. living things

3. the removal of salt from sea water ___________________

4. that cannot be used up ___________________

5. a substance taken from a plant... ___________________

6. dangerous ___________________

Task 3: Answer the questions about the passage.

1. What did the team from Thailand use fish scales for?

___________________________________________________________________________

2. How long does it take fish scales to break down when buried in soil?

___________________________________________________________________________

3. What was the desalination process from the Vietnamese team powered by?

___________________________________________________________________________

4. What are the benefits of this desalination process?

___________________________________________________________________________

5. How did the Indonesian team make a “Green Refrigerant Box” work?

___________________________________________________________________________

6. Why did they come up with the idea?

___________________________________________________________________________

7. What did Malaysian students use to dye materials?

___________________________________________________________________________

8. What are the benefits of the Malaysian project?

___________________________________________________________________________

V. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Amazing New Inventions

Every year, more and more amazing things are invented. Here are three of our favourites of this

year.

A Fukuda’s Automatic Door

Can you imagine a door that fits around your body as you walk through it? Fukuda’s Automatic

Door was designed in Japan by an inventor named Rikiya Fukuda. It automatically identifies

movement and only opens just enough to match the shape of the person or object coming

through. So, what are the advantages? It saves energy by helping to keep the same temperature in

a room. It can also prevent dirt and other materials from being carried inside. As well as people,

the Automatic Door works for small objects, like packages delivered to a post office, or for large

things, such as a car coming through a garage door.

B The Hand Roll Piano

Travelling musicians will be happy with this invention. The Hand Roll Piano was invented by

the Japanese company Yamaha Music. What makes it different is that it can be rolled up like a

blanket. This makes it easier to carry and easier to store. The keyboard is 100 cm long but

weighs just 1 kg. It has 61 very thin keys and is made of rubber. It’s convenient to carry, but it’s

also a great instrument. The piano can be played for up to 15 hours on standard batteries. It has

more than 100 sounds and its own speaker.

C The LifeStraw

Today, more than one billion people in the world do not have safe water. However, it’s been

discovered that for the price of a cup of coffee, a life can be saved. The LifeStraw, which costs

just $3, is a device for purifying water. It is able to turn dirty water into drinking water. The

drinking straw was designed by the Swiss-based company Vestergaard Frandsen. It uses seven

types of filter to make water clean enough to drink. It can prevent illnesses and it can also create

safe drinking water for victims of hurricanes, earthquakes or other disasters.

Task 1 Match the descriptions (1-4) to the inventions (A-C). There is one description you do

not need. Write the answer in each blank.

__________ 1. It’s an invention that saves lives.

__________ 2. It helps you do the housework.

__________ 3. It’s a device that knows when you’re coming.

__________ 4. It makes entertaining easier.

Task 2 Read the text again and say which section (A-C) mentions

1.________ an object that is surprisingly light.

2.________ something that was invented in Europe.

3.________ a very cheap invention.

4.________ a way of keeping a place cleaner.

5.________ an invention that recognizes size.

6.________ people who need to carry their equipment.

Task 3 Match the words from the text to their definitions. Write the answer in each blank.

_______ 1. automatically A. the part of a radio, TV, etc. where the sound comes out

_______ 2. packages B. something that takes out dirt and germs

_______ 3. blanket C. describing an action that happens by itself

_______ 4. speaker D. a cover that you put on a bed

_______ 5. filter E. things that are wrapped for sending to somebody

VI. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Shinkasen Bullet Train

High-speed trains can literally cause headaches. That’s why Japan limits their acceptable noise-

pollution level, which can be particularly high when the trains emerge from tunnels.

Eiji Nakatsu, a bird-watching engineer at the Japanese rail company JR West, in the 1990s took

inspiration from the kingfisher that rarely creates a ripple when it darts into water in search of a

meal. The train’s redesigned nose - a 50-foot-long steel kingfisher beak - not only solves the

noise problem but reduces power use and enables faster speeds as well.

Fin to the Wind

Humpback whales are surprisingly agile swimmers considering each beast weighs about 80,000

pounds. Part of their swimming ability may come from a row of warty ridges, called tubercles,

on the front edge of their fins.

Frank Fish, biology professor at West Chester University in Pennsylvania, discovered that by

adding rows of similar bumps to turbine blades he could reduce drag and noise, increase speed to

changing wind direction and boost the power harnessed by 20 percent.

Fish developed the idea after he noticed bumps on a whale statue in a Boston gift shop. He

assumed, incorrectly, that the artist got it wrong and that the bumps shouldn’t go on the front

edge of fins, which typically are straight and sharp.

The bumps are now being sold on industrial fans made by Envira-North Systems and on

surfboards by Fluid Earth.

Firefly Light Bulbs

When fireflies light fires in their bellies, the light is amplified by their anatomy - sharp, jagged

scales, according to research published in January by scientists from Belgium, France, and

Canada.

Based on this observation, the scientists then built and laid a similar structure on a light-emitting

diode (LED), which increased its brightness by 55 percent.

Task 1: What is the most suitable title of the whole passage?

A. What Inspires Scientists Most

B. Smart Inventions Inspired by Nature

C. How to Protect Our Environment

Task 2: Answer the questions about the passage.

1. Which ability of the kingfisher attracted Nakatsu?

___________________________________________________________________________

2. What are the benefits of his redesigned nose for the train?

___________________________________________________________________________

3. What may the swimming ability of humpback whales partly come from?

___________________________________________________________________________

4. When was Frank Fish inspired by the idea?

___________________________________________________________________________

5. How can fireflies amplify light in the bellies?

___________________________________________________________________________

6. What is the benefit of the firefly light bulb?

___________________________________________________________________________

D. SPEAKING

I. Complete the conversation about 3-D printing, using the parts (A-F) given. There is an

extra one.

A. 3D printing allows you to produce incredibly complex products.

B. People in Viet Nam would like to own a 3-D printer of their own.

C. My father says that it can prove extremely efficient for an online business. 3D printing

allows ideas to develop faster than ever.

D. To me, the best benefit of this technology is that it makes things of better quality.

E. 3D printing efficiently uses nearly 100% of the raw material, leading to minimal, if not

zero waste.

F. Now 3-D home-printed objects are not cheaper than the ordinary ones, but printing your

own objects brings you a memorable experience.

Mai: Your father has bought the 3-D printer for several months. Can you see any of its

benefits?

John: Well... It has a lot. I think so. First, it can satisfy personal demands for goods. We can

make things that are not for sale. (1)___________________________________________

Mai: It means your father has used additive manufacturing techniques instead of traditional

ones. Right? Are the goods made by the 3-D printer cheaper?

John: (2)______________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

And in the near future, it will become much cheaper.

Mai: Besides the price, is there any more benefit? For example, less waste?

John: (3)______________________________________________________________________

Mai: Wonderful! Can the 3-D printing create things with complex structures?

John: (4)______________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

Mai: In your opinion, what aspect of 3-D printing do you like best?

John: (5)______________________________________________________________________

You create a 3D model of your product, then layers of materials are added on top of each

other. Finally, these layers are joined together to create the finished product.

II. Complete the conversation about the obstacle detector device for the blind, using the

parts (A-F) given. There is an extra one.

A. It can be said that the glasses show the love and concern of Dr. Hai and his teammates

towards the blind in the country.

B. Thanks to it, many blind people no longer fall to the ground because they fail to find out

obstacles in front of them with their sticks.

C. When the electronic obstacle device was first developed in March 2012, it was in a shape

of a helmet worn over the head.

D. Dr. Hai said that he once intended to give up because of repeated failures.

E. Already upgraded for nine times, the device looks like a pair of normal sunglasses.

F. With generous support from Kien Binh Minh, a Vietnamese technology and trading

company, the device is sold on the market at the price of over one hundred US dollars.

Mai: Look at this article, John. It’s good news for the blind in Viet Nam.

John: What is it? Well, wonderful, Mai! A cheap obstacle detector for the blind! Who was the

inventor?

Mai: It was Dr. Nguyen Ba Hai, a young lecturer from Ho Chi Minh University of Technology

and Education.

John: What does the device look like?

Mai: (1)______________________________________________________________________

John: It sounds a little bit inconvenient. Right? And its present shape?

Mai: Yeah, it’s much better now. (2)_______________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

John: Sounds good. How useful is it to the blind?

Mai: It can notify the wearer of an obstacle from a certain distance thanks to vibrations

transmitted from a piece of equipment put in a bag to the glasses via wires. (3)__________

________________________________________________________________________

John: Dr. Hai could earn a big sum of money from his invention.

Mai: He refused to sell his research when a manufacturer offered him over one hundred

thousand US dollars for it. (4)________________________________________________

John: I think blind people will feel more comfortable in their life with this device, and it has

great meaning.

Mai: I agree with you, John. (5)___________________________________________________

E. WRITING

I. The following text is about the benefits of front loading washing machines. Put the

supporting details (A-G) for each benefit in the appropriate gaps. There is an extra.

A. The vertical axis in top loaders tend to be very rough on clothing while front loaders only

use gravity to move the clothes inside the washer.

B. Front loaders don’t require as much detergents as top loaders do, about half as much

detergent for the same size load as you would put in a top loader.

C. Their own heater ensures that the temperature of the water is exact and correct.

D. While rinsing clothes, a front loader just sprays clean water on your clothes until they are

thoroughly rinsed, which means a huge saving on water.

E. They use less energy to wash your clothes because they use less water, including hot

water, so they decrease your electric bill.

F. Because front loading washing machines use a horizontal axis to lift and drop clothing

through the water, they only need to fill up part of the way.

G. Therefore, your clothes will last longer.

Benefits of Front Loading Washing Machines

Front loading washing machines are more efficient at cleaning clothes for a number of

reasons.

First, front loaders use less water.

1. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

2. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Second, your clothes takes less of beating in a front loading machine.

3. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Finally, front loading washing machines are much less expensive to own due to less

detergent, less energy and less water.

5. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

6. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

II. Write complete sentences about the benefits of robots in industry, using the words or

phrases given below.

1. Robots/ offer/ work/ more accuracy/ higher quality.

___________________________________________________________________________

2. They/ produce/ greater quantity/ short amount of time.

___________________________________________________________________________

3. They/ work/ a constant speed/ no breaks, days off, or holiday time.

___________________________________________________________________________

4. They/ more/ suitable/ repeated jobs/ human workers.

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Robots/ save/ workers/ perform/ dangerous tasks.

___________________________________________________________________________

6. They/ work/ hazardous conditions/ such as/ poor lighting/ toxic chemicals/ tight spaces.

___________________________________________________________________________

7. They/ capable/ lift/ heavy loads/ without injury or tiring.

___________________________________________________________________________

8. They also/ reduce/ amount/ wasted material/ due to/ accuracy.

___________________________________________________________________________

III.Read the text, and do the tasks that follow.

How to Become an Inventor

Many people think that becoming an inventor is a simple process of three steps: having a

bright idea, researching the market for the idea, and then selling that idea to a large company. It’s

not that simple, however, and can often be a time-consuming, difficult process. So let’s take a

look at what you need to do to become an inventor.

Every invention starts with an idea. Brainstorm your ideas with your co-workers, friends, and

family. For any idea they like, do research to check that your idea is original. Decide if you want

to protect or patent your idea from being copied. Think carefully about this, as you do not want

to be an inventor who says, “He wouldn’t have been able to steal my idea if I had patented it.”

So now you have the idea, what’s next? Once you settle on your idea for your invention,

study the market you want to sell it to. Get to know as much as you can about the customers who

will buy your product. Make sure it will be profitable.

Once you have identified the market for your invention, write a business plan, possibly create

a sample of your product, and then go out and try to sell it. This is a challenging stage because

you could meet with a lot of rejection. Keep going and don’t give up. Do not lose sight of your

goal - seeing your product used and enjoyed by millions.

Task 1: Write the main idea of each paragraph on the line.

Paragraph 1:____________________________________________________________________

Paragraph 2:____________________________________________________________________

Paragraph 3:____________________________________________________________________

Paragraph 4:____________________________________________________________________

Task 2: Read the two summary paragraphs for the text. Tick the one that best summarizes the

text.

 Summary 1: Becoming an inventor is not as easy as it seems. It is a complex process that

involves many steps, and takes a lot of time and energy. However, success will more likely

come to those inventors who keep positive and never give up.

 Summary 2: It is a long and time-consuming process to become an inventor. It involves a lot

of steps: brainstorming ideas, checking competition, applying for patents, studying the

market, writing business plans, and then going out and selling the idea. It can be discouraging

at times, but inventors need to stay positive and not give up.

TEST 1 (UNIT 5)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. smartphone B. fastener C. portable D. costly

2. A. generous B. Velcro C. video D. inventor

3. A. processor B. congestion C. tourism D. assignment

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. self-interest B. bookshelf C. waterfall D. trainspotting

5. A. heart attack B. washing powder C. fish tank D. mother tongue

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. It is thought that Google cars may transform the way we move around cities in the

future.

A. driving B. driver C. motionless D. driverless

7. Retinal implants are meant to partially restore vision to people who have lost their

A. view B. scene C. scenery D. sight

8. Biotech drugs, which are from living cells, provide some of the best efforts at curing

diseases such as diabetes, Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s, and HIV.

A. done B. made C. caused D. formed

9. The cocoons of silkworms were first used silk by the Chinese.

A. to make B. for make C. to making D. to be made

10. Paper was first to make paper money, playing cards or the world’s oldest book -

the Diamond Sutra - in the 2

century by the Chinese.

A. to invent B. inventing C. being invented D. invented

11. The magnetic compass was first used to determine the correct by the Chinese.

A. way B. road C. path D. direction

12. Gunpowder was first used to make beautiful displays of for celebrations in

the 9

century by the Chinese.

A. firing B. fires C. fireworks D. firework

13. IBM Watson is an artificially intelligent computer system of answering

questions posed in natural language.

A. capable B. aware C. able D. fond

14. YouTube to become the world’s most popular video-sharing website since 2005.

A. grows B. grew C. has grown D. have grown

15. Apple iPad the single most popular tablet PC ever since 2010.

A. has existed B. has stayed C. has remained D. has continued

IV. Fill in each blank of the passage with the correct word from the box.

The world's best-known inventions of the Vietnamese

The father of ATM (automatic teller machine) is Do Duc Cuong, who has made 50

inventions. He was found as the student with the highest (16) index in a test carried

out by a Japanese group of scientists. This gave him the (17) to receive a

scholarship to follow the university study at Osaka University. In Japan, Mr. Cuong went to

university and took an extra job for Toshiba Company. An invention then unexpectedly brought

him to the US. Mr. Cuong was then invited to the US to “use a technique to obtain one billion

clients for the bank”. Mr. Cuong said his work is to popularize banking (18) , so as

to make the services accessible to everyone. He has invented the ATM, which is considered a

(19) in the banking history.

Professor Dr. Nguyen Viet Hung, a Vietnamese native who now works at the Sydney

University in Australia, and his associates successfully generated a smart wheelchair. The

wheelchair is designed to have the function of a moving (20) which can

avoid obstacles which it sees through the camera (21) on the vehicle. The

wheelchair can move based on people’s commands, cither the shake of the head, eyes, and the

(22) of the owners. Professor Hung believes that the invention would create a

big (23) for the human’s research works to help make the lives more

convenient for paralytic people.

Dr. Chu Hoang Long was the only Vietnamese (24) who received Eureka

prize for the water research and innovation. The model allows fanners to find out the optimal

volume of water needed for watering, and the optimal (25) of water needed for

protecting the environment, while helping create the flows beneficial to the environment.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

The Fitbit Flex is a mobile device aimed at (26) your exercise, diet, and sleep. It’s

very easy to wear it all the time. It is very light and comfortable, and it looks casual and natural

on your wrist. When I need to wear a watch, I have one that sits (27) the Flex quite

easily. You can get different Fitbit Flex wristbands, reasonably priced, (28)

dozens of fun colors!

I was pleasantly surprised to learn how many steps I walk during my normal working day. I

actually find ways to fit in even more activities (29) , so I can watch the numbers go up.

It’s water-resistant, so I can wear it in the shower or in the rain (30) worrying

about keeping it dry. The Fitbit synchronizes with my smartphone via Bluetooth.

Tracking food items (31) it possible for the Dashboard to display a calorie budget

for you, comparing calories consumed versus calories burned. It will use the daily calorie total

you create to show you how many calories (32) in the day.

While I’m sleeping, the Fitbit Flex measures the movements of my wrist, logging my sleep

(33) awake, restless, or asleep. It has been (34) to see my sleep pattern each

night and over time.

There is a notification alert to let me know when my battery is running low. After 10 minutes

or so in the charging cable, it’s good to go again. The Fitbit Flex battery needs (35) every

3 to 5 days.

26. A. planning B. measuring C. taking D. following

27. A. under B. over C. besides D. next to

28. A. in B. on C. with D. at

29. A. at home B. at school C. at work D. at times

30. A. but B. except for C. despite D. without

31. A. makes B. make C. causes D. cause

32. A. leave B. left C. leaving D. to leave

33. A. like B. such C. as D. rather

34. A. fascinating B. fascinated C. fascination D. fascinates

35. A. to charge B. being charged C. be charged D. charging

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

The Advantages of Using Wi-Fi on Your Smartphone

Wi-Fi is a method for devices such as smartphones to connect wirelessly to the Internet using

radio waves. Connecting to the Internet using Wi-Fi requires a hotspot, but it is always faster

than the 3G cellular networks which smartphones can also use to connect, and occasionally faster

than 4G. Using Wi-Fi when it is available can also prove to be cheaper and make your phone run

more efficiently in the long run than relying on cellular networks.

When you use a Wi-Fi network to access the Internet from your phone, the data usage does

not count against your bundled data. Mobile providers often allocate a certain amount of data for

free each month and charge you a fee for any data usage beyond this. By connecting via Wi-Fi

wherever it is available, you can save your bundled data for situations when you might not be

close to any Wi-Fi hotspots.

In many situations, your speed using a strong, dedicated Wi-Fi connection is faster than that

of using your mobile network. It is very noticeable when transferring larger files. If you need to

download large files or stream media to your smartphone in a hurry, it is much better to do so via

Wi-Fi.

Battery life is extremely important for smartphones because you will not be able to connect

to the Internet or use certain functions such as the camera flash if your battery is too low. Using

Wi-Fi to connect to the Internet drains less battery life than using a mobile network, especially in

situations where the cellular coverage fluctuates. Since Wi-Fi is generally faster than using

mobile networks, you will also not spend as much time transferring the data, which further

decreases battery usage.

36. The following are the advantages of using Wi-Fi on your smartphone EXCEPT that

A. it does not need a hotspot to connect all your mobile devices

B. it is faster than the 3G cellular networks

C. it is cheaper than using the 3G networks

D. it makes your phone run more efficiently in the long run

37. By using Wi-Fi, you .

A. can use all your bundled data for free

B. can use a certain amount of data for free each month

C. may stay under the data capacity allocated by mobile providers

D. save your bundled data for situations when you use a Wi-Fi network

38. A Wi-Fi connection offers .

A. better large files B. faster smartphones C. no need for hurry D. better speeds

39. Using Wi-Fi offers longer battery life because .

A. you will be able to connect to other devices when your battery is low

B. it requires less time with the same task than using mobile networks

C. the Internet harms the battery life so much

D. it requires so little energy while the cellular coverage fluctuates

40. The word “drains” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .

A. improves B. saves C. increases D. reduces

VII.Complete the conversation, using the sentences (A-F) given. There is an extra one.

A. It is easy to use from beginning to end, and you can remove the cleaning head and the

Scooba brushes for a quick clean by hand.

B. It doesn’t use much power, and you can order it online with a discount.

C. First, it sweeps up dirt and small pieces on the floors, and then it puts down a thin layer of

water or hard floor cleaner to scrub hard messes.

D. Well ... It can scrub hard floors so you don’t have to.

E. A powerful scrubbing brush can remove messes while the vacuum sucks dirty water off

the floor.

F. It’s a floor scrubbing robot, and its name is iRobot Scooba 450.

Mai: What’s that machine, John? It looks like a round power strip, but much bigger and

heavier.

John: (41)_____________________________________________________________________

Mai: A floor scrubbing robot? What’s it used for?

John: (42)_____________________________________________________________________

You can keep the floors clean and bright every day.

Mai: Really? How can it scrub the floors, not sweep them, John?

John: (43)_____________________________________________________________________

Mai: How can it remove dirty water after scrubbing?

John: (44)_____________________________________________________________________

Mai: Wonderful! The robot can help us save a lot of time with the chores. Is it easy to use or

maintain it, John?

John: (45)_____________________________________________________________________

I hope the iRobot will become cheaper so that more people can buy it.

VIII.Write complete sentences about the benefits of cloning, using the words or phrases

given below.

46. Cloning/ help/ childless couples/ have children/ the child/ have/ DNA/ qualities/ both parents.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. We/ prevent/ endangered animals/ extinction/ by cloning.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. Moreover/ it/ bring about/ recreation/ species/ have disappeared.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. Many people/ believe/ cloning/ used/ replace/ failing organs/ and/ people/ not worry/ organ

donations.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. Cloning/ very helpful/ the research/ genetics/ because/ genetic researchers/ better

understanding/ structures of genes.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 5)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. determine B. versatile C. dynamite D. profile

2. A. fabric B. laptop C. patent D. imitate

3. A. patent B. patient C. inspiration D. nation

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

6. A. swimming pool B. beef tomato C. bus stop D. sunrise

7. A. parking lot B. driving license C. science fair D. full moon

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. Shunpei Yamazaki, a Japanese inventor and physicist, invented the thin-film transistor which

is a special kind of transistor made by depositing thin films of a over a piece

of glass.

A. semiconductor B. semiconductors

C. semiconducting D. conductors

7. In less than a decade you will carry a laser pen capable of sealing wounds.

A. readable B. comfortable

C. portable D. capable

8. Kia Silverbrook from Australia invented Memjet, a high-speed technology, in

2007.

A. colour-printing B. colour-print C. colours printing D. colour printing

9. Samsung Galaxy Tab flash player as well as voice and video calls.

A. supports B. offers C. displays D. provides

10. Blu-ray was first commercially in 2006 and it uses a blue laser to read or write data

to a disc.

A. performed B. allowed C. introduced D. supplied

11. The Tower Infinity in South Korea is supposed to be the world’s first skyscraper that, for a

few hours a day, an unobstructed view of the sky behind it.

A. provides B. shows C. allows D. prevents

12. 3-D is used to produce complex tools and components.

A. print B. printing C. printer D. blueprint

13. Engineers the finished bionic contact lenses on rabbits for up to twenty minutes.

A. have yet tested B. have already tested C. have performed D. have done

14. Eastman Kodak Company many OLED equipped products since 1987.

A. produces B. produced C. is produced D. has produced

15. Wearable sensors, such as the Fitbit, Nike FuelBand and Jawbone UP, the most

important part of the fitness world for the last few years.

A. become B. becomes

C. have become D. has become

IV. Fill in each blank with the correct to-infinitive phrase from the box.

16. The 3-D printer can be used an infinite number of complex

figures from medical implants to jewellery.

17. Compasses were often used that houses were built facing the

correct direction so they would be in harmony with nature.

18. The fuel saver for motorbikes was invented by Dang Hoang Son, a farmer from Vinh Long,

20-30% of the petrol consumed.

19. AcrySof Restor Lens were invented by Dr. Randal Pham - a Vietnamese-American surgeon -

with eye diseases to go without glasses.

20. OLED (organic light emitting diodes) displays were invented shape,

colours, and transparency.

21. Monosodium glutamate is used to different kinds of food.

22. More advanced techniques will be used have healthy babies.

23. Agricultural robots are used the varying shapes of individual

fruits and vegetables, and spray pesticides with much greater accuracy.

24. Crash-proof cars have been invented by Volvo car crashes by using

radar, sonar, and driver alert systems.

25. The alkaline storage battery - one of Edison’s inventions - is used for

many electric devices.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Reasons why I would buy an iWatch

As a principal and a teacher, my days are incredibly busy. I often don’t have the time to

check messages (26) my phone or computer during the day because there is rarely a

free moment during my workday. This has often (27) to my missing important

email messages, phone calls, or text messages from my family members or schoolchildren’s

parents. I too often (28) to feel the buzzing of my phone in my (29) , or if I am

incredibly busy, I am not able to pull it out to look at the reason for the alert.

I would love the ability to have alerts right on my (30) to glance at really quickly.

This would help me, even during the busiest parts of the day, to quickly know (31)

there is an important message or phone call that I need to attend to.

One of my least favorite parts of the day is sorting through my email box at the end of a busy

school day of all the messages that backed up during my day of teaching. How (32)

would it be able to (33) email and other messages with a quick flick of a button on

the iWatch as they arrive during the day? I imagine the iWatch buzzing with an incoming email

and then offering buttons to quickly archive, delete, or send the message to a specific (34)

. Being able to (35) incoming messages as they arrive in split seconds

throughout the day would save me from having to spend the time sorting through all alerts and

messages at the end of the day.

26. A. on B. at C. in D. by

27. A. lead B. led C. leading D. been leading

28. A. miss B. take C. fail D. forget

29. A. computer B. pocket C. shop D. showroom

30. A. hand B. arm C. finger D. wrist

31. A. if B. how C. why D. when

32. A. hard B. difficult C. awesome D. nervous

33. A. plan B. organize C. delete D. send

34. A. sender B. computer C. file D. folder

35. A. handle B. deal C. carry out D. solve

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Consumers can benefit from Google Glass in museum and city tours by getting audio

descriptions and key facts about things they see. Moreover, consumers can also make videos or

take pictures, hands-free and without having to miss out on the actual experience.

Construction workers, engineers and architects can also benefit from Google Glass’s

augmented reality. Instead of studying pictures or blueprints they can just use Google Glass to

see what the finished building would look like.

Consumers can also tour places without actually visiting them. This can be really helpful

when someone wants to buy a house. They can see it by using Google Glass without having to

actually visit it.

Google Glass can also be used in extreme sports like abseiling, biking and skydiving. Google

held a demonstration to show Google Glass’s viability in such sports. Consumers can take photos

and record videos while skydiving, or any other extreme sport, and instantly share them with

their friends and family.

Google Glass can also help consumers translate languages: they just need the text they want

in the specified area and Google Glass will translate it immediately.

One of the most useful feature of Google Glass is its navigation feature, consumers just have

to say “OK, Glass”, and then ask for directions, the directions will then be displayed in front of

their faces making it easy for them to follow.

Google Glass also benefits consumers with disabilities. Google Glass can be used to assist

people who are deaf, blind or people with difficulties related to sensory awareness.

People who are blind can use Google Glass to help them navigate through touch and voice. It

will also tell them about their appointments, weather. Glass will read them their messages and

will also them to send messages.

Note: abseiling (n) = the sport of going down a very steep slope by holding on to a rope which is

fastened to the top of the slope

36. Google Glass is useful for museum and city tours because .

A. it takes visitors into the virtual world and they don’t have actual experience

B. it offers visual and audio information to visitors and it is useful for recording

C. consumers can make videos or take pictures before the visit

D. you don’t need to hold it with both hands during the tours

37. Google Glass can help users .

A. see the finished building or tour a place without visiting it

B. plan the finished building and see what it would look like

C. buy a house online without visiting it

D. extend the reality by studying pictures or blueprints

38. Google Glass can perform the following functions in sports EXCEPT .

A. taking photos and recording videos while skydiving

B. being helpful in various extreme sports

C. sharing pictures and videos with our friends and family instantly

D. having a demonstration to show its viability in extreme sports

39. Disabled people can benefit from Google Glass because .

A. it can offer them sensory awareness in various types

B. it will help them to write and send messages through touch and voice

C. it helps them in navigation and communication

D. they always see the text in the specified area translated immediately

40. The word “viability” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to .

A. ability to become successful

B. intention of doing something

C. capability of developing and surviving independently

D. ability to continue to exist and develop as a living being

VII.Complete the conversation, using the parts (A-F) given. There is an extra one.

A. For example, you can use the application Star Walk for iPad to label stars and galaxies in

the night sky.

B. With tablets, we can solve the problems by using eBooks.

C. When they are done, the presentation is saved and can be emailed to the teacher for

grading.

D. We’ll have interactive history lessons. I think it’s also good for visual information.

E. Do you think textbooks will disappear from classrooms in the future, Anna?

F. I think with tablets teachers will be the facilitators who suggests the best ways of doing

things.

Phong: (42)__________________________________________________________________

Anna: Maybe. When I was a kid, I dreamt about our school desks as computer screens.

Now, it is the age of the tablet.

Phong: I agree with vou. Tablets are very useful for our studies, especially science. (42)_____

_____________________________________________________________________

Anna: It is not only useful for science but also for our presentations. Tablets have fantastic

apps that can be used to do real-time drawing, writing, and animation during a

presentation.

Phong: Yeah... Students can circle, highlight, or write in points as they present their latest

research or findings. (43)_________________________________________________

Anna: You’re right. Teachers mark work digitally and can easily return it digitally without

the painful distribution of paper. Tablets are also good for teaching History, because

they can bring to life ancient civilizations through interactive e-books, videos, and

even games.

Phong: Fantastic! (44)__________________________________________________________

Anna: Almost every tablet on the market comes with a quality camera that can be used to

take pictures or videos. We can add them to our presentations or projects. Do you

think it’s worth buying a tablet?

Phong: Yes, it’s true. Textbooks are expensive; when the information is outdated, an entire

new version must be published. (45)_______________________________________.

Student can highlight and bookmark them easily.

Anna: It may be a good investment. I think tablets are also good for our environment.

Imagine the amount of paper saved if a child went through 12 years of schooling

using a tablet for all his e-books, papers, projects, and studies. That is a lot of paper!

VIII.Write complete sentences about the benefits of a digital camera with Wi-Fi, using the

words or phrases given below.

A Wi-Fi digital camera

46. You/ upload/ photos or video clips/ cloud storage.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. It/ easy/ share/ them/ social networks.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. Pictures/ share/ automatically/ your computer or smartphone.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. Your pictures/ safe/ and/ you/ not delete/ by mistake.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. If/ you/ forget/ USB cable/ you/ find/ nearest hotspot/ upload/ them.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST YOURSELF 2

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. aspect B. invention C. technology D. charity

2. A. finger B. singer C. excitingly D. dancing

3. A. extent B. independent C. confident D. judgement

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. volunteer B. engineer C. committee D. referee

5. A. processor B. digital C. computer D. imitate

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. Do you want a powerful iPad or a one - the iPad Air or the iPad Mini?

A. carrying B. portable C. porter D. travelling

7. People join and volunteer they believe the cause is right, and this is the highest level

of motivation.

A. or B. because C. so D. but

8. The boat rudder was first invented to steer large ships which the Chinese to build

huge ships as early as 200 AD.

A. made B. let C. enabled D. kept

9. The Tesla Coil is used extremely powerful electrical fields.

A. to create B. to solve C. to offer D. to permit

10. As a volunteer, you participate in helping our society the needs of people from all

walks of life.

A. require B. meet C. see D. catch

11. If we cannot now end our , at least we can help make the world safe for . (US

President John F. Kennedy)

A. different – diverse B. differences - diversity

C. difference - diverse D. different - diversity

12. Apple over 1 billion iPhones globally since the first generation in 2007.

A. sells B. sold C. has already sold D. have already sold

13. Bio-artificial liver device hope to all those who from extreme liver failure

since its introduction.

A. give - is suffering B. has given - are suffering

C. gives - suffers D. are giving - are suffering

14. 3-D printing complex tools and components.

A. uses for producing B. uses to produce

C. is used for production D. is used to produce

15. Spread love everywhere you go. Let no one ever come to you without .

(Mother Teresa).

A. leave happiness B. to leave happiness C. leaving happiness D. leaving happier

IV. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

16. Projects Abroad Vietnam is a non-governmental .

17. With 1,093 patents for his inventions, Thomas Edison is considered one of the greatest

18. The AbioCor artificial heart was initially implanted into a(n) in 2001.

19. Volunteering abroad is a(n) to share your skills, knowledge, and

enthusiasm.

20. As a volunteer in the orphanage programme, you will be involved in teaching English and

other subjects as well as helping them with their .

21. An LCD or liquid crystal display is a type of flat panel display commonly used in digital

, for example: digital clocks, appliance displays, and portable

computers.

22. Our work in orphanages and centers for children from poor slums of

the city.

23. Volunteers try to teach street children to read and write so that they can contribute their parts

to .

24. Google Android is now the primary operating for Samsung, Sony,

LG and HTC phones, and accounts for over 80 per cent of the market worldwide.

25. Scientists has resulted in the discovery of how to plant false memories into the

of mice.

V. Fill in each blank with the correct to-infinitive from the box.

26. An alternative current with high voltage levels is used power loss

across great distances.

27. The first hydro-electric power plant was built in Niagara Falls in 1895 by Nikola Tesla and

George Westinghouse the beginning of electrification of the world.

28. Invented by Casio in 1957, the electronic calculator is used math

classes much easier.

29. A powdered zinc gel anode is used for the alkaline dry cell battery more

power.

30. A Fitbit Flex is used your steps, distance traveled, calories burned and,

depending on the brand, your sleep patterns.

VI. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Work for the Rights of Native Peoples

In 1992 the Western world celebrated that it was 500 years since Columbus reached

America. In the same year, the Guatemalan Indian woman Rigoberta Menchú was awarded the

Nobel Peace Prize for her work for the rights of native peoples and reconciliation between ethnic

groups. She had been nominated by Native American organizations, who wanted to draw

attention to the fact that the European discovery of America had led to the killing and

suppression of native populations.

Rigoberta grew up in a country marked by extreme violence. Several members of her own

family were killed by the army, which was hunting down opponents of the regime. She herself

fled to Mexico in the early 1980s, where she came into contact with European groups that were

working for human rights in Latin America. With time, Rigoberta began to favor a policy of

reconciliation with the authorities, and Norway served as the intermediary in negotiations

between the government and the guerrilla organizations. A peace agreement was signed in 1996.

Rigoberta Menchú herself became a UN Ambassador for the world’s native peoples.

Task 1: Match a word in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer in each

blank.

Task 2: Read the passage again, and answer the questions below.

36. What was Rigoberta awarded the Nobel Peace Prize for?

___________________________________________________________________________

37. Why had she been nominated for the Nobel Peace Prize by Native American organizations?

___________________________________________________________________________

38. What did she do to solve the conflict between the government and the guerrilla

organizations?

___________________________________________________________________________

39. What was the result of her efforts to bring peace to her country?

___________________________________________________________________________

40. Which title was she given by the UN?

___________________________________________________________________________

VII.Complete the conversation, using the sentences (A-F) given. There is an extra one.

A. The Japanese scientists developed the counterparts of iTunes and iPods.

B. My father still has a large collection of music on CDs.

C. Unfortunately, he neglected to patent the device and failed to profit from it.

D. It was first released in 1988, and it seems pretty ancient by today’s standards.

E. Japanese inventors have made lots of inventions in the modern times, especially in

entertainment.

F. Yeah, the invention of Sony Walkman was the standard for portable music for almost 20

years.

Phong: Hi, Michiko. I have read an article about the Japanese inventions that changed the

world.

Michiko: (41)__________________________________________________________________

Phong: That’s right. At the beginning of personal computers, the floppy disk was developed

by Dr. Yoshiro Nakamatsu in 1952, and was adopted by IBM which is probably why

it is was so popular.

Michiko: And after the floppy disk, the compact disc (CD) was the choice of storage for media.

Sony first demonstrated the use of audio on compact disc in 1976.

(42)__________________________________________________________________

Phong: Before the iPod, portable music was carried in cassettes and listened to on the

Walkman, invented by Nobutoshi Kihara in 1978.

Michiko: (43)__________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Phong: Then Apple iPod was introduced in 2001, and the popularity of CDs and Sony

Walkman decreased.

Michiko: (44)__________________________________________________________________

The blue light emitting diode lighting was invented in 1993, which led to the

development of Blu-ray players.

Phong: My father has just bought a Blue-ray player and I enjoy its quality so much. I think I

forget to mention Karaoke, a symbol of the Japanese. Do you like Karaoke singing?

Michiko: Certainly. Drummer Daisuke Inoue invented the device in 1971. (45)______________

_____________________________________________________________________

VIII.Write complete sentences about the benefits of a digital camera, using the words or

phrases given below.

46. digital camera/ store/ pictures and video clips/ electronic format.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. You/ take/ countless photos/ and/ view/ instantly.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. You/ have/ them/ uploaded/ printed/ once.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. quality/ pictures/ keep on/ improve/.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. You/ not need/ worry/ the film/ full.

___________________________________________________________________________

Unit 6: GENDER EQUALITY

A. PHONETICS

I. Write the nouns and adjectives from the box in the correct part of the table, according

to the stress pattern.

II. Write the verbs from the box in the correct part of the table, according to the stress

pattern.

III.Read the following sentences aloud. Underline the two-syllable words and put a mark

(') before the stressed syllable.

1. The most common question from readers was how to balance professional work and personal

life, breaking down prejudice that put most housework responsibilities on women’s

shoulders.

2. Everyone must be aware that housework is a shared responsibility among all family

members, not just women.

3. Through a joint project involving the World Bank, UNICEF hopes to help the government

provide all children with textbooks at the beginning of each school year.

4. In the workplace, women should be given equal opportunities as men.

5. Until now, the high cost of schooling has discouraged or prevented poor parents from having

their children, especially girls, educated.

B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Fill in each blank with the correct word from the box. Each word has to be used only

once.

Famous Women Equality Quotes

1. “My goal is not to get a Nobel Peace Prize.... My goal is to get peace and my goal is to see

of every child.” (Malala Yousafzai)

2. “ equality is not a woman’s issue, it is a human issue. It affects us all.”

3. “A is anyone who recognizes the equality and full humanity of

women and men.” (Gloria Steinem)

4. “To call woman the weaker sex is a libel; it is man’s to woman.”

(Mahatma Gandhi)

5. “True equality is not the superiority of women, but the equal of man

and woman.” (Mercedes Joubert)

6. “ cannot be achieved unless the women have been emancipated from all

forms of oppression.” (Nelson Mandela)

7. “As , we must stand up for justice for all.” (Michelle Obama)

8. “Men of respect women’s equality.”

9. “Women are more than 50 percent of the population and more 50 percent of voters. We must

demand that we all receive 100 percent of the .” (Beyonce)

10. “Women only have true equality, when men share with them the of

bringing up the next generation.” (Ruth Bader Ginsburg)

II. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some

extra words.

Equal pay for women workers in Bangladesh

In Bangladesh, the poor (both women and men) are often engaged in day labor as hired

seasonal workers on landowners’ large plantations. Currently, men and women perform almost

identical (1) , but they do not earn equal wages. In an analysis of wages, it was

found that for a day’s labor, men earn an average of $2.22, while women earn nearly half of that

amount ($1.21).

To solve the problem, volunteers from Pathway Project issued an analysis and held (2)

on “fair wage” at each community in the area. At the end of these meetings, they

developed (3) to take action and bring their common (4) to the

landowners and social elites. Male day laborers recognized that equal wages for women would

also benefit their families, and they joined forces with the women to ask for equal pay.

Recently, men and women are working together in the crops field as a team. Landowners are

showing a more positive (5) to the women day laborers, and women day

laborers are getting equal wages at the end of each day without having to request it.

III.Fill in each blank with the appropriate form of the word in brackets.

1. Since 2009, Iceland has been the global in gender equality. (lead)

2. For the past five years, Iceland has been in the first rank of educational and

in women’s economic conditions. (achieve/ improve)

3. On October 24, 1975, more than 25 thousand women in Iceland took a day off to emphasize

the importance of women’s to the economy, both in paid and unpaid

work. (contribute)

4. Gender equality is also a part of the to the challenges facing society.

(solve)

5. The of women in the labour market in Iceland is one of the highest in

the world. (participate)

IV. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

1. The least equal country in the for women, ranking 145

, was Yemen,

where only 55% of women can read and only 6% attend college

2. UNICEF says that to education is one of the biggest challenges acing children

in Yemen today, especially girls.

3. Until now, the high cost of has discouraged or prevented poor parents

from having their children, especially girls, educated.

4. Moreover, a lack of female teachers contributes to low of girls in

schools.

5. UNICEF is now schools and families with educational supplies to help

lower costs.

6. Through a joint project involving the World Bank, UNICEF to

help the government provide all children with textbooks at the beginning of each school year.

7. UNICEF is working both nationally and regionally to educate the public on the

of educating girls.

8. The gender in education in Yemen is among the highest in the world.

V. Choose the correct passive modals in the box to complete sentences.

1. Gender equality only when women and men enjoy the same opportunities.

2. In Muslim countries, changes to give women equal rights to

natural or economic resources, as well as access to ownership.

3. In order to reduce gender inequality in South Korean society, women more

opportunities by companies.

4. Child marriage in several parts in the world because it limits access

to education and training.

5. In Egypt, female students from disadvantaged families scholarships

to continue their studies.

6. Discrimination on the basis of gender from workplaces.

C. READING

I. Read the following short biography of the famous female pilot, Amelia Earhart. Choose

the correct heading (A-G) for each paragraph (1-4). You will not use all the headings.

A. Amelia’s Education

B. Amelia’s Mysterious Disappearance

C. Amelia’s Family Life

D. Amelia’s Childhood Years

E. Amelia’s Marriage

F. Amelia’s Flying Records

G. Amelia’s Love of Flying

Amelia Earhart

1. ______________________________________________

Amelia Mary Earhart was born on July 24, 1897, in Atchison, Kansas. At three years old she

went to live with her grandparents who lived fifty miles away. Amelia was a tomboy, and

loved snow sledding and climbing trees. She lived with her grandparents until she was ten.

At ten she moved back with her parents and her younger sister, Muriel.

2. ______________________________________________

Amelia saw her first airplane at the 1908 Iowa State Fair. At this fair, there was a stunt-flying

exhibition, and it fascinated Amelia. It was here, as she watched these planes twirling and

swooshing, that Amelia fell in love with the idea of flying. Amelia actually had to wait

thirteen years to take her first ride in a plane, and just six months after that, she bought her

first plane. It was bright yellow and she called it Canary.

3. ______________________________________________

Amelia was very competitive, and entered many flying contests over the next several years.

She continually broke the records of other pilots. To mention just a few:

In June of 1928, she became the first woman to fly across the Atlantic.

In May of 1932, she became the second person to fly solo across the Atlantic.

From August 24 to 25, 1932, she flew a solo nonstop flight from the west coast of the United

States to the east coast, making her the first woman to do that.

From April 24 to 25, 1935, she was the first person to fly solo from Hawaii to California.

4. ______________________________________________

At the age of forty, in 1937, Amelia Earhart wanted to be the first woman to fly around the

world. She and her navigator took off from Oakland, California, and flew to Miami, then

through the Caribbean to Brazil and through Africa to India. After India, they flew to

Bangkok, Indonesia, Australia, and then Papua New Guinea. From Papua New Guinea, they

flew toward Howard Island, 2,200 miles away. They never arrived, and despite extensive

searches, they were never found.

No one knows for sure what happened to Amelia and her navigator, but the world knows that

Amelia is one of the most important and influential pilots in history.

II. Read the passage, and decide whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or

not given (NG).

Malala Yousafzai was born on July 12, 1997, in Mingora, Pakistan. As a young girl, she

demanded that girls should be allowed to receive an education, which resulted in the Taliban

issuing a death threat against her.

After the Taliban began attacking girls’ schools in Swat, Malala gave a speech whose title

was, “How dare the Taliban take away my basic right to education?” In early 2009, Yousafzai

began blogging for the BBC about living under the Taliban’s threats to deny her an education.

Yousafzai continued to speak out about her right, and the right of all women, to an education.

She was shot in the head by a Taliban gunman in 2012, but survived. The shooting resulted

in a massive support for Yousafzai, which continued during her recovery. She gave a speech at

the United Nations on her 16

birthday, in 2013. She has also written an autobiography “I Am

Malala: The Girl Who Stood Up for Education and Was Shot by the Taliban”, which was

released in October 2013.

At age 17, she became the youngest person to receive the Nobel Peace Prize. In

congratulating Yousafzai, U.N. Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon described her as “a brave and

gentle advocate of peace who through the simple act of going to school became a global

teacher”.

For her 18

birthday on July 12, 2015, the young activist opened a school for Syrian refugee

girls in Lebanon. Its expenses were covered by the Malala Fund, and the school was designed to

admit nearly 200 girls from the ages of 14 to 18. “Today on my first day as an adult, on behalf of

the world's children, I demand we must invest in books instead of bullets,” Yousafzai spoke in

one of the school’s classrooms.

T F NG

1. Yousafzai gave many speeches to support girls’ basic right to have   

education.

2. She was so brave to write articles about the gender discrimination   

in education in her hometown.

3. She worked as a BBC reporter for a short time.   

4. She has worked as a teacher in many countries in the world.   

5. She gained great support after being shot nearly dead by Taliban.   

6. She was taken to hospital in the capital of Pakistan.   

7. She was the youngest person to receive the Nobel Prize.   

8. She opened a school for Syrian refugee girls in Lebanon funded   

by the Malala Fund.

9. She loves peace, and hates war.   

10. She founded the Malala Fund.   

III.Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Working mothers are the ones who move out of the house for the purpose of earning money

and also maintain household chores. Every woman at home prefers to work in order to balance

the financial and the other basic needs of the family.

The children of working mothers become smarter, more active, and more independent as

compared to the children of non-working mothers. This is because of the fact that the mothers

being working have to move out of the house leaving all the household chores intact, the children

understand their responsibilities and manage to do all their tasks without being dependent on

others, so they become smart, active, and independent enough.

The working mothers are now helped by their husbands in household chores after returning

from work. By seeing fathers being a helping hand to mothers, children learn good habits and

inculcate manners of helping others as well as their mothers, thus in this way good habits are

inculcated in them.

A working mother also adds to the advantage of helping the family financially. It is

beneficial as a woman becomes a helping hand to the husband in terms of money. Therefore, the

family runs in a very smooth way without any financial difficulty and the kids also get the best as

parents are able to afford all necessities due to a good income level.

The mothers, when work, become an inspiration for their kids as they look up to their mums

and say that they aspire to be like their mums in the near future. Working mums not only work

but also look after their children without any difficulty. So such kids need to get an inspiration at

home, and they also learn to do hard work in their life.

Task 1: Match a word in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer in each

blank. There are two extra definitions.

Task 2: Read the passage again, and answer the questions below.

6. Why does every woman at home prefer to go to work?

___________________________________________________________________________

7. Why do the children of working mothers become smarter, more active, and more

independent?

___________________________________________________________________________

8. How can children learn good habits from their fathers at home?

___________________________________________________________________________

9. What financial benefits does a working mother bring to her family?

___________________________________________________________________________

10. Why do working mothers become an inspiration for their children?

___________________________________________________________________________

IV. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

A pioneer leader for women’s rights, Susan Anthony became one of the leading women

reformers of the 19

century. In Rochester, New York, she began her first public crusade on

behalf of temperance, the habit of not drinking alcohol. The temperance movement dealt with the

abuses of women and children who suffered from alcoholic husbands. Also, she worked

tirelessly against slavery and for women’s rights. Anthony helped write the history of woman

suffrage.

At the time Anthony lived, women did not have the right to vote. Because she voted in the

1872 election, a US official arrested Anthony. She hoped to prove that women had the legal right

to vote under the provisions of the 14

and 15

Amendments to the Constitution. At her trial, a

hostile federal judge found her guilty and fined her $100, which she refused to pay.

Anthony did not work alone. She worked with reformers of women’s rights such as Elizabeth

Cady Stanton and Amelia Bloomer. Susan worked for the American Anti-Slavery Society with

Frederick Douglas, a fugitive slave and black abolitionist.

On July 2

1979, the US Mint honored her by issuing the Susan Anthony dollar coin.

Although Anthony did not live to see the fruits of her efforts, the establishment of the 19

Amendment is indebted to her efforts, according to US historians.

1. Anthony advocated all of the following EXCEPT .

A. slavery should be abolished

B. women are citizens and should have the right to vote

C. employers should provide childcare for female employees

D. alcohol should be prohibited because of the abuse it causes

2. The underlined word “crusade” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .

A. a battle against authority

B. campaign to work tirelessly for one’s beliefs

C. a war against the enemies in the Middle Ages

D. an attempt to fight evil

3. What would historians say about Susan Anthony’s greatest achievement?

A. She was an activist and raised a family at the same time.

B. She worked with abolitionists to get the country rid of slavery.

C. Her tireless efforts to guarantee women the right to vote led to the establishment of the

Amendment to the Constitution.

D. Women had the legal right to vote under the provisions of the 14

and 15

Amendments

to the Constitution.

4. In which of the following ways did the US Mint honor her life’s work?

A. The Susan Anthony stamp was issued.

B. The Susan Anthony dollar coin was issued.

C. The Susan Anthony Memorial Park was built in Rochester.

D. Susan Anthony dolls were created.

5. What is the main idea of the passage?

A. Slavery was one of Susan Anthony’s causes.

B. Susan Anthony did not accept the use of alcohol.

C. Susan Anthony never gave up her struggle for all people’s freedom.

D. Reformers do not always see the results of their efforts.

D. SPEAKING

Complete the conversation between the reporter and Nguyen Thi Hong - Viet Nam’s only

female ship’s captain, using the sentences (A-G) given. There are two sentences that you do

not need.

A. But I quickly cleared such thoughts out of my head and told myself that I had to try or I

would feel regret forever.

B. I suffered huge losses after several unsuccessful fishing trips.

C. Time passed, and I could forecast the weather through clouds, the light of the stars, and

the condition of the waves.

D. At that time, I was teaching Literature at a middle school, and my aunt passed through my

place by boat and asked me to go fishing with her on her ship at sea.

E. After five hours of struggling with fierce waves during the night, my crew and I had

brought 36 people on board.

F. It was a horrible sky, and other boat owners tried their best to escape from the storm.

G.My aunt also taught me how to jump from one wave to another and how to manage the

ship to follow a school of fish.

Reporter: How could you go to sea for the first time?

Mrs. Hong: I learned it from my aunt, who was also my first teacher. (1)__________________

__________________________________________________________________

Reporter: What did you learn from your aunt?

She taught me her knowledge of how to watch the stars and manage the ship.

(2)________________________________________________________________

Reporter: Your aunt was really a great instructor to you.

Mrs. Hong: I think so. (3)________________________________________________________

Thanks to her, I escaped from death in Typhoon Linda.

Reporter: On that fateful night of November 2, 1997, you were the only captain who

brought your ship in and also rescued 36 other fishermen. What did you think at

that time?

Mrs. Hong: I thought I could not survive, so how could I rescue storm victims with my ship?

(4)________________________________________________________________

Reporter: How did you and your men rescue others?

Mrs. Hong: I told my sailors to throw our two buoys into the sea despite the roaring waves in

order to rescue people. (5)_____________________________________________

E. WRITING

I. The following text is about the advantages of being a working mother. Put the

supporting details (A-G) for each benefit in the appropriate gaps. There is an extra.

A. Children of working mothers often grow up to be independent, responsible and

achievement-orientated.

B. She can follow her career, interests, and gain more experiences.

C. These children often take on more responsibility, not just because it is expected, but also

because it is necessary.

D. The family will have more dynamics when both parents go to work.

E. As with anything, there will always be advantages and disadvantages with being a

working mother.

F. Being a mother helps her perform assignments at work with more care and patient.

G.The father has to share household chores, and the children understand that a family needs

joint effort.

Topic sentence: There are several benefits of being a working mother.

Supporting idea 1: A working mother brings benefits to her family.

1. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

2. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Supporting idea 2: A working mother is also beneficial to her children because she sets a good

example.

3. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

4. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Supporting idea 3: Working mothers derive benefits from working, too.

5. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

6. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Concluding sentence: Obviously, mothers should be strongly encouraged to work outside the

home.

II. The following text is about the disadvantages of being a working mother. Put the

supporting details (A-G) in the appropriate gaps. There are two extra ones.

A. Mothers have to keep their kids in childcare centres, and the kids may feel lonely or not

get enough affection and attention from their mums.

B. If the husband is not helping the wife in household chores, it may cause difficulty for her

as she is very tired after a hard-working day, resulting in bad relationship in the family.

C. Due to office work, working mothers may develop feelings of irresponsibility for the

family, affecting their children’s health.

D. A working mother has to manage both home and office at an equal level that is too much

on a daily basis.

E. Working mothers are not able to devote enough time to their kids, so the kids are not able

to express their feeling with parents.

F. Having the same routine regularly without any rest may lead to health issues and other

problems which also ruin the family life.

G.Working women often have to suffer from annoying behaviours at work.

Topic sentence: As a coin has two sides, there are also some disadvantages of being a working

mother.

Supporting idea 1: First, health issues may arise from both having a job and doing household

chores.

1. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

2. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Supporting idea 2: Second, working mothers spend less time for their children and their children

may suffer from feeling alone.

3. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

4. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Supporting idea 3: Finally, a working mother may have no helping hand.

5. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Concluding sentence: Clearly, a working mother should feel proud of herself, but her husband

and children have to share the household chores with her in order to have

a happy family.

III.The following text is about the positive effects of working mothers for their children.

Put the supporting details (A-F) for each benefit in the appropriate gaps. There is an

extra.

A. Children grow up to be very independent because they have to take responsibility in

making sure that meals are ready on time.

B. Many working mums have found it easier to keep their relationship healthier because they

are happier and more successful.

C. Boys need to realize that household chores are part of family life, and this will also

influence them significantly when they start their own families.

D. Day care and a supportive father help a working mother become a better educator for her

children.

E. Girls will learn that they need to think about a career, rather than just getting married and

having children.

F. Children of working mums are doing academically better because their mothers spend

more time helping them with homework.

Supporting idea 1: Working mothers provide positive role models to their children.

1. ___________________________________________________________________________

2. ___________________________________________________________________________

Supporting idea 2: Working mothers raise more independent children.

3. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Supporting idea 3: Working mothers’ kids may do better at school and have fewer behavioral

problems.

4. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

5. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

IV. Write complete sentences about Madame Nguyen Thi Dinh, using the words/ phrases

given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to

use all the words given.

1. Madame Nguyen Thi Dinh/ born/ a peasant family/ Ben Tre.

_____________________________________________________________

2. She/ help/ organize/ “long-haired army”/ women/ and/ become/ first female Major General/

Vietnam People’s Army.

_____________________________________________________________

3. She/ a founding member/ the National Liberation Front/ and/ elected/ chairwoman/ the South

Vietnam Women’s Liberation Association.

___________________________________________________________________________

4. She/ awarded/ Lenin Peace Prize/ 1967.

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Together/ Madame Nguyen Thi Binh/ she/ one/ the two most famous female Vietnamese

communist leaders.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 6)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. gender B. enrol C. preference D. secondary

2. A. aware B. family C. planet D. married

3. A. sue B. spend C. sure D. pursue

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. maintain B. perform C. prefer D. offer

5. A. enrol B. happen C. pursue D. affect

II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. In Korea, many people still feel that women should be in charge of after getting

married.

A. housekeeping B. homemaker C. house husband D. householder

7. The principle of equal pay is that men and women doing work should get paid

the same amount.

A. same B. alike C. similar D. identical

8. In Yemen, women have less to property ownership, credit, training and

employment.

A. possibility B. way C. use D. access

9. Women are more likely to be victims of violence.

A. domestic B. household C. home D. family

10. International Women’s Day is an occasion to make more towards achieving

gender equality.

A. movement B. progress C. improvement D. development

11. Reducing gender improves productivity and economic growth of a nation.

A. equality B. inequality C. possibility D. rights

12. Women with high qualifications to managers.

A. must promote B. must be promoted C. must move D. must be moved

13. A common reason that someone more for similar work is because of his or her

experience or “length of service”.

A. may be paid B. should not be paid C. can be paid D. must be paid

14. All forms of discrimination against all women and girls immediately everywhere.

A. must be taken away B. must be ended

C. must be allowed D. must be followed

15. True gender equality when both men and women reach a balance between work

and family.

A. can achieve B. should be achieved C. can be achieved D. should achieve

IV. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box.

The state of California is working to say goodbye to the gender wage gap. Governor Jerry

Brown has signed the Fair Pay Act, a new law that forces (16) who pay more to a

man working the same (17) as a woman to prove that the pay is based on elements

other than (18) . It is not just a gender problem - it is a (19) problem or a

human problem.

Aileen Rizo, a math consultant at the Fresno County Office of Education, discovered that one

of her male (20) earned $12,000 more per year than her, even though he

had fewer years of (21) and education.

Over the course of a 40-year career, the average American woman will lose out on about

$431,000 as the (22) of the wage gap, according to the Center for American

Progress. And the pay gap starts early: If a woman earns less in her first job, when she takes on a

new (23) and her new employer sets her (24) , it will often be based

on her prior pay (25) .

Now the new law has closed the gaps for women.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

An advocate for Kenyan women and environment

Wangari Maathai has become an international (26) because of her persistence in the

struggle for democracy, human rights and environmental conservation. Maathai is best known

for her efforts to develop the Green Belt Movement, an organization that focuses on planting

trees to protect the environment and improve the (27) of life. Because of her efforts,

Maathai was (28) the Nobel Peace Prize in 2004.

In 1976, Wangari Maathai became active in the National Council of Women of Kenya. While

she was serving as the chairwoman in the National Council of Women, she began to found an

organization that encouraged women’s groups to plant trees in order to conserve the

environment. It was this small effort that has (29) women in planting more than 20

million trees on farms, schools, and churches. This effort eventually became known (30)

the charitable organization (31) the Green Belt Movement.

Wangari Maathai has become very important to the people of Kenya, Africa and the

international (32) . Because of her active role in the environment and the Green Belt

Movement, more than 20 million trees have been planted, numerous other countries have begun

tree planting programmes, and women all over the world have been helped by the example that

she (33) . As noted by the Norwegian Nobel Committee, she has served as an “(34)

for many in the fight for democratic rights and has especially encouraged women to (35)

their situation.”

26. A. image B. key C. figure D. idol

27. A. quality B. quantity C. characteristic D. feature

28. A. given B. awarded C. rewarded D. gained

29. A. resulted B. offered C. provided D. assisted

30. A. as B. for C. in D. Ø

31. A. call B. calling C. called D. called as

32. A. community B. society C. association D. federation

33. A. fixes B. sets C. puts D. establishes

34. A. feeling B. emotion C. impression D. inspiration

35. A. take B. move C. better D. gain

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

The status of women in Japan is complex and cannot be characterized in simple terms.

Slowly, there is a growing number of professional women and professional women's

associations. More women continue to work after getting married and having children. However,

many companies have separate programmes for women, usually non-career development, and

follow practices that would be considered discriminatory in other societies. For a typical couple,

the female spouse is still generally expected to do all of the cleaning, cooking, and other chores,

whether she is working or not. Single women are said to be enjoying their lives, spending much

money on travel abroad and shopping. Housewives are active in networking themselves for

various objectives, for example volunteer activities, community services, recycling activities,

study groups, and many others. The traditional Japanese value of “good wife, good mother’ is

changing.

Unlike other countries where a couple is the usual social unit, in Japan it is typical for only

the husband to be invited to business gatherings or to weddings for company employees.

Exceptions are frequently made for foreign visitors depending on the occasion, but wives should

not take their exclusion as a personal insult.

36. The status of women in Japan is .

A. indefinite and illegal B. complex and unclear

C. clear and high D. low and simple

37. Nowadays. Japanese women .

A. can go to work after getting married and having children

B. all have become professional women

C. take over most important work in many companies

D. have the same work and pay as men in all companies

38. In the family, the female partner .

A. often does all the housework if she doesn’t go to work

B. the male spouse always helps his wife with cooking and other chores

C. is still generally expected to do all of the housework

D. no longer spends much time doing the housework

39. Which of the following sentences is NOT true according to the passage?

A. It is normal for only the husband to be invited to business gatherings.

B. Single Japanese women are used to enjoying their lives, spending much money on travel

abroad and shopping.

C. The traditional Japanese value of “good wife, good mother” is changing.

D. Wives in Japan can take their exclusion as a personal insult.

40. What can be inferred from the passage is .

A. the role of Japanese women in the society is changing so that all Japanese women gain

gender equality in both society and home

B. there have been some changes in their social role but Japanese women haven’t acquired

the same rights as men in many fields yet

C. Japanese women are fighting for their definite status in the society

D. most Japanese women are satisfied with their social role nowadays

VII.Complete the conversation between the reporter and Huynh Ly Dong Phuong - a chief

pilot of Vietnam Airlines, using the sentences (A-G) given. There are two sentences

that you do not need.

A. I was determined to change others’ thinking about female pilots and make them realize

that not only can women fly planes, they can also do it very well.

B. My father died when I graduated from high school, and then I was admitted into a

business school, but still found myself dreaming about the sky.

C. After finally obtaining my mother’s permission, I came back to Viet Nam and trained to

become a pilot with Vietnam Airlines, which sent me to a two-and-a-half- year training

course in Montpellier, France with 31 other trainees.

D. The sky looks different every day, and no fancy office can be as beautiful as that.

E. I was born and raised in Brussels, Belgium.

F. I only became fascinated with planes and airports after I came back from a vacation in

Viet Nam.

G.I felt like a bird spreading its wings for the first time.

Reporter: Hello, Dong Phuong. Congratulate you on becoming the first female chief

pilot of Vietnam Airlines. You fly both domestic routes and international

flights. Where were you born?

Dong Phuong: (41)____________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

Reporter: Was flying in the sky your childhood dream?

Dong Phuong: Oh, no. (42)______________________________________________________

Reporter: Did your parents support your decision to become a pilot in the first place?

Dong Phuong: I don’t think so. They suggested I should take an easier office job.

(43)____________________________________________________________

Reporter: How could you make your dream come true?

Dong Phuong: (44)____________________________________________________________

Reporter: Did you experience any pressure or discrimination from male instructors or

classmates?

Dong Phuong: First, some of my male classmates had no idea what a girl was doing there.

Yet I also had very good instructors and friends who showed lots of support.

(45)____________________________________________________________

Reporter: Thank you so much, Dong Phuong. Pleased to have a nice talk with you.

Dong Phuong: You’re welcome.

VIII.Write complete sentences about advantages of having a working mother, using the

words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words,

but you have to use all the words given.

Advantages of having a working mother

46. Girls/ a working mother/ more likely/ have/ a job.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. Daughters/ working mothers/ earn/ more/ those/ stay-at-home mothers.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. Girls/ working mums/ more likely/ have/ a supervising role/ work.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. Daughters/ working mothers/ spend/ same time/ look after/ their children/ those/ stay-at-

home mums.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. Sons/ working mothers/ spend/ more time/ do household chores/ and/ take care/ their

children.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 6)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. equal B. women C. eliminate D. example

2. A. female B. parent C. baby D. age

3. A. birth B. other C. youth D. think

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. college B. woman C. mistake D. housework

5. A. hunger B. police C. parent D. courage

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. In Australia, men and women will be given an equal to contribute both at home

and in the workplace.

A. luck B. risk C. chance D. pay

7. In Nepal, child marriage and to school have prevented girls from reaching their

full potential.

A. lack B. access C. lack of access D. access lack

8. For girls in Nigeria, the only way to avoid child marriage and take control of their future is

A. to go schooling B. to schooling C. to educate D. to get educated

9. Women in the United States are more likely to complete high school and college than men,

but there are in high government positions.

A. a few women B. a number of women

C. many women D. fewer women

10. Women and men must have equal to shape society and their own lives.

A. directions B. ways C. behaviours D. rights

11. Women do the majority of domestic and work, including cleaning, cooking, and

child care as well as taking care of sick and elderly.

A. paid B. unpaid

C. low-paid D. well-paid

12. Vigdís Finnbogadóttir, the fourth President of Iceland, was the first woman in the world

the first female Head of State in 1980.

A. elect B. to elected

C. to be elected D. electing

13. Gender equality . without the support of the government, organizations, and

individuals

A. mustn’t be achieved B. needn’t be achieved

C. should not be achieved D. cannot be achieved

14. Although progress , we are still a long way from achieving gender equality

worldwide.

A. has been made B. have been made C. has been done D. have been done

15. In sub-Saharan African countries, investments in education, skill training and

health care to form a better future for adolescent girls and their families.

A. will be needed B. should need C. will not be needed D. must need

IV. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box.

A lot of (16) with women’s rights has been made in Korea, but there are still

some misunderstandings and prejudices that are blocking gender equality.

The first misunderstanding is the idea that if women gain more (17) , men will lose

out. This is not accurate: gender equality does not harm men, but it allows women, who make up

half the world’s population, to achieve their full (18) . Men and women should

develop together, and this would help overcome the low (19) and secure

sustainable development.

The second misunderstanding is that childcare and housework are jobs for women, and that

work-life balance issues are female (20) . It was true in the past: women took (21)

of housework and childcare, and men financially supported their families.

The Korean government is carrying out various (22) to support work-life balance,

including a(n) (23) in the number of daycare centres and a system for childcare leave.

But here is the third misunderstanding: people think that by using these (24) , they

are creating difficulty for their employers and colleagues. The (25) is they don’t

use them.

We can only have gender equality when we change our misunderstandings and prejudices.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Saudi Women Register To Vote For The First Time

Women in Saudi Arabia began registering to vote this week for the first time in the nation’s

(26) . The late King Abdullah announced in November, 2015 that women would be

allowed to run for office and vote in city elections, which (27) every four years. At

least 70 women intend to run for office, and more than 80 registered as campaign managers,

Arab News reported last month. (28) the legal barrier to voting has been lifted, other

Saudi laws and culture could complicate women’s (29) to cast their votes.

Saudi women still have to deal with limits on their freedom of movement, and since it’s

illegal for them to drive, many of them will have to (30) male members of their

family to take them to register and to vote. Male relatives who oppose female voting rights could

also be a barrier. The government also (31) voters to have personal ID cards, and many

Saudi women do not.

To make serious (32) on women’s rights, Saudi authorities should (33) the

male guardianship system, under which caring policies and practices (34) women from

obtaining a passport, marrying, traveling, or accessing higher education without the approval of a

male guardian. Only then will Saudi Arabia's women be able to (35) to society on an equal

situation with men.

26. A. life B. history C. campaign D. period

27. A. take place B. take part C. take care D. take after

28. A. When B. Because C. However D. While

29. A. work B. careers C. efforts D. travels

30. A. trust B. remain C. base on D. rely on

31. A. needs B. keeps C. requests D. requires

32. A. development B. steps C. progress D. movement

33. A. cut B. stop C. complete D. finish

34. A. prevent B. take C. end D. remove

35. A. help B. contribute C. cause D. give

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Tawakkol Karman was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 2011 in recognition of her work in

non-violent struggle for the safety of women and for women’s rights to full participation in

Yemen.

Tawakkol was born in 1979 in Taiz, Yemen’s third largest city. She studied a degree in

Commerce from the University of Science and Technology in Sana’a before completing another

degree in Political Science from the University of Sana’a.

Growing up in a country with political uncertainty, Tawakkol witnessed the unification of

North and South Yemen in 1990, followed by a civil war in 1994 in which the North gained

victory over the South.

As a journalist and human rights activist, Tawakkol responded to the political instability and

human rights abuses in Yemen by organizing others and reporting injustices. In 2005, she

founded the organization Women Journalists Without Chains (WJWC) which supports rights and

freedoms and provides media skills to journalists. In addition, the organization releases regular

reports in human rights abuses in Yemen, recording more than 50 cases of attacks and unfair

sentences against newspapers and writers so far.

In 2007, Tawakkol began organizing weekly protests in Yemen’s capital, Sana’a, aiming at

calling for inquiries into social and legal injustice. Tawakkol’s weekly protests continued until

2011 when she redirected protesters to support the Arab Spring. Tawakkol even brought

Yemen’s revolution to New York speaking directly with UN Secretary General Ban Ki-Moon

and organizing public meetings at the UN headquarters.

Brave and outspoken, Tawakkol has been imprisoned on a number of occasions for her

opposition movement for human rights. She is known as “Mother of the Revolution”, and “The

Iron Woman”.

Since receiving the Nobel Peace Prize, she has continued to support female journalists and

encouraged people in Yemen to ask for social justice and human rights. Fiercely committed to

change, Tawakkol spends the majority of her time in a tent in Change Square, where she

continues her peaceful protest for justice and freedom.

36. By establishing WJWC, Tawakkol would like .

A. to oppose to the victory of the government from the North

B. to support rights and freedom and provide media skill to journalists

C. to start the non-violent struggle for the safety of women and for women’s rights

D. to report the unification of North and South Yemen and the civil war

37. The organization WJWC produces regular reports on .

A. bad sentences in newspaper articles issued in Yemen

B. weekly protests in Yemen’s capital and the government’s repression

C. violent and unfair treatments against humans especially journalists

D. organizing public meetings at the United Nations headquarter

38. The purpose of weekly protests in Yemen’s capital led by Tawakkol from 2007 to 2011 was

A. to ask to make speeches at the United Nations headquarters

B. to bring Yemen’s revolution to New York and speak to UN Secretary General

C. to get many women free from prisons on a number of occasions

D. to oppose to social and legal injustice and wrongdoings from the government

39. All of the following are true about Tawakkol EXCEPT that .

A. she has started supporting female journalists since 2011

B. she was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 2011

C. she started supporting the Arab Spring in 2011

D. she has been put in prison several times

40. The word “committed" in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .

A. done something illegal or something that is considered wrong

B. determined to give your loyalty, time to a particular principle

C. sent officially to prison or hospital

D. being brave and outspoken to live in very bad conditions

VII.Complete the conversation with Emma Watson, a famous British actress and Goodwill

Ambassador for United Nations Women in September 2014, using the sentences (A-G)

given. There are two sentences that you do not need.

A. Both men and women should feel free to be sensitive; both men and women should feel

free to be strong.

B. But sadly, I can say that there is no country in the world where all women can expect to

see these rights.

C. And today we are launching a campaign called HeForShe.

D. My school did not limit me because I was a girl.

E. When at 15, my girlfriends started dropping out of sports teams because they didn’t want

to appear muscly.

F. It’s not about men saving women.

G.We want to end gender inequality, and to do this, we need everyone involved.

Reporter: When did you start questioning the gender equality?

Emma: When I was 8, I was confused for being called bossy because I wanted to direct

the plays that we would put on for our parents, but the boys were not.

(41)_______________________________________________________________

Reporter: When were you appointed as Goodwill Ambassador for UN Women?

Emma: It was six months ago, in February 2014. (42)______________________________

Reporter: HeForShe, it’s the first campaign of its kind at the UN. Can you tell any

difference of this campaign?

Emma: (43)_______________________________________________________________

We want to try to mobilize as many men and boys as possible to be advocates for

change. And, we don’t just want to talk about it. We want to try and make sure

that it’s tangible, and achievable.

Reporter: You have been very successful in the Harry Porter film series, but sometimes you

think that the world has become such an uncomfortable one. Why do you think so,

Emma?

Emma: I am from Britain, and I think it is right I am paid the same as my male

counterparts. I think it is right that I should be able to make decisions about my

own body. (44)______________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

Reporter: Have you ever experienced gender inequality in your own family or at school?

Emma: My life is a sheer privilege because my parents didn’t love me less because I was

born a daughter. (45)__________________________________________________

VIII.Write complete sentences about Madame Nguyen Thi Binh, using the words/ phrases

given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have

to use all the words given.

46. Madame Nguyen Thi Binh/ first name Binh/ mean/ “peace”/ be/ granddaughter/ a famous

patriot named Phan Chu Trinh.

________________________________________________________

47. She/ the Foreign Minister/ the National Liberation Front/ and/ a representative/ the Paris

Peace Talk/ because/ she/ beautiful/ smart/ fluent/ French.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. After/ reunification/ Viet Nam/ 1975/ she/ the Minister of Education/ the Socialist Republic

of Viet Nam.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. Later/ she/ serve/ ten years/ Vice President/ the country.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. Madame Binh/ say/ “People ask why/ I/ politics/ if you mean politics/ the fight/ the right/

live/ then/ we do it/ because/ we/ obliged to.”

___________________________________________________________________________

Unit 7: CULTURAL DIVERSITY

A. PHONETICS

I. Write the words from the box in the correct part of the table, according to the stress

pattern.

II. Read the sentences and decide what stress pattern the words in bold have.

1. When presented, Americans open presents and cards in front of people.

2. The course allows students to progress at their own speed, and they are making much

progress in awareness of cultural diversity.

3. There is an obvious contrast between the cultures of East and West; however, European

cultures contrast with that of the USA.

4. Henry was a bit of a rebel when he was a teenager and dyed his hair pink, and he also

rebelled his parents’ plans for him and left school at the age of 16.

5. You may have an object that you trust will bring you good luck, but many people object to

that belief.

B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Fill in each blank with the correct word/phrase from the box.

1. Parents of both sides meet to know each other and approve the between the

two children.

2. In the proposal meeting, when the couple has decided to get married, the two families need to

choose the for the proposal and wedding.

3. When the groom’s family arrives at the bride’s house, the groom asks his parents-in-law for

to bring his wife home.

4. Then the bride and the groom light up incense at her family’s to ask her

ancestors for permission to get married.

5. When going somewhere on , avoid seeing a woman first.

6. When you are the first person to come by their cart and you do not buy anything, they might

consider you to bring .

7. To remove bad luck, street vendors would burn a piece of paper and wave over the cart nine

8. There are other that can ensure good luck as well, such as scattering rice

grains and salt.

9. To many people, are often placed on front doors: if a dragon tries to get in,

he will see his reflection and think that there is already a dragon there and go away.

10. When Tet is coming, superstitious people are more likely to look for their advice and

for their personal and professional lives in the next year.

II. Put the events below in the order in which they usually occur, and then complete each

blank in the text with the correct word from the box.

_________ A. an engagement

_________ B. a reception

_________ C. a honeymoon

__________ D. a wedding

Neil and Carrie dated for three years before they (1) . They were both so

excited, and they announced their (2) immediately. They wanted everyone

to know they were going to get married!

Today is the (3) with two parts. First is the (4) - it is the

formal service that will make them legally married. Then comes the real celebration: at the (5)

everyone will eat and dance for hours.

Right now Carrie, the (6) is putting on her dress. She is so excited! Neil, the

(7) is pretty excited, too, but he’s also really nervous.

Tomorrow morning the (8) are going to Tahiti for a seven-day (9)

. After all the stress and (10) of the wedding, they’ll need a

vacation!

III.Fill in each blank with the correct article: a, an or the.

Ancient Chinese Marriage Customs

Ever since ancient times, there has been (1) saying that (2) three most delightful

moments in one’s life come with success in the imperial examination, marriage and (3) birth

of a son.

In a feudal society, a marriage would be decided not by (4) young couple’s love,

but by their parents’ desires. Only after a matchmaker’s introduction and when parents

considered (5) two family conditions were similar and could be matched, would the

marriage procedures go forward.

Conditions that should be taken into consideration included wealth and social status. If (6)

boy's family was well-off or (7) official family, his parents would never

permit him to marry a girl from a poor family. Necessities to the marriage process were (8)

commonly recognized “three letters and six etiquettes”.

(9) three letters were the betrothal letter, the gift letter with a gifts list and the

wedding letter used on the day the groom met his bride at her home. Six etiquettes then led to

(10) final wedding ceremony were: proposing, birthday matching, presenting betrothal

presents, presenting wedding presents, selecting the wedding date, and wedding ceremony.

IV. Fill in each blank with the correct article: a, an, the, or zero article Ø.

Feng shui is basically (1) belief of “chi” and the flow of this energy in (2)

universe. Things should be placed in (3) certain direction in order to get certain

results. This includes (4) direction of your house, your bed, your sleeping position,

etc. Flow is (5) important factor in this spiritual practice, so cleanliness and order are

imperative. Another thing in feng shui is that (6) flow of energy must circle

throughout (7) environment and not just leave. This is why (8) most things

do not face the door because all the “chi” would escape. Beds never point towards the door

because they say (9) . Death will drag you by (10 feet out the door. Stairs are

another thing that do not point towards the door. All the good energy would escape out the door.

V. Fill in each blank with the correct article: a, an or the.

Strange Superstitions

1. In 19

century, English men avoided salads if they wanted to start family.

2. In Rwanda, women are taught from early age to avoid meat of goats,

as eating it will cause them to grow beards.

3. In Yemen, expectant mother can determine gender of her unborn baby

by throwing dead snake up in air: if snake lands on its back,

baby will be girl, and if it lands upright, baby will be boy.

4. On New Year’s Eve in Spain, not everyone kisses as clock strikes twelve, but

superstitious eat twelve grapes at midnight for 12 months of good luck.

5. People in Spain believe that Tuesday 13

and not Friday 13

is unlucky day.

6. In England, it is thought that best day to go to hospital is Wednesday;

Monday is best day to leave and Saturday is worst - as it means

you'll soon be back.

7. In China, number four is considered incredibly unlucky because it sounds very

close to word for "death". Some buildings even refuse to have fourth floor.

8. In Egypt, owls are said to be unlucky in Egypt, as they bring bad news for one

who happens to see or hear bird.

9. In Russia, it is said that carrying empty bucket or even seeing someone carrying

empty bucket is bad omen.

10. common belief in Malaysia is that if you sit on pillow, it will cause

your bottom and backside to be covered in boils, blisters, and other sores.

VI. Read the following passage about amulets, and fill in each blank with the comparative

or superlative of the adjective in brackets. Add any other words if necessary.

The word "amulet" comes from the Latin - amuletum, an indication of the power Romans

invested in amulets as protection against evil spells. Prehistoric amulets representing fertility and

animals have been found near some of (1. old) known human remains dating back

to 25,000 B.C.

Animals have been used as symbols in amulets since (2. early) times.

Modern amulets include a rabbit's foot; when rubbed it is activated to bring luck. The wishbone

from the breast of a bird is believed to make wishes come true to the person lucky enough to

hold the (3. large) half when the bone is broken with a partner, a common

practice at Thanksgiving Day dinners in the United States. Considered to be amulets with (4.

magical) powers, metal representations of wishbones and rabbit's feet have

become (5. popular) amulets in contemporary times.

Egyptians considered amulets necessary for protection of the living and the dead. The

treasures of King Tutankhamen of Egypt contained a (6. large) number of

crystals in the form of gems and jewels than those of other Egyptian kings. They were believed

to possess (7. mystical) powers than usual.

Many amulets have religious significance. (8. favourite) Muslim

amulet consists of a square-inch miniature of the Koran enclosed in metal and worn around the

neck. Early Christians inscribed the word ichthys (Greek for "fish") on their amulets because the

word contained in Greek the initials for Jesus Christ, Son of God, Savior. The fish symbol has

been (9. important) amulet to Christians ever since.

A plain cord is perhaps (10. simple) amulet of all. Unlike other amulets,

which when lost or broken are believed to end luck or protection, a broken cord should signal the

beginning of good fortune.

Note: - mystical (adj) = thần bí, huyền bí

C. READING

I. Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

Why are horseshoes believed to be lucky?

In 1700, Henri Misson, a Frenchman visiting Britain, asked villagers why they had

horseshoes nailed above their doors. They said that it was to keep witches away. Horseshoes are

made of iron and the strength of the iron was thought to protect from evil. Still today they are

thought to bring good luck and many brides carry silver ones at the wedding. The position of the

horseshoe is very important. It must point upwards like a cup so that the luck cannot fall out.

Notes:

 horseshoe (n) = móng ngựa; nail (v) = đóng đinh

 evil (n) = tai ương, tai hoạ; witch (n) = mụ phù thuỷ

T F

1. French villagers nailed horseshoes all around their houses.  

2. The horseshoe was to keep witches away.  

3. The strength of the horse was thought to protect from evil.  

4. People don’t believe the horseshoe brings good luck any more.  

5. The horseshoe must point upwards like a cup so that we can keep the luck.  

II. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

The Wedding Ring

At weddings in many parts of the world, brides and grooms give one another wedding rings.

These rings remind them of the commitment they made to one another when they got married.

They are also a sign to others that they are married.

No one knows for sure how this tradition started, but there is evidence that it began long ago,

in ancient Egypt. Coins at that time had a hole in the center. An Egyptian groom used to place a

coin on his bride’s finger to show that he would take care of her.

In many ancient cultures, the circle is a symbol of eternity. The wedding ring has come to

symbolize endless love and commitment.

Wedding rings have almost always been worn on the fourth ring, but the hand it is worn on

depends on where you live. In some cultures, people wear their rings on the left hand, and in

others, they wear them on the right.

1. Rings are traditionally given .

A. only in Egypt B. during weddings C. just to brides D. before weddings

2. Ancient Egyptian grooms gave their brides .

A. money to buy a ring B. money shaped like a ring

C. a ring for every finger D. coins to get a wedding ring

3. A wedding ring is a symbol of .

A. a circle B. eternity C. love without end D. decision

4. Most people wear their wedding rings .

A. on both hands B. on the fourth finger

C. only on the left hand D. only on the right hand

5. The word “eternity” in the third paragraph is closet in meaning to .

A. after death B. period of time

C. happening too often D. time with no end

III.Read the text, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

HOW CASUAL IS TOO CASUAL?

Thirty years ago or so, most people in the United States, Canada, and Europe didn’t think

much about what to wear to work in an office. Men always wore suits and ties. Women wore

suits or conservative skirt outfits. But in the 1990s, that started to change.

It began with “casual Fridays”. During the summer, some companies invited their employees

to “dress down”, or wear more casual clothes to work on Fridays. The policy quickly became

popular with employees. After this, it didn’t take long for employees to start dressing more

casually every day of the week.

Many employees welcomed the new dress policy and the more comfortable work

environment that came with it. Etiquette had definitely changed, and suits and ties were rarely

seen in many offices. Some employees went as far as wearing jeans, T-shirts, and sneakers to the

office. Many people felt that casual clothes made the workplace a friendlier place. Co-workers

were more relaxed with each other. People enjoyed coming to work knowing it was a

comfortable place to be.

Then some people began to change their minds about casual dress at work. Many managers

felt that casual dress had led to casual attitudes toward work. Some people started to notice an

increase in employees being late for work. If “clothes make the man”, as the saying goes, then

casual clothes make a casual person become less committed to company productivity and

quality.

One of the biggest reasons why there have been such mixed opinions about dressing down is

that there is no real standard for appropriate casual dress. Is it shorts, T-shirts, brightly coloured

tops, and flip-flops? Is it designer jeans, polo shirts, and trendy sneakers? Is it khakis and sport

jackets? Or are Hawaiian shirts and torn jeans OK? Without casual dress code policy, the

etiquette for dress in many companies is beginning to change back to more formal business attire

- a style that everyone understands.

1. Thirty years ago or so, people working in offices in the United States, Canada, and Europe

A. didn’t know what to wear to work in an office

B. changed their clothes in the 1990s

C. tended to wear in a more formal way

D. wore the same whether male or female

2. When the policy of “casual Fridays” became popular, employees .

A. started dressing more casually on weekdays

B. started wearing more casually on Fridays

C. wore casual clothes to work in summer

D. got dressed as formally as possible in offices

3. Many employees welcomed the new dress policy because .

A. casual clothes made co-workers more relaxed after work

B. people enjoyed coming to work with suits and ties

C. they enjoyed wearing torn jeans, T-shirts all the week

D. they enjoyed the more comfortable work environment

4. Many managers felt that the new dress policy .

A. brought many benefits to their companies

B. had some negative impact on their companies

C. increased company productivity and quality

D. led to casual attitudes toward “clothes make the man”

5. The viewpoint that the writer certainly supports is that .

A. there should be a casual dress code policy at work

B. employees have to wear formal business clothes

C. people should wear Hawaiian shirts and torn jeans to work

D. it’s not necessary to have standards for casual clothes

IV. Read the daily horoscope and answer the questions.

Your daily horoscope for

Wednesday 17

February

By Sylvia Fox

Taurus

You might have an argument with an important person today. If this happens, you’ll need help.

A friend or partner will be very useful to you. And who knows? You might win the argument!

Gemini

This will be another busy work day for you: you’ll have all the normal things to do, but there

may also be an extra job or two. But don’t worry, you’ll succeed! And think how happy you’ll be

when you finish!

Cancer

You may have to choose between your public and your private life today. You won’t spend

much time with your loved ones until later in the week. Make sure they know you love them or

they may feel forgotten.

Leo

This will be your lucky day for education! If you’re still at school, it’ll be a good day for study -

something you’ve always thought was too hard for you will be easy. If you’ve already left

school, think about going back to your studies - you won’t regret it!

Virgo

There will be some money worries today. Check what you’re spending. You may need to spend

some extra money on travel, but if you buy something for a loved one, they may not thank you

for it!

Which sign

1. may have family problems? ___________________

2. will have a good day at school? ___________________

3. may need more money than usual? ___________________

4. will have more things to do than usual? ___________________

5. may get very angry? ___________________

V. Read the text, and decide whether the following statements are true (T), or false (F).

Basic Characteristics of Americans and American Culture

 Americans come in all colors, have all types of religions, and speak many languages from

all over the world

 Americans believe in freedom of choice.

 Americans need a lot of “elbow room”: they like personal space around them

 Americans are extremely informal and call most people by their first name or nickname.

 Asking “How are you?” is a simple greeting and is not a question about your health.

 Americans smile a lot and talk easily to strangers, sometimes sharing personal stories.

 Americans don’t push or stand too close to anyone in line. They always wait their turn.

 When the service is good at a restaurant, tipping is expected to be 15-20% of the total

bill.

 When you meet Americans, be sure to look them in the eye, smile, and shake hands.

 Americans open presents and cards in front of people.

 It is considered rude to ask direct questions about a person’s religion, age, money, salary,

weight or clothing size.

 Americans are extremely punctual, always on time and never late.

 Some Americans hug a lot. It is okay for women and men to hug even if they aren’t close

friends.

 It is normal for American women to have male friends who are just friends.

 American men try to share equally with their wives in parenting and housework.

 Americans love pets and having a dog or cat in the household is common.

 Many elderly Americans live in nursing homes rather than with their children or family.

 Domestic violence is against the law and it is illegal to hit anyone: spouse, child, parent

or even a pet.

T F

1. Generally, Americans have different backgrounds.  

2. Americans seem to be friendly and informal in communication with their  

relatives and friends, but not with strangers.

3. They don’t push in in front of anyone standing in a line.  

4. Tipping is not accepted in American restaurants.  

5. When you meet an American, the most common greeting is to shake hands,  

and maintain the eye contact.

6. Americans don't like personal questions.  

7. Punctuality is of great importance to Americans.  

8. It is impolite to open the presents or cards in front of Americans.  

9. American husbands often share household chores with their wives.  

10. American grandparents often lives with their children and grandchildren  

in their nursing homes.

VI. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Culture is the lens with which we evaluate everything around us; we evaluate what is proper

or improper, normal or abnormal, through our culture.

If we are involved in a culture that is unlike our own, we may experience culture shock and

become disoriented when we come into contact with a fundamentally different culture. People

naturally use their own culture as the standard to judge other cultures. Having our own

judgement could lead us to discriminate other cultural values which are different from our own

because we do not understand them.

Cultural diversity is important because we can increase our level of understanding about

other cultures by interacting with people outside of your own culture - meaningful relationships

may never develop simply due to a lack of understanding.

Learning about other cultures also helps us understand different aspects in the world, and

helps remove negative stereotypes and personal biases about different groups.

In addition, cultural diversity helps us recognize and respect other ways of life that are not

necessarily our own, so that as we interact with others we can build bridges to trust, respect, and

understanding across cultures.

Cultural diversity supports the idea that every person can make a unique and positive

contribution to the larger society because of, rather than in spite of, their differences. Imagine a

place where diversity is recognized and respected: various cultural ideas are acknowledged and

valued, contributions from all groups are encouraged, people are empowered to achieve their full

potential, and differences are celebrated.

Task 1: Match a word with its definition, writing the answer in each blank.

_______ 1. lens A. a wrong idea about someone or something

_______ 2. disoriented B. something that provides you information about something else

_______ 3. stereotype C. an act of removing differences between two things

_______ 4. bias D. not knowing where to go and what to do

_______ 5. bridge E. prejudice or unfair judgement

Task 2: Read the passage again, and answer the questions below.

6. What is the function of culture?

___________________________________________________________________________

7. Why may people experience culture shock?

___________________________________________________________________________

8. Why is cultural diversity important?

___________________________________________________________________________

9. What are the benefits of cultural diversity?

___________________________________________________________________________

10. Which interesting idea does cultural diversity support?

___________________________________________________________________________

VII.Read the passage about the story of Chinese zodiac signs, and then answer the

questions.

The Story of Chinese Zodiac Signs

The story behind the Chinese Zodiac begins with the Jade Emperor who lives in the heavens.

From there, he couldn’t see all that happened on the Earth. Having become curious about

animals, he consulted with his advisers to see which creatures should be welcome for a visit.

The first invitation was to the Rat who was asked to invite the Cat too. Rat conveniently

“forgot” that invitation. Other animals that received the King’s request were the Ox, Tiger,

Rabbit, Dragon, Snake, Horse, Goat, Monkey, Rooster, Dog and Pig.

All the animals were told that one of the 12 signs would be awarded a place in the celestial

progression based on the order in which they arrived.

The Cat finally heard of the race and traveled with the Rat. When they reached a river, the

gentle and generous Ox offered to get them across. Again the Rat took an opportunity and

pushed the Cat into the water, then jumped off the Ox to the shore, becoming the first zodiac

sign. The Ox was right behind them followed shortly by the Tiger. The Rabbit managed the

river’s flow by jumping on rocks. The Dragon had no need but was a bit slower in his arrival

when he saw people in need of rain. The Horse and Snake came afterwards, the Horse was

frightened at first by the Snake’s appearance.

The Goat, Monkey and Rooster were the most cooperative of this crew. They worked

together to reach their goal and all were rewarded. The Dog came in the 11

, having been

distracted by a play in the water and then finally Pig arrived having stopped for a nap along the

way. The Cat finally arrived the 13

, but it was too late. It is said that cats chase mice until today

because of the jealous actions of that first Rat.

1. Who invited the animals from the Earth to the heavens?

___________________________________________________________________________

2. Why did Rat come before Ox? Why didn’t Cat arrive in time?

___________________________________________________________________________

3. Why did the Dragon arrive a bit slow?

___________________________________________________________________________

4. Why did the Dog and Pig arrive the last?

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Why is it said that cats chase mice until today?

___________________________________________________________________________

VIII.Read the passage about the use of astrology in choosing marriage partner in Viet

Nam, and then answer the questions.

Use of Astrology in Choosing Marriage Partners in Viet Nam

According to astrological beliefs in Viet Nam, the five major planets with a significant

influence on human lives and the items that represent them on Earth are: Venus, metal; Jupiter,

wood; Mars, fire; Mercury, water; and Saturn, soil. Each of these elements can build up or

destroy one another according to this theory. That is to say: Fire helps soil but destroys metal

while soil helps metal. Wood destroys soil while water helps wood. Water destroys fire while

metal helps water. Metal destroys wood while wood helps fire.

Since individuals at birth come under the influence of at least one of the above planets, it is

imperative to make sure that two which oppose each other are not united. A man born under

Venus marrying a girl of Mars would find arguments, unhappiness, etc., whereas the same man

marrying a girl under Mercury’s influence would be happy. Similarly, if the man is of fire

influence and the wife of water, countless arguments, poverty and perhaps divorce is their

predetermined fate; but if man is under influence of fire and the girl of wood, they will have

many children and prosperity.

However, astrology is only one of the three major factors which must be thought in

considering marriage. Strange to the western culture, the thought of romance is not a major

factor, if considered at all.

1. What are the five major planets with a significant influence on human lives?

___________________________________________________________________________

2. What is the theory of interaction between the basic elements?

___________________________________________________________________________

3. According to astrology, what may happen if a man of fire influence marrying a girl under

Mercury’s influence?

___________________________________________________________________________

4. Who does a man born under influence of fire look for his marriage partner?

___________________________________________________________________________

5. What is the major factor of marriage in the western culture?

___________________________________________________________________________

IX. Read the passage about superstitions around the world, and then answer the questions.

Superstitions Around the World

In Brazil, it's bad luck to let your wallet or purse hit the floor, as it means you will lose

money.

In China, the number 4 is incredibly unlucky, as the Chinese pronunciation of the number is

similar to that of the word "death".

In Denmark, they save broken dishes all year long to throw at the houses of friends and

family on New Year's Eve. It's believed that the larger the amount of porcelain, the more good

luck the recipients will have in the New Year.

In Egypt, it's viewed as frightfully bad luck to open and close scissors without cutting

anything, and even worse to leave them open. However, the Egyptian also believe that scissors

under a pillow can cure a person of their nightmares.

In India, they have very specific rules about tidying. You must not trim your nails on

Tuesday and Saturday (or at night), nor can you cut or wash your hair on Thursday and Saturday.

It is generally believed that trimming nails at night leads to sweeping, which could then lead to

the loss of small valuables. Thursday may have historically been a day off for barbers, and

Saturday is the day of Saturn (Planet Shani), a respected celestial body to the ancient Hindus.

In Viet Nam, many foods are avoided by students hoping to do well in school or on exams.

Bananas, for example, are avoided by students because they are slippery, and the Vietnamese

word for "slip" sounds exactly the same as the Vietnamese word for "fail".

In South Korea, it is believed that running a fan in a closed room while sleeping will kill you.

In Turkey, it’s bad form to chew gum at night, as the Turkish believe that after dark, the gum

essentially becomes the flesh of dead people.

1. Why is it bad luck to let your wallet or purse hit the floor?

___________________________________________________________________________

2. In which countries do some superstitions come from the similar pronunciation of words?

___________________________________________________________________________

3. In which countries are some superstitions related to a certain type of sweets?

___________________________________________________________________________

4. In Egypt, which good luck and bad luck do scissors bring to you?

___________________________________________________________________________

5. In which countries do some superstitions have religious reasons?

___________________________________________________________________________

6. On which day can people in India have their hair cut?

___________________________________________________________________________

7. In which country may people use the device - automatic shutoff timers?

___________________________________________________________________________

8. What will people do with broken dishes in Denmark? What do they believe?

___________________________________________________________________________

X. Read the text, and fill in each blank (1-10) with the correct given phrase (A-J).

A. add Wood B. add Metal in the northwest C. add Earth in the northeast

D. add Metal in the west E. add Wood in the north F. add Water in the north

G. add Fire H. add Water in the northwest I. add Wood in the west

J. add Earth

Making Good Feng Shui for Chinese Zodiac Signs

According to traditional Chinese culture, good feng shui brings good luck, while bad feng

shui brings bad luck. You might want to know how you can make good feng shui for yourself

according to your Chinese zodiac sign.

1. Rats:_____________________________

The Water element helps people born in a year of the Rat to make a fortune. They should

place a water tank with some gold fish in the north of their office, and then fortune will find

its way to them.

2. Oxen and Pigs:_____________________

People born in a year of the Ox or the Pig can only make a great fortune with the help of a

strong Fire element according to the Five Element Theory. So they should put some ceramic

articles in their offices or bedrooms to bring themselves good luck, because ceramic articles

are heated by fire.

3. Tigers: ___________________________

The Earth element is very helpful for the people born in a year of the Tiger. It's necessary for

them to add something prominent representing the Earth element, for example a potted plant,

to their life to make a great fortune.

4. Rabbits:__________________________

When it comes to making a fortune, people born in a year of the Rabbit need an invisible

Earth element in their life; they should hide a jade item in the northeast of their bedrooms to

bring themselves good luck.

5. Dragons:__________________________

The northwest direction is ideal for people born in a year of the Dragon to make a fortune.

They should put a basin of clear water with a handful of soil in the northwest of their

bedrooms, and then place several lotus flowers in the basin to bring them good luck in their

life.

6. Snakes:___________________________

As far as making a fortune is concerned, the direction west is ideal for people born in a year

of the Snake. Wearing metal ornaments, particularly gold or silver ones, will bring good luck.

7. Horses:___________________________

The direction northwest is ideal for people born in a year of the Horse to make a huge

fortune. They should place a bronze toad (something of the Metal element) in the northwest

of their bedrooms, and it will bring them good luck both in career and fortune.

8. Goats:____________________________

The direction north is ideal for people born in a year of Goat to make a huge fortune. They

should place a mahogany box (a Wood element item) in the north of their offices, and then

put an object related to their professions in the box.

9. Monkeys:_________________________

In terms of making a fortune, the direction west is ideal for people born in a year of the

Monkey. They should put a plant (it is better if the plant is taller than the person) in the west

of their houses.

10. Roosters and Dogs:__________________

When it comes to making a fortune, people born in a year of the Rooster or the Dog should

put some grass seeds in a non-metal container, not Metal. The grass seeds in the container

contain limitless possibilities, which will bring people born in a year of the Rooster or the

Dog huge fortune.

D. SPEAKING

I. Read the sentences about some superstitions in Viet Nam, and decide whether you

agree (A) or disagree (D) with them. Then have a short exchange with your partner

about each topic.

A D

1. Don’t express much admiration for a newborn baby, because the devils  

might hear you and steal the child.

2. If you do see a woman first as you go out your door or on the way, postpone  

the trip.

3. Single bowls of rice and chopsticks should not be served because one bowl  

is for the dead.

4. Never buy one pillow or mattress pad, always buy two.  

5. Do not hand someone a toothpick.  

6. Do not cut fingernails and toenails at night.  

II. Use the information about the gift-giving etiquette to practise the conversation with

your partner.

Gift-giving Etiquette

 In Japan. China, and VietNam, it is not customary to open a gift in front of the gift giver.

The gift is set aside and opened later in private.

 In Russia, gifts for children are usually opened in private, while gifts for adults are

usually opened in the presence of others.

 In Germany, you should avoid giving large or expensive gifts in private. The larger the

gift, the more public the gift-giving should be.

Nick: Do you mind if I ask you something?

Maria: Yes, of course.

Nick: I’m not sure about the appropriate behaviour here. When you go to someone’s house

for dinner, what should you bring?

Maria: You should bring a small gift.

Nick: Is there anything special about gift-giving?

Maria: Yeah. ________________________________________________________________

Nick: Thank you, Maria.

III.Complete the conversation between Maria and Kevin about the cultural gap across the

Atlantic, using the parts (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.

A. The most popular sports in all Europe is football, probably followed by tennis, cycling,

and Formula 1, as well as other motor races.

B. Churchgoing is very popular in the US while in Europe the practice has almost entirely

disappeared and is mostly limited to the elderly, or special events like weddings or

Christmas.

C. And Americans usually consider that the week starts on Sunday and ends on Saturday,

while in Europe it always starts on Monday and finishes on Sunday

D. For foods and drinks, Americans consume sweeter food and much more soft drinks than

Europeans. How about European foods and drinks, Maria?

E. American families often have to save for years for their children to attend one.

F. Labour Day on May 1

is a national holiday in most European countries, but not in the

USA.

G.For languages, Americans usually speak English and, for immigrants, their mother tongue.

I think you have learned foreign languages since primary school. Right?

Maria: Hi, Kevin! You come from the USA? Are universities free in most states?

Kevin: I don’t think so. (1)______________________________________________________

How about Europe?

Maria: In most European countries, including my home country - France, schools and

universities are free. What is more, only a few European countries have entrance

exams, like England.

Kevin: Really? Most American universities have entrance exams. (2)____________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Maria: Well, in fact, foreign-language leaning in Europe is now compulsory in every country

since primary school. Most Europeans learn two to four foreign languages. Anyway,

we write the date in the format “Day Month Year”, whereas Americans use “Month

Day, Year”.

Kevin: That’s right. (3)_________________________________________________________

Do you see any American social customs interesting and unique, Maria?

Maria: Holidays like Thanksgiving are regarded as typically American. The same is true of

Black Friday and Cyber Monday.

Kevin: Yeah, we pay attention to both traditional and online shopping. (4)________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Maria: Europeans all have a lot of traditional dishes from their region or city. Europeans eat

more varied and balanced meals, and less fast food than Americans, maybe except the

Britons. Europeans eat more cheese, more yoghurts, and on average drink more wine

and stronger beers than Americans.

Kevin: Right. American alcohol laws are much tougher than anywhere in Europe. For sports

in our country, it is baseball, basketball, ice hockey and American football that attract

the crowds and make money.

Maria: It is interesting to see how the popularity of sports can be so different between Europe

and North America. (5)___________________________________________________

E. WRITING

I. The following text is about typical characteristics of the Vietnamese people. Put the

pieces of evidence (A-G) in the appropriate gaps. There are two extra ones.

A. Relationships in the family are never to be broken and they are to be built up continuously.

B. They are also very friendly, easy-going and have an easy smile.

C. In Viet Nam, professions that have high status include doctor, priest, and teacher.

D. To show respect, many Vietnamese people bow their heads to a superior or elder.

E. The Vietnamese have been described as energetic, sentimental, proud, and hardworking.

F. The Vietnamese like to joke around, but their jokes are not easily translated into English.

G.If one ranks things in their importance, education would likely come first, followed by age

and then wealth.

Introduction: Viet Nam is a country with the history of more than four thousand years. It is

believed that Vietnamese people share some following typical characteristics.

Characteristic 1: The Vietnamese often have good behaviour and characters.

1. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

2. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Characteristic 2: Many Vietnamese customs and values are rooted in the Confucian respect for

education, family, and elders.

3. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

4. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Characteristic 3: Traditional Vietnamese culture is concerned more with status than with wealth.

4. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Characteristic 4: In Viet Nam, families play an important role in the society.

5. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Conclusion: In short, these features are considered to be part of the Vietnamese features that

have been formed during the long history and tradition.

II. The following text is about Vietnamese cultural values. Put the pieces of evidence (A- G)

in the appropriate gaps. There are two extra ones.

A. At home, he should show respect to his parents, older brothers or sisters, and older

relatives.

B. Each person has a strong sense of regional cultural identity.

C. There are three ways by which a man can acquire a good name: either by heroic deeds’,

by intellectual achievements, or by moral virtue.

D. Rich people who are not educated are often looked down upon by other people.

E. He seems to have particular respect and admiration for learned people, and learning is

considered more valuable than wealth and material success.

F. Outside the family, respect should be paid to elderly people, teachers, supervisors and

employers, and people in high positions.

G. Most Vietnamese people place more emphasis on their duties in their family than their

own desires.

Vietnamese Cultural Values

Introduction: The Vietnamese value system is based on four basic principles: the family, a

strong wish for a good name, love of learning, and respect for other people.

Value 1: In the Vietnamese community, the benefit of the family and community comes before

the individual.

1. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Value 2: To acquire a good name, a man must avoid all words and actions that could damage his

dignity and honour.

2. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Value 3: The typical Vietnamese man seems to have a great love for knowledge and learning.

3. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Value 4: The Vietnamese common man is expected to show respect to people who are senior to

him in age, status, or position.

4. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

5. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Conclusion: In short, traditional values of Vietnamese lifestyle are long-standing and highly

respected.

III.Write complete sentences about the Japanese gift-giving etiquette, using the words/

phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you

have to use all the words given.

Japanese Gift-Giving Etiquette

1. Gift giving/ common part/ Japanese culture.

___________________________________________________________________________

2. Different types/ gifts/ given/ different occasions.

___________________________________________________________________________

3. Gifts/ sets of four/ usually avoided/ because/ it/ considered/ unlucky number.

___________________________________________________________________________

4. There/ also a superstition/ that/ potted plants/ encourage sickness/ and/ should/ avoided/ as

well.

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Red/ symbolize/ longevity/ so/ it/ a great wrapping color/ birthday presents.

___________________________________________________________________________

6. Gifts/ should always/ given/ received/ two hands/ and/ it/ common/ the recipient/ decline/ a

gift/ up/ three times/ before/ accepting it.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 7)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. engaged B. favourable C. status D. national

2. A. contrast B. force C. fortune D. Capricorn

3. A. ancestor B. complicated C. reception D. decide

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. influence B. typical C. dependent D. character

5. A. ritual B. diverse C. affect D. belief

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. People from cultures bring language skills, new ways of thinking, and creative

solutions to difficult problems.

A. diverse B. diversity C. diversify D. diversification

7. No one knows the real origins of the Chinese representing the cycles of the lunar

year.

A. stars B. space C. horoscope D. cycle

8. In every culture, there are basic standards for social such as personal space

distance, eye contact, amount of body language displayed in public.

A. relationship B. relation C. reaction D. interaction

9. UN World Day for Cultural Diversity for Dialogue and Development on May 21st is a

chance to celebrate the cultural diversity of people around us, and find out more about what

we have .

A. in common B. as usual C. as normal D. alike

10. Many people believe that the first person who visits their home on the first day of the New

Year will their life.

A. effect B. affect C. change D. afford

11. Before the wedding, the groom usually asks his best friend to be his , and the bride

may have one or more .

A. closest man - best maids B. good man - best maids

C. best man - bridesmaids D. best man - housemaids

12. In Russia, there is belief that unmarried people should avoid sitting at corner

of table because they will find difficulties finding their life partner and will not get

married.

A. a - a - a B. a - a - the C. a - the - the D. the - the - the

13. In Portugal, walking backwards will bring bad luck, because it paves way for

devil to enter.

A. a - a B. the - the C. a - the D. the - a

14. Cultural diversity makes our country by making it a place in which to

live.

A. richer - most interesting B. richer - more interesting

C. rich - more interesting D. richest - most interesting

15. There are some things Americans would change, and thing people would change is

their education.

A. a big B. the C. a bigger D. the biggest

IV. Fill in each blank with the correct word from the box.

Vietnamese Wedding Customs

The wedding consists of several (16) including asking permission to

receive the bride, the procession to receive the bride, the procession to the groom's house, the

ancestor ceremony, and the banquet party.

In the morning, the groom’s mother and a few close relatives would walk to the bride’s house

with a present of betel to ask permission to receive the (17) at her house. The

date and time of the ceremony is usually determined by a Buddhist monk or fortune teller.

In the procession to receive the bride, the groom and his family often carry decorated lacquer

boxes covered in red cloth to represent his (18) and which include various

(19) for the bride’s family. There are either 6 or 8 boxes, but never 7 because it

is bad (20) .

After paying their (21) to their ancestors, the bride and groom will serve

tea to their parents who will then give them advice regarding (22) and family.

During the candle ceremony, the bride and groom’s families union is celebrated and the mother-

in-law of the bride will open the boxes filled with jewelry and dress her new daughter-in-law in

the jewelry.

Finally, the groom officially asks for permission to take his new bride (23) and

they make their way back to his house. During the (24) , there is usually a 10-

course meal and the bride and groom make their (25) to each table to

express their gratitude and also get money as presents.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Cultural diversity means a (26) of different societies or people of different origins,

religions and traditions all living and interacting together. Britain has (27) from diversity

throughout its long history and is currently one of the most culturally diverse countries in the

world.

The food they eat, the music they listen to, and the clothes they wear have all been influenced

by different (28) coming into Britain. Ethnic food, for example, is part of an average

British diet. One of Britain’s favourite (29) is Indian curry. Britons have enjoyed curry

for a surprisingly long time - the (30) curry went on an English menu in 1773.

Even the English language (31) from the languages spoken by Anglo-Saxons,

Scandinavian Vikings and Norman French invaders. New words were (32) from the

languages of other immigrants over the years.

Valuing the diverse culture is all about understanding and respecting the beliefs of others and

their (33) of life, as we would expect someone to respect ours. It is about supporting

individuals in keeping their cultural traditions (34) and appreciating the fact that all

these different traditions will enrich British life both today and in the future.

People from all over the world have (35) to the Britain and they continue to do so.

26. A. range B. limit C. position D. series

27. A. earned B. helped C. benefited D. got

28. A. nations B. cultures C. countries D. population

29. A. food B. foods C. ingredients D. dishes

30. A. first B. only C. even D. just

31. A. developed B. started C. came D. took

32. A. increased B. put C. added D. caught

33. A. quality B. way C. design D. method

34. A. live B. lively C. life D. alive

35. A. achived B. provided C. contributed D. given

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

While you may not think it at first, there are numerous cultural differences between the US

and the UK that you will likely encounter.

In general, Americans are much more open than Britons. Friends and even acquaintances

discuss personal thoughts and opinions that might seem private in the UK. Do not feel

embarrassed if an American asks you a seemingly private question. He or she is most likely

sincerely curious about your thoughts and feelings and is assuming you would like to share them.

You may learn more about your American friends than you wanted to know, or you may hear

more childhood stories than you care to listen to. Americans will be interested in your

experiences and background as well since your upbringing may differ greatly from theirs. In

addition to more frequent discussion about their personal lives, there is often a greater display of

photographs, and posters in dorm rooms or office spaces.

The sense of humour differs from one side of the Atlantic to the other. Americans tend to be

less dry or sarcastic. Some Americans may feel offended if they do not understand your humour,

but after a brief explanation they will be laughing along with you.

Americans tend to believe that individuals control their circumstances by how much they

work. This work ethic is reflected in American attitudes towards academics. Don’t be surprised if

you meet students who spend a vast majority of their free time studying in the library.

Americans also tend to care much more for punctuality than their UK counterparts.

Everything from classes to a lunch date is expected to start right on time. Along with punctuality,

most Americans move at a faster pace than that in the UK. For example, dinners at a restaurant,

even a sit-down restaurant, can be finished in under a half-hour. Additionally, you will not have

to ask for the bill. It will be brought to you as soon as it is clear to your waiter or waitress that

you are finished ordering more items.

36. Americans are more willing to share private matters with you because .

A. they would like to ask private questions about others

B. they are more open and more curious about things around them

C. they try to be more open than Britons in life

D. they assume you would like to share everything with them

37. One of the reasons why Americans are interested in your experiences and background is that

A. they would like to tell their childhood stories more than you care to listen to

B. they would like to show you their photographs, and posters

C. they would like to know about a different upbringing than theirs

D. they would like to talk more about their personal lives than anything else

38. The American attitudes toward work or study are that .

A. they spend their free time studying anywhere

B. individuals should control their behaviours and free time

C. they move at a faster pace than in the UK

D. they attach more importance to the load of work

39. All of the following about Americans are right EXCEPT .

A. most Americans walk faster than those in the UK

B. they tend to be more punctual than Britons

C. their sense of humour is different than that of Britons

D. they’ll be laughing with you if they understand your humour

40. When you come to a restaurant in America, .

A. you have to finish dinner in less than half an hour and ask for the bill

B. the waiter may bring the bill to you just when you finish ordering dishes

C. you should care much more for punctuality than in Britain

D. you should show the waiter that you finish ordering in under a half-hour

VII.Complete the conversation about cultural differences between Germans and Britons,

using the responses (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.

A. A study on sleep patterns has shown that Britons sleep an average of eight minutes longer

than Germans and spend an extra five minutes in bed, whereas Germans rise straight away

and get on with their days.

B. In fact, they are perfectionists and want to get things right with everything they undertake.

What about Britons?

C. That’s right, but Germany has won the World Cup four times, but England only once.

D. Germans aren’t very good at small talks, but enthusiastic British small talks can lead

others to question how honest they are.

E. For the language, there are 35 dialects of the German language, and German is very useful

in studying scientific books and materials.

G.The British drink more tea than anywhere else in the world.

F. I see. German beer is very famous in the world. German people have hard behaviour, and

they are more direct in conversations.

Student A: Hi! What are you reading?

Student B: Hello! I'm reading an article about cultural differences between Germans and

Britons.

Student A: Sounds interesting! I know that Muller is the most popular surname. How about

Britain?

Student B: There are over 30,000 people with the name ‘John Smith" in Britain, and a very

popular first name is Jack. (41)__________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

Student A: Germans are the second largest beer consumers in the world, after the Irish!

Student B: (42)_______________________________________________________________

Student A: I think British people seems to be more friendly and polite, and it takes them a

longer time to get to the point, not as directly as Germans.

Student B: I agree with you. I think Germans are very efficient at work. (43)______________

__________________________________________________________________

Student A: In my opinion, Britons are intelligent, and they try to be more successful in work

than Germans.

Student B: Maybe. (44)_________________________________________________________

Student A: English is the most international language in the world, and it has several varieties

such as American English, Australian English, Indian English, and so on. England

is the home of football.

Student B: (45)_______________________________________________________________

VIII.Write complete sentences about tea drinking in Viet Nam, using the words/ phrases

given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have

to use all the words given.

46. Tea drinking/ be/ a tradition/ Vietnamese people/ over three thousand years.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. There/ many types/ tea/ Viet Nam/ each/ its own unique flavor/ properties.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. Tea/ can/ divided/ three kinds/ dried tea leaves/ tea combined with herbal remedies/ tea

scented with flowers.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. Unlike/ the Chinese/ Japanese/ the Vietnamese/ love/ taste/ plain tea.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. For green tea/ people/ prefer/ brewing it/ hot/ strong/ and/ sometimes flavoured/ lotus, or

jasmine flowers.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 7)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. horoscope B. honeymoon C. income D. money

2. A. legend B. Leo C. lentil D. prestigious

3. A. pursue B. soul C. sweep D. present

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. personal B. proposal C. cultural D. several

5. A. superstitious B. complicated C. situated D. interestingly

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. In our tradition, when people mention "matter of betel and areca" they are talking about

issue.

A. marry B. married C. marrying D. marriage

7. Nations where there is much cultural diversity can also sometimes be known as a .

A. multicultural society B. cultural uniformity

C. multi- ethnic society D. multidimensional problem

8. To many street vendors, the success of their day is determined by how it starts and

by their first customer.

A. superstition B. superstitious C. superstitiously D. supernatural

9. One Chinese legend has it that the Jade Emperor asked for twelve representatives of the

animal species on Earth to be brought to his kingdom.

A. heaven B. heavenly C. sky D. space

10. However, another version says the of the 12 animals in the Chinese horoscope was

decided thousands of years ago by Buddha, who called for a New Year's meeting of animals.

A. order B. position C. place D. plan

11. To the Chinese, 8 is a lucky number, the Vietnamese believe 9 brings luck, and

the 1 and 8 of 18, adding up to 9, are considered success.

A. although B. when C. while D. or

12. In Netherlands, singing at dinner table means you are singing to devil

for your dinner - which means bad luck.

A. Ø - a - the B. the - the - the C. Ø - the - the D. the - the - a

13. In Spain, it is believed to be bad luck to enter room with your left foot.

A. Ø B. a C. an D. the

14. Cultural diversity makes the United States a interesting place in which to live for

all of its inhabitants.

A. better B. very more C. so more D. much more

15. Today, Australia is one of diverse countries in the world.

A. most cultural B. the most cultural C. the more culturally D. the most culturally

IV. Fill in each blank with the correct word from the box.

Japanese Wedding Customs

The Japanese (16) of "san-san-kudo", the three-by three exchange is rich with

(17) . It is performed by the bride and groom and both sets of parents; each

person takes 3 sips of sake from each of 3 cups. The first 3 represent three couples, the bride and

(18) , and their parents. The second 3 represent three human weaknesses:

hatred, passion, and ignorance. "Ku" or 9 is a lucky number in Japanese culture, and "do" means

escape from the three weaknesses.

Another highlight of this ceremony is a rosary with 21 beads that represent the couple, their

families and the Buddha all joined on one string to symbolize the (19) of the

families. Part of the ceremony involves honoring the parents with (20) of flowers, a

toast, or a letter expressing their (21) and gratitude.

The crane is a symbol of longevity and prosperity and so 1,001 gold origami cranes are

folded to bring (22) , good fortune, longevity, and peace to the marriage.

The bride traditionally wears two outfits: the shiro, which is a white kimono worn for the

(23) and the uchikake kimono which is a patterned brocade worn at the

reception.

Plenty of courses are served during the reception, but never in a multiple of four because the

number four sounds like the word for (24) . Additionally, the different foods

served all have special meanings, for example lobster might be served because red is a (25)

color or clams served with both shells symbolize the couple’s union.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Giving a birthday present to a Vietnamese (26) that you pay attention to a few

cultural (27) of etiquette. You should pay attention to the recipient's tastes and hobbies.

Flowers, souvenirs, or an item that your friend like best is suitable for the (28) .

Moreover, a birthday gift (29) covered in colorful papers. It is important that you

should take care (30) your present. It is best to (31) black which is the signal of

(32) in Asian countries, (33) Viet Nam. It is best to wrap your present in bright,

cheery colours, like red or pink.

In short, choosing a birthday present in Viet Nam is (34) choosing one in other

countries. In general, money is not (35) : Vietnamese people honour the phrase -

Plenty of money does not count, the heart does.

26. A. asks B. requires C. requests D. tells

27. A. rules B. regulations C. laws D. notes

28. A. condition B. culture C. relation D. situation

29. A. be B. should C. should be D. was

30. A. to wrap B. wrapping C. of wrapping D. for wrapping

31. A. avoid B. allow C. stop D. refuse

32. A. die B. dead C. death D. dying

33. A. include B. including C. included D. and including

34. A. more difficult B. most difficult C. so difficult as D. as difficult as

35. A. trouble B. a problem C. a conflict D. an issue

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Why we believe in astrology

People believe in astrology because it offers many desirable things such as information and

assurance about the future.

Astrology claims that nothing in life is coincidental and everything that occurs to us happens

for a particular reason. Astrology can provide us some good answers as to why these things

happen to us and it can also predict them in advance. In this way, astrology actually helps people

to understand the world around them much better.

As practiced today, astrology can work quite well. Most of the people who visit astrologers

or read their horoscopes regularly end up feeling happy and satisfied. This does not mean that the

astrologers have accurately predicted the individuals’ future based on their horoscope dates, but

it means that having a horoscope explained can be actually a very fulfilling experience.

People enjoy reading their horoscope forecasts and this often leads to changes in

personalities, behaviors and decision-making processes. Astrology can be a real lifesaver

because it lets you know of the future obstacles and problems in advance. It is up to you whether

you want to believe the advice and precautions suggested in a horoscope reading and save

yourself from the pain without doing much.

Astrology takes into account two major aspects - our birth potential and the effects of the

planets and the stars on our personal horoscope. It can help us choose the right career and

education path for us, in order to make a good and successful life.

Last but not least, we believe in astrology because it’s about us. My horoscope is like a

blueprint of my life that got created precisely at the time I was born. That means that my birth

chart is as unique as my fingerprints are. Each planet’s placement in my horoscope can reveal a

lot about my personality and destiny.

36. Astrology claims that nothing in life is happening by chance because .

A. everything that occurs to us happens for no particular reason

B. life can provide us some good reasons why these things happen to us

C. it can help us predict our life in advance

D. people can understand the world around them much better

37. After visiting astrologers, people often feel and satisfied because .

A. having a horoscope explained can be a satisfied experience

B. they have had their future predicted accurately based on their horoscope dates

C. they have had astrologers read their horoscopes regularly

D. astrologers help them understand the world much better on their own

38. All of the following about astrology are correct EXCEPT that .

A. it lets you know of the future obstacles and problems in advance

B. you must believe the advice and precautions suggested in a horoscope reading

C. it considers our birth potential and the effects of the stars on our personal horoscope

D. it may help us make a good and successful life

39. All of us believe and enjoy in astrology because .

A. it can reveal our exact personality and destiny

B. we know how our horoscope to be formed at the beginning

C. our fingerprints make our birth chart unique in the horoscope

D. our horoscope reading is unique based on the planet’s position

40. The word “blueprint” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .

A. a design for a building B. a description of something

C. a copy or print of something D. a print of something in blue

VII.Complete the conversation about the Vietnamese wedding ceremony, using the

sentences (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.

A. On the wedding day, the groom’s family and relatives go to the bride’s house with a lot of

gifts that are wrapped in beautiful red papers.

B. They firmly believe in this date and time so the groom’s family and relatives must come

on time.

C. The parents of the groom go to the fortune teller to see what date and time is best for them

to celebrate the wedding ceremony.

D. Traditionally, the reception occurs at their houses, but now many families hold wedding

parties at the restaurant.

E. On that day, the groom’s family and relatives visit the bride and her family with round

lacquered boxes known as betrothal presents which are covered with red cloth and carried

by unmarried girls or boys.

F. Then, the couple should pray in front of the altar to ask their ancestors for permission for

their marriage, then express their gratitude to both groom’s and bride’s parents for raising

and protecting them.

G.Many Vietnamese couples now have their wedding ceremony done in temples or

churches, similar to American and Western style.

Maria: Hi, Nick. What are you reading?

Nick: Hello, Maria. I'm reading a book about traditional Vietnamese weddings for my

group presentation next Monday.

Maria: I see. What is the start of a traditional Vietnamese wedding?

Nick: As usual, the engagement comes first. (41)___________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Maria: What happens on the engagement day?

Nick: (42)__________________________________________________________________

Maria: And the wedding day? Does the groom’s family bring some more presents to the

bride’s house?

Nick: Yes, of course. (43)______________________________________________________

These gifts are similar to those of the engagement.

Maria: I think the people holding these trays are also carefully chosen.

Nick: That’s right, Maria. They are usually unmarried young males and females.

(44)__________________________________________________________________

Maria: It sounds good. Where is the reception usually held?

Nick: (45)__________________________________________________________________

VIII.Write complete sentences about Vietnamese tea customs, using the words/ phrases

given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have

to use all the words given.

Vietnamese tea customs

46. Vietnamese tea ceremony/ pleasant sign/ hospitality/ deep social importance.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. In general/ Vietnamese tea drinking tradition/ a bridge/ that/ bring/ people together/ help/

understand/ each other better.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. During/ Nguyen Dynasty/ tea drinking ritual/ brought/ level of art.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. Tea drinking/ customary practice/ wedding and engagement ceremonies.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. Marrying couples/ use/ ritual of drinking tea/ wedding ceremony/ express/ their affection/

each other.

___________________________________________________________________________

Unit 8: NEW WAYS TO LEARN

A. PHONETICS

I. Write the three-syllable adjectives and verbs from the box in the correct part of the

table, according to the stress pattern.

II. Read the following sentences. Underline the three-syllable adjectives and verbs. Put a

mark (') before the stressed syllable.

1. American teenagers send an average of 60 text messages per day, making this an effective

way in communication.

2. Consider that there are a good number of book publishers now putting their content online.

3. The Intel programme tries to deliver the “four Cs’’ to grade-10 students: critical thinking,

communication, collaboration, and creativity.

4. Many digital textbooks are constantly updated and often more vivid, helpful, creative, and a

lot cheaper than those old heavy books.

5. In order to integrate technology into the classroom, teachers should implement the BYOD

(Bring Your Own Device) policy to make the learning process more relevant and effective.

6. Studies encourage mobile learning because students benefit greatly from more opportunities

for academic development.

B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Match the phrases in column A with appropriate information in column B, and write

the answers (A-H) in the blanks. (More than one answer is possible.)

A B

______ 1. You can improve your English accent ... A. by doing translation exercises.

______ 2. A good way to learn idioms is ... B. by talking to native English speakers.

______ 3. You can improve your writing skills ... C. by reading magazines in English.

______ 4. A good way to learn new vocabulary is... D. by studying a “learner’s dictionary.”

______ 5. You can learn to read faster ... E. by practising conversations with a partner

______ 6. One way of practising conversations is F. by watching British films.

______ 7. You can learn to use grammar correctly... G. by having a private tutor.

______ 8. You can develop self-confidence in H. by talking to yourself in the shower

speaking English ...

II. Use the correct form of the words in brackets to finish the sentences.

1. With a good use of the educational , schools can improve on how

students learn and how they get access to academic information. (apply)

2. Students can write essays on computers and submit them . (electronic)

3. Mobile devices today are introducing new exciting to digital learning.

(possible)

4. apps give students the chance to work at their own pace. (educate)

5. About 76% of teachers say they are very concerned that use of mobile devices will be a

to learning. (distract)

6. Many students are purchasing digital editions of textbooks instead of traditional printed

copies for a variety of reasons, including cost , ease of , and

environmental . (efficient - access - friendly)

III.Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

1. Laptops and wireless technologies allow students to information relevant

to class topics immediately.

2. By allowing our students to use digital in class, we are creating an

opportunity to teach them to think critically about technology use in their education and life.

3. Digital devices offer an opportunity to students about media use.

4. Most of the teachers see the new classroom technology as useful in the

process.

5. Almost every question students have in class is at their , keeping them

connected with what is going on around them.

6. The iPad, which is much more than the laptop, has the same multi-touch

interface as the iPod Touch.

7. Students who are English-language learners benefit greatly from using specialized

on their laptops.

8. Teachers are always looking at new ways to develop and their teaching.

9. With the easy Internet access and a variety of educational , smartphones

have become the tools necessary to improve student learning.

10. With its high-resolution touch , the iPad is very useful for many tasks in class.

IV. Complete the sentences, using ‘which’, ‘that’, ‘who’, or ‘whose’.

1. The smart table has been used in several schools, brings many benefits to our

students.

2. It is an electronic device students can start using as soon as the teacher has

turned it on, without a lot of training earlier.

3. Students will enjoy doing many activities, including games, puzzles, purposes are

the development of team spirits.

4. Several students are able to touch and interact with the smart table at the same time

will work together more effectively.

5. The learning applications students can participate in using the smart table

will encourage them to work together to solve problems.

6. There are interactive activities are available to be downloaded from the Internet.

7. Teachers introduce activities to the whole class can work with smaller groups on

the smart table to introduce discussions about the subject matter.

8. The applications come with the smart table can help students learn various subjects

at school.

9. On the classroom blog, a teacher can upload video and image illustrations on specific

subjects, can help students learn easily.

10. Parents have to pay for mobile devices may be happy with the new method of

teaching and its benefits.

V. Fill in each blank to complete the text, using ‘which’, ‘that’, ‘who’, ‘whose’, ‘where’, or

‘when’.

Building a collaboration classroom may be the answer for some schools (1) have

insufficient funds in some American districts. It is very difficult for those schools to equip every

classroom with all the latest technology tools (2) teachers and students need today.

A collaboration classroom is a place (3) teachers and students will have

access to all the possible tools (4) are available in the district or in any individual

school. It is easier to equip one or two rooms (5) use is for the whole school than to

avoid completely the purchase of the right learning tools for students. School and district leaders

(6) set up the collaboration classrooms can discover the results (7) can be

gained through actual, real teaching, learning, and testing.

Furthermore, a collaboration classroom can become a career-motivational meeting place (8)

students can get a great professional development.

Students (9) electronic devices can support the lessons can bring them to the

classroom. This year is the time (10) we should consider using both interactive

whiteboards and touch-screen tables.

C. READING

I. Read the text carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

From slates to iPads... Language learning then, now and in the future

Then...

It’s 6 a.m. on a Monday morning 500 years ago - time for lessons to start at a local grammar

school. The main aim of the lesson is to study the grammar of Latin - the international language

of the time (in Europe, at least) and the language of all university courses. The pupils are all boys

- if girls receive any education at all, they get it at home. The boys take out their slates - there

will be no pencil and paper until the 19

century. They learn grammatical rules and translate

sentences, and the boys have to speak Latin at all times. If they fail at all, their punishment is up

to 50 strokes of the cane!

Now...

No one knows how many people are learning English today - one estimate is one billion people,

or a third of the world’s population. Technology has become more and more important in how

people learn: cassettes (which first became popular in the 1970s), CDs and video have brought

‘real English’ into the classroom. Many classrooms have Internet access, video facilities, and

interactive whiteboards. But in most cases, one thing hasn’t changed... there’s still a teacher!

In the future...

Who knows what the language classroom of 2050 will be like? Many people think that textbooks

might be a thing of the past very soon. And many classrooms won’t have cassettes or CDs in the

near future. Will students use iPads or smartphones instead of pen and paper? Will computers

replace teachers? Other people think that English might not be as popular as it is now. Will

Chinese, perhaps, or even a completely new international language designed by computers

replace English? There is one thing that is for sure: technology will be at the centre of

tomorrow’s language education.

Note: - slate (n) = a small thin sheet of rock in a wooden frame, used in the past in schools for

children to write on.

Task 1: Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

T F

1. Latin used to be the language of all university courses in Europe.  

2. Students studied a lot of practical skills and knowledge with their slates.  

3. In the past, students studied in a simple setting and punishment was  

sometimes very severe.

4. Modern educational devices will be used more in classrooms.  

5. English will be the international language for all countries in the world.  

6. Technology has played a more important role in education.  

Task 2: Read the text again. Match the sentence halves, and write the answer in each blank.

II. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Electronic Devices That Help You Learn English

There are many ways to learn English. With the increase in new technology, many

companies are now providing new electronic devices to help people learn English more quickly.

You can download the lessons from an English translation Internet site and put them on your

iPod. Because it is portable, you can listen and learn anywhere.

English audio tapes and English audio CDs are a great method of learning English. All you

need is a cassette or CD player. You can learn in many locations including your car.

An electronic translator or electronic dictionary is an excellent tool one can use when

traveling on a vacation, on a business trip, studying languages, conversing with foreign people,

and in a variety of other situations. Many devices have a number of attributes that include

advanced text-to-speech and voice recognition technologies. There are many good-quality

electronic dictionaries on the market. Depending on which one you purchase, there is an

extensive range of vocabulary that can include up to one million words or more. There are also

electronic dictionaries that contain common expressions and phrases, grammar references, and

much more. Two popular hand-held English electronic dictionaries include the Talking

Electronic Dictionary and the Audio Phrasebook. They include hundreds of thousands of words,

definitions, and thesaurus entries. You can view the word on the screen and hear it spoken. It is

likely that you have your own language interpreter. Just speak into the device and you will be

provided with an intelligible translation voice response.

Choosing an electronic device that helps you learn English has made learning and speaking

English easier, faster, and more enjoyable. Before you purchase a device, make sure you research

each product to find the English learning tool that complements your lifestyle.

Task 1: Match a word/phrase in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer

in each blank.

Task 2: Read the passage again, and answer the questions below.

6. How can you learn English with your iPod?

___________________________________________________________________________

2. What is the advantage of a cassette or CD player in learning English?

___________________________________________________________________________

3. How can you develop your vocabulary with an electronic dictionary?

___________________________________________________________________________

4. Can you find a device which can interpret words in your mother tongue into English?

___________________________________________________________________________

5. What are the advantages of electronic devices in learning English?

___________________________________________________________________________

III.Read the passage, and decide whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or

not given (NG).

Electronic learning is a technology of education that implies self-motivation, communication,

efficiency, and technology. E-learning is effective as it eliminates distances because the e-

learning content is designed with media that can be accessed from properly equipped computers,

and other means of internet accessible technology.

E-learning has its own advantages. However, the most important advantages lay in the

reduction of time, efforts and cost.

Furthermore, we can talk about the following advantages of E-learning with the increasing of

communication between the student and themselves and between the student and the school a

fast and easy way is needed to bring everybody together.

Throughout different directions such as discussing forums, e-mail, and chat rooms,

researchers think that these things increase and motivate students to participate and react with the

subjects in question.

Another advantage of e-learning as that it makes all students feel equal. Since the

communication tools give each student the opportunity to express his own opinion clearly and

directly at any time without being embarrassed, in contrary to the traditional teaching halls which

don't have such a feature due to the bad distribution of the tables or because of shyness or other

reasons.

E-learning provides teachers with great facilities that are accessible out of working hours,

that is because the learner can send the inquiries to the teacher through the e-mail at any time, yet

this feature is more useful and suitable for the teacher instead of being restricted at his desk.

By e-learning the attendance is not necessary as the new technology provides the

communication methods without the need to be available in a specific place or time.

T F

6. With e-learning, students from many parts of the country can have lessons  

with the well-known teachers.

7. With e-learning, students can save a lot of time, efforts, and money.  

8. The discussing forums and chat rooms provide opportunities to exchange  

and share the point of views.

9. This type of e-learning gives the complete opportunity to the student to  

express themselves clearly and directly although it also brings many

problems to them.

10. Students can get over their shyness by taking part in online communication.  

11. The bad distribution of the tables in the traditional teaching halls made  

students shy, and unable to answer the questions.

12. Teachers will be restricted at his desk to work with computers in e-learning.  

13. By e-learning students needn’t come to class any more.  

IV. Read the passage about benefits of an interactive whiteboard, and then answer the

questions.

What Are the Benefits of an Interactive Whiteboard?

Imagine a whiteboard on which you can not only write but play videos, show interactive

presentations and recall previously-erased information. That's what an interactive whiteboard

does using a special touch-sensitive whiteboard in conjunction with a computer and projector to

receive commands and display information.

One of the most significant advantages of interactive whiteboards is that they enable far

greater participation than traditional whiteboards. For example, interactive whiteboards can be

used in conjunction with individual devices that enable participants or an audience to answer

questions or vote from their seats and have their responses collected instantly on the whiteboard.

They also enable people to manipulate information in ways that wouldn't be possible or practical

on a regular whiteboard, such as tapping to perform calculations on the screen, reveal layers of

information, or moving information around with the tip of a finger.

All of the information on an interactive whiteboard actually comes from a connected

computer and is simply projected onto the whiteboard. This means whatever you do on the

whiteboard can be recorded directly to a hard drive and even transported on portable storage.

This enables you to recall and reuse the information, such as the results of a brainstorming

session, any time. By contrast, data on a traditional whiteboard must be copied manually or lost

when erased.

There are a variety of visuals that can be used with interactive whiteboards. Videos can be

uploaded from websites or previously saved files. Additionally, entire presentations can be

uploaded onto an interactive whiteboard. You can display and manipulate complex images and

graphics. All of this can create a more engaging presentation which can help keep the audience's

attention.

Particularly for students, an advantage of interactive whiteboards is that they give students a

chance to interact extensively with technology. Particularly, if students are allowed to use the

whiteboards for their own presentations, the use of an interactive whiteboard can be a great way

to introduce students to electronic devices and a variety of software.

1. Why do interactive whiteboards enable greater participation in lessons?

___________________________________________________________________________

2. In what ways do interactive whiteboards allow students to manipulate information?

___________________________________________________________________________

3. How does an interactive whiteboard enable you to recall and reuse the information?

___________________________________________________________________________

4. How can you create a more engaging presentation which can help keep the audience's

attention?

___________________________________________________________________________

5. How does interactive whiteboards give students a chance to interact extensively with

technology?

___________________________________________________________________________

D. SPEAKING

Complete the conversation about advantages and disadvantages of using multimedia in

school, using the responses (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.

A. When designing a multimedia lesson, the role of the teacher shifts from instructor to

facilitator.

B. Because important elements are focused on via settings, layouts and colours.

C. And some students who are not good at technology may have to spend more time learning

computer skills to access information than focusing on lesson materials.

D. The teacher uses the computer and the LCD projector so that we can watch a lot on the

screen.

E. Classroom management becomes increasingly difficult.

F. Our class has just had a Geography lesson in the multimedia classroom.

G.Multimedia lessons depends on the subject and the amount of original material that a

teacher collects or creates.

Kevin: Your class has come out of the multimedia classroom. Which lesson have you got,

Phong?

Phong: (1)___________________________________________________________________

Kevin: Great! With a lot of images, sounds and videos, right?

Phong: Yeah. (2)______________________________________________________________

We can answer the questions easier.

Kevin: I see. The use of images, along with words, and diagrams helps students have better

understanding.

Phong: (3)___________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Besides that, teachers can review the previous lessons easily.

Kevin: Sure. Teachers can do that by visual comparison with a lot of pictures or video clips.

Moreover, multimedia lessons allow students to see real-life situations. Can you see

any disadvantages with the technique?

Phong: (4)___________________________________________________________________

Sometimes they are a little bit boring.

Kevin: I think the amount of images and videos in a lesson can slow down the delivery and

pace of the class as a result. Students have to get some certain IT skills as well.

E. WRITING

I. Write complete sentences about the advantages of using iPads in the classroom, using

the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary

words, but you have to use all the words given.

1. iPads/ allow/ smoother and faster communication/ transmission/ materials/ between/

teachers/ students.

___________________________________________________________________________

2. Students/ create/ documents/ immediately upload/ them/ teacher’s electronic folder.

___________________________________________________________________________

3. Applications/ teachers/ score/ multiple-choice quizzes/ immediately/ post results.

___________________________________________________________________________

4. It/ likely/ that/ there/ educational application/ designed/ satisfy/ any specific need/ classroom.

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Electronic files/ last/ forever/ this feature/ helpful/ during/ research process.

___________________________________________________________________________

6. Many e-books/ all subjects/ available/ free download.

___________________________________________________________________________

II. Write complete sentences about the disadvantages of using iPads in the classroom,

using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more

necessary words, but you have to use all the words given.

1. iPads/ not/ ideal solution/ teaching/ because/ performing various tasks/ require/ use/ different

devices.

___________________________________________________________________________

2. The use/ iPads/ classroom/ depend/ heavily/ quality/ Wi-Fi/ school/ and/ slow or

disconnected Wi-Fi server/ spoil/ entire lesson.

___________________________________________________________________________

3. Students/ easy/ get access/ game/ a chat/ or a social network/ iPads.

___________________________________________________________________________

4. When/ student/ not have/ a charged iPad/ charging/ become/ issue.

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Publishers/ not satisfy/ all demands/ e-books/ so/ students/ get information/ textbooks.

___________________________________________________________________________

6. There/ so many applications/ iPads/ and/ students/ sometimes/ difficulty/ find/ appropriate

applications/ lessons.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 8)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. mobile B. modern C. electronic D. concentrate

2. A. distract B. tablet C. backpack D. concentrate

3. A. recordings B. educate C. children D. device

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. Internet B. effective C. portable D. benefit

5. A. identify B. disadvantage C. technology D. eliminate

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. While a child learns how to use educational , she also develops a(n)

analyze, synthesize and evaluate information.

A. lessons - knowledge B. lessons - ability

C. software - ability D. software - knowledge

7. E-books are typically through a student’s personal device, such as a notebook,

tablet or cellphone.

A. addressed B. accessed C. affected D. identified

8. Students can also use word processing applications to their vocabulary.

A. improve B. make C. store D. spend

9. While not all apps are on Android devices, the large majority of them can be

accessed on iPhones, iPads, and iPods.

A. used B. reached C. available D. present

10. When used the right way, mobile technology has the to help students learn more

and understand that knowledge.

A. achievement B. success C. development D. potential

11. A teacher can create a classroom blog they post notes and assignments for

students.

A. where B. which C. when D. whose

12. Students seem to be taking notes on their laptop are sometimes surfing the Internet

in class.

A. who B. which C. whose D. they

13. Notebooks, tablets and cellphones are all technology students are accustomed to

and can use as learning aids.

A. it B. this C. that D. one

14. All smartphones storage hardware is big can store downloaded audio books.

A. which B. who C. whose D. that

15. Science teachers use the 3D projectors and other electronic devices can easily

illustrate the lessons.

A. whom B. what C. who D. whose

IV. Fill in each blank in the following passage with the correct word from the box.

Modern devices have changed our ways of learning, especially in learning English.

Nowadays, there are more and more people using electronic devices as learning (16)

Using electronic devices brings us many (17) . First of all, it is an effective

way to learn English. You can easily share (18) about the lessons through

your PC, laptop, and smartphone to your friends just in a few minutes. You can also submit your

(19) to your teacher by this way too. Moreover, on the Internet, there are

thousands of useful applications (apps) and (20) which are updated every day

to serve your learning (21) . You can download some apps to learn English and

other languages, and (22) to look up for the words which you don’t know.

Besides that, using your tablets or smartphones in learning helps you lighten your (23)

. You don’t have to bring so many books to school anymore because we can store every

book in our own devices.

Modern devices make learning and teaching English more convenient and interesting.

Teachers will teach their students through music, pictures, films and (24) . By that,

students will find that English is fun, easy, so they will make much (25) to

study it.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Technology has become an essential (26) in our lives. Schools should find ways of

integrating new technologies into classrooms so that students find it easy to learn new subjects as

well as (27) teachers to explain subjects in detail using visual formats. Using technological

devices like computers will (28) education more fun and interesting for the students. The

past ten years (29) tremendous change in educational technologies and it is time to

bring these technologies to our students in the classroom so that they learn easily and efficiently.

Teachers will need to learn how to use these technologies so that they (30) their students

on how to use them.

We have seen that private business community has found ways of improving the way we

learn by creating educational applications for (31) computers and mobile phones. With

a good use of these applications, schools can improve on how students learn and how they get

(32) academic information.

New applications like YouTube can be used in video and visual education. If a student can

learn (33) visual or video illustrations, they will always remember that subject being

explained, because the brain can easily understand and remember visual objects.

The development of online and offline educational (34) will make learning so

simple. Now it is (35) to apply these educational technologies in the classroom and make

learning easier.

26. A. instrument B. equipment C. machine D. tool

27. A. enable B. enables C. make D. makes

28. A. add B. put C. cause D. make

29. A. see B. saw C. have seen D. has seen

30. A. ask B. teach C. learn D. request

31. A. only B. either C. both D. not only

32. A. access to B. possibility of C. method of D. right about

33. A. about B. through C. of D. for

34. A. settings B. sights C. surroundings D. environments

35. A. up to our B. time to us C. up to us D. in time

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Use An Electronic Dictionary To Improve Your Vocabulary

A Franklin electronic dictionary is actually a helpful gadget to possess with you all of the

time. Any device involving dictionaries is great to use for people who go out of their country on

business trips. Tourists would also benefit very much from such a device.

Moreover, students will also find this gadget helpful especially whenever they are studying

an important foreign language in another country. There is also a great diversity of dictionaries

that anybody can choose whichever works to them best.

These dictionaries are also quite easy to use and incorporate various functions. Some of them

are main functions, besides translating a foreign word, which would be to provide spelling

check-ups, find the meaning and synonyms connected with any particular word as well as

provide examples of how a word is used in a sentence. A typical Franklin electronic dictionary is

more than that. By entering the meaning of a word of mouth, you would have the ability to pull

up many words that you are researching for.

There is a comprehensive database that comprises about 1,000,000 words and phrase

replacements. It also comes with idiomatic expressions, professional medical, technical words or

ones very popular for business. It is also ideal for professionals who have to work in a country

accompanied by a different language.

Franklin Electronic Marketers have been among the leading manufacturers regarding

handheld electronic inventions. Its main office is situated in Burlington, New Jersey and has

been around the business of creating these electronic tools since 1981.

Some of the original devices that they produced included punctuation correctors, of the fact

that first was all the Spelling Ace built in 1986. These devices were a great aid to students all

over the globe.

The company continues to service clients from everywhere. Although they are popular in the

world, especially targeting the particular Hispanic market whose native language is Spanish;

Franklin’s products are also quite well-known for Asia, particularly Japan. The company aims to

address this growing importance of language tools as more people are aiming to learn about new

languages.

36. With the diversity of this type of dictionaries, we can choose .

A. the one that has the largest vocabulary B. the one that suits us best

C. the one that is portable D. the one that is handy and cheap

37. The electronic dictionary has various functions because it can .

A. translate foreign words, check spelling, give meanings and synonyms, and the use of them

B. explain how a word is employed in a sentence and correct punctuation in sentences

C. enter the meaning of a word of mouth and get so many words related

D. expand a wide range to suit various people’s preferences

38. The database of the dictionary includes all the following EXCEPT .

A. about 1,000,000 words and word and phrase replacements

B. idiomatic expressions or ones very popular for business

C. technical terms in various fields and internet lingo

D. professional medical, technical words

39. The Franklin electronic dictionary are very popular all over the world, especially in

A. Europe and Asia B. South America and Asia

C. Burlington, New Jersey D. Japan

40. The word “professionals” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to .

A. people who are very good at languages

B. people who work in foreign countries

C. people who often use modern electronic dictionaries

D. people with a high level of education and training

VII.Complete the conversation about advantages of using tablets in learning, using the

phrases/sentences (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.

A. Schools were able to save a large amount of money when they turned to tablets...

B. Teachers can use e-learning on tablets to show videos or let their students play games to

make it easier for them to understand the material...

C. Besides that, our History teacher said that she is able to use the tablet to quickly get

material for the lessons.

D. ...but for the tablet we only have to buy one, and the tablets come with free electronic

books.

E. Tablets are cheaper than textbooks.

F. Not every student learns the same way, and students who have a disability might have a

difficult time learning the same information as their classmates.

G. ...to use the Internet to research the events they read about in the application and then

make a PowerPoint presentation.

Phong: Do you think modern devices are useful for learning, Nick?

Nick: Definitely right! They have changed the way we learn. In my opinion, tablets are the

best for e-learning. How about you, Phong?

Phong: I agree with you. Tablets can help us stay up to date to the ever-changing world.

Nick: Right. (41)_____________________________________________________________

Phong: For us, we can also use the Internet on our tablets to complete class assignments and

homework, and we save a lot of time. Besides that, teachers can teach students as

individuals.

Nick: Oh, yeah. Teachers can use the tablet to teach each student. (42)__________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Phong: Awesome. Tablets can help students get past this difficulty by providing different

forms to teach a subject.

Nick: (43)__________________________________________________________________

if they are not able to grasp it by using a textbook.

Phong: Can you see any other benefit of using the tablet in learning?

Nick: (44)__________________________________________________________________

Phong: Really? You must be kidding!

Nick: We have to buy so many textbooks for all the subjects, (45)______________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Phong: I see. It’s a good idea to use tablets in classrooms.

VIII.Write complete sentences about learning foreign languages, using the words/ phrases

given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have

to use all the words given.

46. Students/ have/ wider access/ information/ so that/ they/ learn/ many skills/ foreign

languages.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. Electronic devices/ classroom/ improve/ learning experience/ by/ provide/ instant video

access/ or/ wide range/ music.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. Social learning/ great way/ students/ share information/ thoughts/ ideas/ a subject.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. Students/ focus only/ social network/ instead of/ lesson/ due to/ temptation/ social media.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. Students/ find/ links/ websites/ inappropriate materials/ or/ become/ victims/ cyber bullying.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 8)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. access B. affect C. application D. fact

2. A. digital B. fingertip C. identify D. mobile

3. A. assignment B. address C. discussion D. access

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. reasonable B. appropriate C. enjoyable D. accessible

5. A. educate B. concentrate C. stimulate D. encourage

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. Letting students use their own digital devices in class can improve the experience in

many ways.

A. education B. educational C. educationally D. educator

7. The use of mobile apps in learning has been very .

A. promise B. promised C. promising D. promises

8. We are looking to find ways to stimulate learning and continually trying to

improve the way we teach.

A. portable and mobile B. new and creative

C. ineffective and inappropriate D. shocking and amazing

9. Mobile devices increase opportunities for learning after school hours and increase teachers’

and their comfort levels with technology.

A. intelligence B. possibility C. ability D. ways

10. The teacher was surprised to discover that his students are quieter and more focused on their

assignments when they are allowed to listen to their soft music during .

A. private work B. private homework

C. individual homework D. individual classwork

11. Mr. Brown has created a list of the most useful apps for the classroom, is available

on his blog.

A. that B. which C. it D. this

12. The school maintains learning profiles provide detailed information about each

student's strengths and weaknesses, teachers use to personalize learning.

A. that - that B. which - that C. that - which D. they - they

13. Many teachers have worked to change their traditional classrooms into an environment

students can use the latest technology for their learning process.

A. which B. it C. where D. that

14. My youngest son, may be quiet or shy in a classroom, may become active in a social

learning situation made possible by digital devices.

A. that B. who C. which D. he

15. Some teachers levels of IT are not very high may resist teaching with electronic

devices.

A. who B. they C. whose D. their

IV. Fill in each blank in the following passage with the correct word from the box.

There are several advantages of bringing in a smart interactive whiteboard into a classroom

setting.

Interactive whiteboards allow many different forms of media - including photos, illustrations,

maps, graphs, games, and video, to be (16) . In addition, smart boards

makes learning to be more dynamic owing to the different forms of presenting information.

Smart boards provide new ways for teachers to teach, and student to learn. These tools (17)

a wide variety of learning styles. Tor instance, visual learners can (18)

as their tutors use the whiteboards to project visual elements, whereas audio

learners can listen and have discussions. On the other hand, the boards (19) with

touchscreen capabilities that allow tactile learners to touch and interact with the board.

The interactive nature of smart boards (20) learners an opportunity to

share and participate in the instructional process. Interactivity provides a platform for students to

demonstrate their grasp of the subject through (21) , drawing, and writing.

Smart boards allow learners to easily (22) a rich database of online

resources. Teachers can use the wide variety of online information sources such as knowledge

databases, online video and news items to reinforce their lessons.

Interactive boards are also environmentally friendly. They offer teachers an entirely different

way of (23) information to students, which removes the need for writing,

printing or photocopying, which helps to (24) waste and pollution, from

over-utilization of paper and ink.

Overall, including smart boards to the classroom environment is likely to change the way

teachers pass knowledge to students and at the same time (25) the learning

process for students.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Young children are increasingly using tablets as well as smartphones and other devices with

touch screens in early education (26) and with family members.

Tammy and Rose, age 4, have been studying sunflowers with their classmates. They want to

sing and record a song about sunflowers while creating a drawing, using a(n) (27) on the

tablet. The girls have coordinated their efforts and are happy with the result.

To help the class learn more about sunflowers, Kathryn, Tammy and Rose’s teacher, used the

tablet to find online (28) with photos and facts. She then took the children on a (29)

tour of Van Gogh’s sunflower paintings. They read and discussed an electronic picture

book about Van Gogh’s life. The children had already examined real sunflowers and their parts,

made sketches, read informational texts and stories, counted seeds, and (30) a variety of

investigations, touching on every learning domain. The teacher’s use of the tablet together with

early practical learning activities expanded the children's (31) . Activities offered on the

tablet provided new (32) for the children to represent and share what they learned.

Tablets have the (33) to be powerful tools for early learning. The choices we make

about how they are used determine (34) the technology is helpful or not. We need to

develop “digital literacy” skills and decide how to use these new tools in ways (35) can

support every child’s healthy development and learning.

26. A. places B. setting C. positions D. times

27. A. application B. request C. design D. permission

28. A. boxes B. positions C. places D. sites

29. A. real B. strange C. virtual D. unrealized

30. A. participated in B. participated C. taken part in D. took place

31. A. distances B. skies C. lessons D. horizons

32. A. manners B. ways C. behaviours D. roads

33. A. energy B. development C. potential D. achievement

34. A. if B. whether C. how D. what

35. A. we B. they C. what D. that

VI. Read the passage, and choose the best answer A, B, C or D for each question.

A smart board is an interactive whiteboard. It can be connected to one or more laptops, PCs,

tablets, or other electronic devices. Smart boards are extremely useful in a classroom because

they can engage students, provide interactive opportunities that a traditional whiteboard,

blackboard or flip chart can't, and can also develop students' computer skills along with their

English skills.

Smart boards also have touch-screen technology so you do not actually need a computer to

access the basic functionality. You can write on a smart board with special pens which are

usually provided with the board, and anything written on the board can be saved for future

reference, or printed out. It is great, for example, if you are doing a brainstorming session or a

mind map with your classmates and you want to keep a record of it.

If you don't want to draw with the pens, you can use a keyboard and type onto a programme

such as Word, and have it appear on the screen for everyone to see. This is great if you are doing

an exercise with your class and you want everyone to be able to see the answers during the

checking stage. You can also run PowerPoint presentations on an interactive whiteboard. These

can sometimes be great for grammar or vocabulary presentations and the advantage of them is

that students can make contributions.

If you have the Internet access, you can access websites and put them onto a white board.

This is great in an English classroom if you have online quizzes or games you want to use.

Students can actually come up to the board and select their answers. This involves them directly

in the board work, which they usually love. You can also run video clips or sound files from the

Internet, or some which are saved on your computer.

In short, a smart board can make the lessons more varied, and can give students a more active

role in the lesson.

36. A smart board is more useful than a traditional board because .

A. it can be connected to more electronic devices

B. it can be used instead of a whiteboard, blackboard or flip chart

C. it provides more interactive opportunities

D. teachers can engage students to have lessons

37. Smart boards which have touch-screen technology is great because .

A. you can write on it, save information, or print it later

B. you can do a brainstorming session or a mind map with your classmates

C. you do not need anything to write on it

D. you can use a keyboard and type onto a program such as Word

38. It is great for you to run Word or PowerPoint on a smart board because .

A. you don’t need to draw with the pens

B. you can see the answers before the checking stage

C. it can be used for grammar or vocabulary presentations

D. everyone can see your presentations and take part in them

39. With the Internet access, the smart board is a wonderful tool for education because

A. students can use write on a smart board with special pens

B. we can have multimedia lessons and more contributions from students

C. students can download video clips or sound files from the Internet

D. we can use anything that is saved on our computer

40. All of the following are true about a smart board EXCEPT .

A. the lessons are more diverse and students are more active

B. you do not actually need a computer to access the basic functionality

C. it develops students’ English skills but not computer ones

D. anything written on the board can be saved for future reference

VII.Complete the conversation about benefits of BYOD (Bring Your Own Device) in

learning, using the responses (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.

A. And those who do not follow the rules are banned from the BYOD programme either

temporarily or permanently.

B. Technology investments are expensive, and new devices are likely to become out of date

in a few years.

C. Many people think that the programme may increase the gap between students from rich

and from poor families.

D. Many teachers think that it promotes greater participation in the classroom.

E. The BYOD option is typically introduced somewhere between the eighth and tenth grade.

F. Students will have the choice to use their own smartphones, tablets or laptops to complete

class assignments or access learning resources while at school.

G. Websites such as Facebook and Twitter are often banned because they cause serious

distraction.

Lam: I think using electronic devices in learning is fantastic, but sometimes it’s very

expensive because we have to buy new ones with more advanced technology.

Kevin: I agree with you. Why don’t we think of a new way to solve the problem?

Lam: Sounds interesting. What’s it?

Kevin: It’s BYOD or bring your own device. (41)____________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Lam: Wonderful. Schools allow students to bring their own electronics to class, and I can

bring my tablet to class although it’s a little bit old. I think the new approach has a lot

of advantages.

Kevin: That’s right. (42)________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Lam: Right. When new technologies are put into everyday learning, students quickly

become more interested in the material, and thus more likely to succeed. But I think

the school should have very specific policies concerning respectful use of electronics

in the classroom.

Kevin: I agree with you. (43)____________________________________________________

Lam: I see. Social networks often lead to distraction. In addition, students may be required

to sign agreements restricting device use to certain times in the classroom.

Kevin: (44)__________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Lam: Can you see any disadvantages?

Kevin: (45)__________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Lam: But I think students with difficulties can borrow some devices from the school.

VIII.Write complete sentences about benefits of using smartphones in school, using the

words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words,

but you have to use all the words given.

Benefits of using smartphones in school

46. Smartphones/ provide/ students/ ability/ get/ answers quickly/ even/ explanation.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. Students/ download/ audio/ video files/ and even/ connect/ other students/ around the world.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. There/ many educational applications/ available/ wide range/ subjects/ all kinds/ learners.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. These game-like exercises/ encourage/ playful competition/ among/ students/ and/ improve/

way/ they learn new ideas.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. Smartphones/ also allow/ students/ work/ groups/ projects/ share information/ discoveries.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST YOURSELF 3

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. access B. educate C. wedding D. decent

2. A. laptop B. software C. handkerchief D. ancestor

3. A. bridesmaid B. contrast C. disadvantage D. horoscope

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. encourage B. engagement C. violence D. prestigious

5. A. ceremony B. majority C. equality D. remarkable

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. Lack of an education severely restricts a woman’s access information and

opportunities.

A. to B. with C. about D. from

7. It is believed in Brazil that placing a small cup or dish of salt in the corner of your house will

you good luck.

A. take B. carry C. bring D. result

8. Due to the gender pay gap, women less than men in every country, from as

little as 6% in Belgium to as high as 37% in South Korea.

A. save B. make C. work D. earn

9. It is believed that in India, when there is death in the family, the family members don't attend

any marriages and do not any festivals for a year.

A. celebrate B. like C. take part D. perform

10. For years, tablets have enriched our lives at work and at home, allowing us to stay

and access information with ease.

A. connect B. connecting C. connected D. connection

11. Some private companies in China try to avoid employing women of child-bearing

and sometimes sack them once they are going to have a baby.

A. old B. age C. years D. time

12. Saudi Arabia is the last country to allow women to vote, and this is a first step in the long

of the gender equality.

A. way B. distance C. direction D. struggle

13. Computer games encourage players to move up levels and earn high scores may

help develop mathematical skills.

A. which B. whose C. they D. those

14. A major issue for teachers allow students to use their own devices is how to provide

online access to such devices.

A. they B. ones C. who D. those

15. The examination papers by machine. The students of their results next week.

A. can be scored - can be told B. are scored - will be informed

C. should be scored - are told D. will score - will be said

16. When is that letter ?

A. going to be sent B. going to send C. be sent D. to send

17. The speed of light is the speed of sound.

A. faster B. much faster than C. the fastest D. as fast

18. Which of the following is title for the passage?

A. the best B. better C. best D. good

19. At the end of the 19

century, Binet developed a test for measuring intelligence served

as the basic modern IQ tests.

A. has B. it has C. and D. which has

20. The girls and flowers he painted were very lively.

A. who B. that C. whose D. which

IV. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

21. America’s traditional definition of success is often thought to be associated with

, power and position.

22. A study carried out by Strayer University found that 90 percent of Americans define success

as getting personal goals and having good with family and friends.

23. Only 34 percent of American adults said being rich is to them.

24. The of people who describe themselves as successful believe having a

strong, supportive family defines a successful person more than ambition does.

25. Others think that success is how many people you have affected positively to better their

V. Fill in each blank with the correct article: a, an, the or zero article Ø.

26. In Brazil, it is bad luck to let your wallet or purse touch floor, and if it happens, belief

is that you will become poor man.

27. Some people in Italy are said to fear Friday 17

because Roman

numeral XVII can be arranged to make word "VIXI" which means "my life is over"

in Latin.

28. In Viet Nam, when giving gifts for brides and grooms on their wedding day, avoid giving

single item because it is believed that it will cause bad luck that marriage is

not expected to last long.

29. In Japan, it is believed that if beggar ever comes to your doorstep, you're

supposed throw salt to your entry way where beggar has been.

30. French believe that handling loaf of bread upside-down or placing it

upside-down on table will brings hunger and bad luck to both giver and

recipient.

VI. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Gender pay gap

Men are being paid more than women, even by holding the same job title, and this is even

more apparent in desk jobs. According to the Salaries and Wages Survey Report 2015, men were

earning up to 8.4% more than women in the year 2015.

Gender discrimination is one of the core reasons for pay inequality around the world. An

Indonesian 2010 Labor Force Survey showed that female workers’ monthly pay was 28.7%

lower than their male counterparts due to gender discrimination.

A Malaysian executive director has said that men are paid more because more years of

experience, adding that women who become mothers tend to stop working, at least for a period

of time, and this affects their salary. However, this explanation of the pay gap was not reasonable

because even college graduates face pay inequality.

In the past, female teachers in Malaysia faced a disadvantage not just with their pay but also

with their basic status. For instance, female teachers who got married would lose their permanent

status as a teacher and would be regarded as a “permanent temporary staff’. The Women

Teacher’s Union was formed in 1960 in order to fight for equal pay and rights between male and

female staff, and pay equality for female teachers was finally achieved in the year 1964.

According to the World Economic Forum, women will be earning 41.2% less than their male

counterparts by the year 2030. Asia will be the only region in the world to experience worsening

gender wage gap from now till 2030. The World Economic Forum has said that it will take 81

years to close the gender gap in the workplace.

Task 1: Find the words or expressions in the text which have the following meanings.

31. treating one person or group worse than others ___________________

32. the most important part of something ___________________

33. people that have a similar position to others ___________________

34. people who have finished their college education ___________________

35. an official position ___________________

Task 2: Read the passage again, and answer the questions below.

36. What is the reason for pay inequality in the world?

___________________________________________________________________________

37. What are the reasons why women earn less in a Malaysian executive director’s opinion?

___________________________________________________________________________

38. What was a disadvantage that female teachers in Malaysia faced?

___________________________________________________________________________

39. According to the World Economic Forum, which part of the world will experience worsening

gender wage gap from now till 2030?

___________________________________________________________________________

40. How long will it take to close the gender gap in the workplace?

___________________________________________________________________________

VII.Complete the conversation about cultural differences between England and Italy,

using the sentences (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.

A. If the person reading their paper falls asleep on a train in Rome, you might even find

someone turning the pages for him.

B. But a traditional Italian meal can last up to three or four hours if you are not careful, and

let’s not mention Italian weddings!

C. Italians stand a lot closer to each other than the English.

D. They like to wave their hands around, as it gives emphasis to what they are saying.

E. The Romans read much less than their counterparts in London.

F. They have conversations on a variety of topics, many of which may seem to be verbal

arguments, as two or three people often speak at the same time.

G. The first thing that I noticed was the way people looked at you.

Kevin: You have spent the summer holiday in Rome. What are the most important

differences between living in England and living in Italy?

Nick: I think there are several. (41)______________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

In England, eye contact is minimal. The English might see you, but the Italian look at

you, watch you and stare at you!

Kevin: Really? Besides eye contact, what is next?

Nick: Italians use their hands a lot and not just for touching. When communicating, talking

is not enough! (42)______________________________________________________

Kevin: Sounds interesting. How about the way of eating? Are there any differences, Nick?

Nick: Yeah. The traditional English way of eating, like crossing the road, is to make it as

quick and simple as possible. (43)__________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Kevin: What do they often talk about during the meal?

Nick: (44)__________________________________________________________________

Kevin: The English have a practice of reading newspapers on public transport. What about

the Italian? Can you see any differences?

Nick: During the rush hour in London, you can see that most businessmen are all deeply

interested in their silent reading. (45)________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

VIII.Write complete sentences using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You

can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given.

Advantages of BYOD (Bring Your Own Device)

46. It/ increase/ student’s participation/ classroom activities/ when/ they/ allowed/ use/ own

devices/ learning.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. It/ make/ goal/ true personalized learning/ become achievable.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. When/ each student/ learn/ their own device/ they/ work together/ and/ develop/ collaborative

skills.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. BYOD/ provide/ learning resource/ which/ suitable/ students’ timetable.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. It/ also/ prepare/ students/ 21

century workplace/ and/ it/ save/ money/ technology costs.

___________________________________________________________________________

Unit 9: PRESERVING THE ENVIRONMENT

A. PHONETICS

I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

1. A. allergy B. announcement C. evidence D. principle

2. A. composer B. invention C. position D. submarine

3. A. employment B. violence C. pesticide D. influence

4. A. property B. solution C. advantage D. pollutant

5. A. chemical B. erosion C. charity D. neighbourhood

6. A. disposal B. depletion C. volunteer D. assignment

II. Read the following sentences aloud. Underline the three-syllable nouns.

1. In areas with high concentrations of tourist activities and attractive natural attractions, waste

disposal is a serious problem.

2. Unlike pesticides, fertilizers are not directly toxic but their presence in fresh water changes

the nutrient system.

3. Erosion caused by deforestation can also lead to increased Hooding.

4. In banana plantations, flooding occurs partly because of deforestation and partly because of

poorly constructed drainage systems.

5. African and Asian elephant numbers fell dramatically in the 19

and 20

centuries, largely

due to the ivory trade and habitat loss.

6. The environmental consequences of large dams are numerous, including direct impacts to the

biological, chemical and physical properties of rivers.

B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box.

Agriculture is a major land (1) . Around 50% of the world's habitable land

has already been converted into farming land. Agricultural (2) provide important (3)

for many wild plant and animal species. This is especially the case for traditional

farming areas that cultivate diverse species.

However, rising (4) for food and other agricultural products has seen large-

scale (5) of natural habitats to make room for farming.

Recent examples include the conversion of lowland (6) in Indonesia into oil

palm plantations, and of large areas of the Amazon rainforest and Brazilian savanna to soybean

and cattle (7) .

This ongoing habitat (8) threatens entire ecosystems as well as many

species. Expanding oil palm plantations in Indonesia and Malaysia, for example, pose the most

significant (9) to endangered (10) including Asian elephants,

Sumatran rhinoceros, and tigers.

II. Use the correct form of the words in brackets to finish the sentences.

1. Air-conditioning systems have chlorofluorocarbon that is one of the well-known

environmental . (polute)

2. of hotels, recreation and other facilities often leads to increasing sewage

pollution. (construct)

3. Waste water has polluted seas and lakes surrounding tourist , damaging the

flora and fauna. (attract)

4. The Earth's natural resources should be consumed at a level. (sustain)

5. Dealing with resource requires a broad range of strategies. (deplete)

6. Experts predict that the world’s rain forests could completely disappear in 100 years at the

current rate of . (deforest)

7. Mining is an extractive industry, often with huge and social impacts.

(environment)

8. In the 1990’s, public of preserving the environment began to develop.

(aware)

9. A great would be to start planting small gardens on the roofs of the

buildings in the cities. (solve)

10. With approximately 4 billion trees being cut down to satisfy the world's

need for paper alone, preventing the of forests continues to be an

important . (annual - deplete - prior)

III.Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

Protecting Biodiversity

Protecting biodiversity is now very essential since biodiversity is crucial for reducing climate

pollution. If we don’t protect biodiversity, the effects could be as harmful as the effects of global

(1) itself. This is especially true with tropical (2) - they

are critical to fighting climate change and (3) to more species than

any other ecosystem type. In other words, protecting biodiversity is essential for our well-being,

and biodiversity helps to (4) the nature.

Biodiversity is an important part of sustainable development. As we know, sustainable

development is considered as a major target for industry as well as planning system. However,

the only (5) to achieve this target is to protect biodiversity. Tiny plants that

grow also absorb large (6) of carbon dioxide. That is why protecting

biodiversity is essential.

In fact, biodiversity protection is very much important since biodiversity is a fundamental

component of (7) on Earth. It creates complex (8) that

could never be reproduced by humans. The (9) of that biodiversity is

immeasurable, and thus must be protected. Finally, we both want and need biodiversity. We

continue harming the natural environment without realizing the impact. We should be aware (10)

protecting biodiversity.

IV. Change the following sentences in direct speech to reported speech.

1. Nam’s father said to him, “Think about packaging before you buy products.”

___________________________________________________________________________

2. Mr. Tuan said to his students, “Turn off lights and other electrical devices when you don’t

need them.”

___________________________________________________________________________

3. Mai said to Anna, “Don’t buy any products made from wildlife skins.”

___________________________________________________________________________

4. Mai said to Nick, “Don’t buy wood products from rainforest countries unless you know they

come from eco-friendly suppliers.”

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Mary said to Kevin, “Join an organization or an Internet group that is working to protect

rainforests or wildlife.”

___________________________________________________________________________

6. Mai’s mother said to her, “When you finish unpacking your groceries, save the bags and use

them to collect your rubbish.”

___________________________________________________________________________

7. Anna said that, “Comics, newspapers and magazines can become wrapping paper.”

___________________________________________________________________________

8. Nam said that, “Pesticides can cause harm to humans, animals, or the environment because

they are designed to kill or affect living organisms.”

___________________________________________________________________________

9. The scientist said that, “Trees and vegetation give us the oxygen that we breathe while they

also help to absorb carbon dioxide which is released into the air.”

___________________________________________________________________________

10. Kevin said that, “Plastics do not break down very easily which create a landfill problem.”

___________________________________________________________________________

C. READING

I. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Birds and Their Nests

Birds differ in their behavior just as much as their physical traits. They even use very

different methods to build their nests. Some bird nests have the art of architecture beyond our

imagination. Birds build their nests in many different places and environments. Some live on

high branches, some live in bushes and some of them even nest on the ground. Birds use their

nests mainly to hatch their eggs and raise their offspring.

Because of the destruction of trees, plants, bushes, etc., these birds are losing their habitats

and breeding grounds. There is a great lack of optimal breeding areas for birds. Proper breeding

areas for birds are decreasing at an alarming rate. Nowadays, it is hard for birds to find even the

space to build nests.

Some birds build nests on naturally formed tree hollows on ancient trees. But unfortunately,

there are very less old trees left in our country except rural areas. Ducks are going towards

extinction because they build their nest on old trees using the hollows, and we have almost no

such trees. We know that birds play an invaluable and irreplaceable role in nature.

We should not destroy or harm any bird’s nest. We can teach our children to observe birds

and nests and how they take care of their eggs. If we can encourage our children like this, it will

be a great start to their education.

We need to let people know how to keep enough open space around their homes where birds

will feel safe. This is not just for the birds; it will help us too. We will gain more in the long run

if we preserve the forests for our leisure and for animals and birds.

Task 1: Match a word in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer in each

blank.

Task 2: Read the passage again, and answer the questions below.

6. Where do birds build their nests?

___________________________________________________________________________

7. What do birds build their nests for?

___________________________________________________________________________

8. What is the effect of deforestation on birds?

___________________________________________________________________________

9. What can we teach our children in order to protect birds?

___________________________________________________________________________

10. What can people do to preserve birds?

___________________________________________________________________________

II. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

River Pollution

River pollution occurs when pollutants are not removed from sewage and are discharged into

the river. River water is a very important source of freshwater required to sustain life. We need a

constant supply of fresh water for drinking, cooking and washing. Animals living near the river,

as well as fishes and aquatic plants, also depend on clean river water.

When heavy rainfall occurs, pollutants accumulated within the boundaries of the catchment

area may be washed into river channels. These pollutants include a variety of agrochemicals like

fertilizers and insecticides.

Waste water containing cleaning detergents, oil and other pollutants like industrial waste may

be discharged into the river channel through our drainage systems. Industrial waste may contain

sulfur, resulting in increasing the acidity of the river water. Sometimes, rubbish such as plastic

bags and bottles, are also washed into the river channel.

Task 1: Match a word in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer in each

blank.

Task 2: Read the passage again, and answer the questions below.

6. When does river pollution occur?

___________________________________________________________________________

7. What is the important role of fresh water to humans and animals?

___________________________________________________________________________

8. What happens when heavy rainfall occurs in a polluted area?

___________________________________________________________________________

9. How may waste water be discharged into the river?

___________________________________________________________________________

10. What is the effect of industrial waste on the environment?

___________________________________________________________________________

III.Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions below.

Environmental Impacts of Tourism

Negative impacts from tourism occur when the level of visitor use is greater than the

environment's ability to cope with this use. It can put enormous pressure on an area and lead to

impacts such as soil erosion, increased pollution, discharges into the sea, natural habitat loss,

increased pressure on endangered species and heightened vulnerability to forest fires.

Water, and especially fresh water, is one of the most critical natural resources. The tourism

industry generally overuses water resources for hotels, swimming pools, golf courses and

personal use of water by tourists. This can result in water shortages and degradation of water

supplies, as well as generating a greater volume of waste water.

Golf course maintenance can also deplete fresh water resources. In recent years, golf tourism

has increased in popularity and the number of golf courses has grown rapidly. Golf courses

require an enormous amount of water every day and, as with other causes of excessive extraction

of water, this can result in water scarcity.

Tourism can create great pressure on local resources like energy, food, and other raw

materials that may already be in short supply. Because of the seasonal character of the industry,

many destinations have ten times more inhabitants in the high season as in the low season. A

high demand is placed upon these resources to meet the high expectations of tourists for proper

heating, hot water, etc.

In areas with high concentrations of tourist activities and appealing natural attractions, waste

disposal is a serious problem. In mountain areas, trekking tourists generate a great deal of waste.

Tourists on expedition leave behind their garbage, oxygen cylinders and even camping

equipment. Some trails in the Peruvian Andes and in Nepal frequently visited by tourists have

been nicknamed "Coca-Cola trail" and "Toilet paper trail".

1. When do environmental impacts of tourism occur?

___________________________________________________________________________

2. What impacts does tourism cause in an area?

___________________________________________________________________________

3. What effects does the tourism industry leave on water sources?

___________________________________________________________________________

4. Why are golf courses harmful to the environment?

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Why can tourism create great pressure on local resources?

___________________________________________________________________________

6. Why do some trails in the Peruvian Andes and in Nepal have the nickname of "Coca-Cola

trail" or "Toilet paper trail"?

___________________________________________________________________________

IV. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

World Environment Day

World Environment Day which is held on 5

June every year is an important day in the

calendar of the United Nations. It is one of the ways the United Nations uses to advocate for

environmental protection and call for political action.

Every year, UNEP (the Environment Program of the United Nations) develops a theme

which is used globally to raise awareness and call for support from governments, organizations,

and individuals from all over the world.

The theme for 2015 was “Seven Billion Dreams. One Planet. Consume with Care”. This

would also serve as the slogan for the World Environmental Day 2015. The meaning of this

theme and slogan is that we have five continents with more than seven billion people combined.

Although we have about 7 billion people, we just have one planet that we live and survive. The

surface area is limited, shelter and food also limited. If we continue using the available natural

resources as we do today, our future generations may be forced to go hungry and without homes.

This is why it is of vital importance to consume whatever food that is available with care. Stop

the wastage and use whatever resource that is available according to need, not greed.

“Join the race to make the world a better place” is the theme and slogan for 2016 UN World

Environment Day. This slogan carries a clear message and asks everyone to get involved in

making the world a better place to live in.

Celebrities and media personalities have encouraged and put a lot of emphasis on the UN

World Environment Day. Well-known celebrities such as Gisele Bündchen are known to have to

send distress calls to the entire world to come forward, join the team and help fight climate

change. Radio and print journalists have also helped in creating awareness campaigns and asking

people from all over the world to observe this day and act accordingly.

New Zealand where this day is marked by splendid and colourful ceremonies launched a

massive campaign that was called “My Earth, My Duty”. More people could be encouraged to

get out of their homes and provide help that is aimed at ensuring that the environment is

preserved for the future generations. This has been one of the most successful campaigns to mark

World Environment Day 2015.

In some parts of the world, children are a critical part of celebrating the United Nations

Environment Day. In the Nepal Republic, for instance, children and students from grade 1 are

requested to attend and actively engage in forestry and related programs in their locality. Also,

there are many competitions that are organized by the government and at the end of the week for

commemorating the World Environment Day, rewards are offered to those offered the most to

the program.

1. World Environment Day is held every year in order to .

A. call for political awareness and take action

B. raise people’s awareness and call for support from all over the world

C. remember the United Nations on this important day

D. hold a competition for slogans of protecting the environment

2. All of the following statements are about the theme for the World Environment Day 2015

EXCEPT that .

A. seven billion people on the earth have the same task to protect the environment

B. the available natural resources will be used up one day if we don’t stop wasting

C. our future generations will certainly be forced to go hungry and without homes

D. the earth is the unique home and the surface area is limited, shelter and food also limited

3. The World Environment Day has partly become successful when .

A. celebrities try to put a lot of emphasis on the UN

B. journalists ask people to watch this event on the media

C. climate change may create awareness campaigns all over the world

D. well-known people and journalists play a more important role

4. The World Environment Day 2015 in New Zealand was very successful because .

A. campaigns were carried out to ask for more people’s awareness

B. this day is marked by splendid and colorful ceremonies by organizations and individuals

C. the wonderful name “My Earth, My Duty” was chosen for the campaign

D. more people were encouraged to get out of their homes in New Zealand

5. The United Nations Environment Day in the Nepal Republic was also very successful when

A. rewards are offered to people who took part in the programs

B. there are many competitions that are organized by the government after the World

Environment Day

C. the government and the young actively took part in the programs to commemorate this day

D. the media personalities provide live coverage and also try reaching the general population

D. SPEAKING

I. Read the conversation between Mr. Smith from “Greener World” and Nam - a tenth-

grade student, and with fill in each blank with the correct phrase/sentence.

A. what you’re doing is awesome

B. a little about it

C. becoming a member of “Greener World”

D. What are you working on right now?

E. We want to show children how the rivers are being polluted by industrial waste.

Mr. Smith: Excuse me. Would you like to make a contribution to our organization - “Greener

World”?

Nam: Sure. (1)___________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

Mr. Smith: Well, we're developing educational programmes for school.

(2)________________________________________________________________

And we want to tell them about how fish supplies have been smaller through

overfishing.

Nam: I think (3)

__________________________________________________________________

I would like to do something to help.

Mr. Smith: So, have you ever thought about (4)

__________________________________________________________________

Nam: Yes, but tell me (5)___________________________________________________

II. Complete the conversation about how to preserve the environment, using the responses

(A-G) given. There are two extra ones.

A. My dad has put a new water heating system in the house which uses solar power.

B. Electric cars are still very expensive, but we hope that prices will go down.

C. And the school should provide a lot of cycle racks so that we can park our bikes in.

D. You get free electricity even when it is not very sunny.

E. You should turn off lights when you leave a room.

F. The school should encourage students to recycle empty bottles, glass and plastic.

G. My family is also paying attention to energy, and we are interested making our home

more eco-friendly.

Nam: I’ve been thinking about some simple things that we can do at home to save energy

and go green.

Nick: (1)___________________________________________________________________

Nam: And even small things, like boiling water in the kettle, make their air polluted. So

what I do is only put enough water in the kettle for my use, and not boil a whole

kettle of water that I'm not going to use.

Nick: That’s right. (2)_________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Nam: What have you done to make your home more eco-friendly?

Nick: (3)___________________________________________________________________

Nam: And you have solar panels on the roof which produce electricity during the day from

the sun?

Nick: Right. (4)______________________________________________________________

Nam: If everybody did like that, global warming would be reduced. I think that cycling is

also very good for the environment and our health. I love cycling and I go everywhere

by bike now.

Nick: I love cycling, too. (5)____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

E. WRITING

I. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about erosion. You have to add some

words or make some changes when necessary.

1. Agriculture/ use/ soils and water/ resource/ food production.

___________________________________________________________________________

2. At/ same time/ it/ impact/ these resources.

___________________________________________________________________________

3. Agricultural production/ continue/ rely/ inorganic fertilisers/ pesticides.

___________________________________________________________________________

4. Inappropriate farming practices/ lead/ soil erosion/ nutrient loss.

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Soil erosion/ removal/ soil/ wind and water.

___________________________________________________________________________

6. Erosion/ lead/ soil degradation/ eventually complete destruction.

___________________________________________________________________________

II. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about conservation programmes of the

elephant. You have to add some words or make some changes when necessary.

1. Both/ African/ Asian elephants/ play/ important role/ their ecosystems/ and/ contribute/

tourism and community incomes/ many areas.

___________________________________________________________________________

2. We/ try/ conserve/ their habitat/ support local communities/ make natural resources available/

coming generations.

___________________________________________________________________________

3. WWF/ work/ conserve/ elephants/ both continents/ specific programmes.

___________________________________________________________________________

4. The programmes/ aim/ improve/ elephant protection and management/ reduce poaching/ the

illegal ivory trade.

___________________________________________________________________________

5. We/ not buy/ ivory products/ because/ illegal trade/ ivory/ one/ greatest threats/ elephants

today.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 9)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. impact B. animal C. polar D. land

2. A. threat B. increase C. release D. easy

3. A. conserve B. fossil C. discuss D. preserve

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. fertilizer B. ecosystem C. agriculture D. environment

5. A. machinery B. independent C. preservation D. conservation

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. The campaign things like water bottles and aluminum cans into new, useful

objects like park benches, bikes, etc.

A. turns B. comes C. becomes D. recycles

7. Fish and poultry have a much lower impact the environment, and other plant

proteins are even less damaging the planet.

A. Ø - for B. on - to C. on - with D. of - to

8. We get the energy we require for our everyday needs from many sources, but not all of them

are .

A. unharmed B. eco-friendly C. ecological D. economic

9. Burning garbage dangerous gases to the environment, and this may lead to global

warming.

A. throws B. sends C. emits D. rejects

10. Individually wrapped candy or chocolate causes a lot of trash, fruits and vegetables

are healthier and mean less waste.

A. so B. as C. because D. while

11. Sometimes it’s better not to buy something new, and buy it instead.

A. use B. used C. usable D. useful

12. He asked the children the river.

A. not to pollute B. not polluting C. don’t pollute D. if they don’t pollute

13. They asked me how many students in the school.

A. there are B. are there C. there were D. were there

14. He told me that .

A. he participated in the conservation campaign the previous day

B. he has participated in the conservation campaign the previous day

C. he would participate in the conservation campaign yesterday

D. he had participated in the conservation campaign the previous day

15. He asked, “Why did she write the article on conservation?”

He asked why .

A. she wrote the article on conservation

B. did she write the article on conservation

C. she had written the article on conservation

D. she has written the article on conservation

IV. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box.

Ha Noi joins hands to protect the environment

“Clean Up the World’s Day” will be held at Unification Park in Ha Noi this year. Unification

Park has been chosen for the event as it is one of Ha Noi’s important ‘green lungs’. After

collecting rubbish, (16) , including students, officials and members of the

local community, will be shown how to use recyclable rubbish and will participate in games to

broaden their knowledge about environmental (17) . Children will

be able to paint their ‘dream green environment’. Participants that win rubbish collection (18)

and games will receive prizes.

Individuals and (19) can show that they are responsible for protecting the

environment by planting trees, collecting, treating and recycling rubbish, organizing community

(20) , competitions, and exhibitions about the environment, and recovering

natural (21) . It’s time for people to be aware that this is “Our Place. Our

Planet. Our Responsibility”.

The “Clean Up the World” campaign is a(n) (22) for young members

of the Green Generation Network to positively contribute to protecting the environment.

Through these events, the (23) of the programme is to further expand

peoples’ spirit and (24) of responsibility in protecting the earth’s green

spaces. Small (25) by individuals will make a big change.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Attractive landscape sites, such as sandy beaches, lakes, riversides, and mountain tops and

slopes, are often affected by mass tourism. Physical (26) are caused not only by

clearing and construction of tourism-related land, but by continuing tourist activities and (27)

changes in local economies and ecologies.

The development of tourism (28) such as accommodation, water supplies, can (29)

sand mining, beach and sand dune erosion, soil erosion and extensive paving. In

addition, road and airport construction can lead to land degradation and loss of wildlife habitats

and deterioration of scenery.

In Yosemite National Park in the United States, for instance, the number of roads and

facilities (30) to keep pace with the growing visitor numbers and to supply facilities,

infrastructure and parking lots for all these tourists. These actions have caused (31) in the

park and are (32) by various forms of pollution including air pollution from automobile

emissions. The authorities have reported, "Smog was (33) that Yosemite Valley could

not be seen from airplanes". This occasional smog is harmful to all species and vegetation inside

the park.

Construction of ski resort accommodation and facilities frequently (34) clearing

forested land. Coastal wetlands are often drained and filled due to lack of more suitable sites for

construction of tourism facilities and infrastructure. These activities can cause severe disturbance

and erosion of the local (35) , even destruction in the long term.

26. A. actions B. acts C. impacts D. forces

27. A. long-time B. long-term C. long-life D. long-range

28. A. features B. activities C. abilities D. facilities

29. A. experience B. involve C. take part in D. affect

30. A. have increased B. has increased C. increase D. will increase

31. A. soil loss B. ground loss C. habitat loss D. park loss

32. A. happened B. accompanied C. gone D. appeared

33. A. so thick B. too thick C. thick enough D. so much thick

34. A. requests B. asks C. requires D. depends

35. A. ecotype B. ecotourism C. ecoterrorism D. ecosystem

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

How To Stop Water Pollution

Water pollution is one of the biggest threats to the environment today. There are several

sources of water pollution ranging from sewage and fertilizers to soil erosion. The impact of

water pollution on wildlife and their natural habitat can be immense. There are also a number of

things that the average person can do to help stop water pollution.

We should conserve the soil because soil conservation influences water pollution through

erosion. As soil is eroded by water, it transfers sediment from the land to the body of water,

which is polluted by the chemicals in the sediment. Phosphorus and industrial chemicals can be

pulled into water through soil erosion. When phosphorus levels in water become too high, they

can lead to algae blooms that can cause massive fish deaths and make water unsafe for human

use. The best way to prevent soil erosion is to keep the banks of rivers well-covered with plants

or trees. Planting trees can have a significantly positive impact on the reduction in soil erosion.

The oil used to lubricate engines in all types of machines needs to be changed regularly.

When the oil is changed, it presents a number of environmental hazards if not disposed of

properly. When a leaky engine releases this oil into the street, it runs to the sewer and makes its

way into waterways.

Wherever you see a lot of human recreation, you will almost always see lots of evidence of

human use. Wrappers, bottles and other trash are unfortunately a common site at many well-used

beaches and rivers around the world. It should be fairly obvious that the trash from these places

often ends up in waterways and can cause pollution. Plastics are an especially big issue when it

comes to water contamination at beaches and waterways. Picking up litter wherever you find it is

honestly the best, fastest way to do your part to stop this type of water pollution.

Organize cleaning parties with local people to make the reach larger. Gel businesses involved

as sponsors who will donate prizes to the person who collects the most trash if you're having a

hard time finding people to sign up to help.

It is estimated that the consumption of plastic by humans is between 250 and 300 million

tons a year. About 80% of the plastic in the oceans came from the land. Using alternatives to

plastics or using "less disposable" plastics whenever possible can have a surprising impact on

ocean pollution. The fact that plastic is cheap and useful for different purposes makes it obvious

choices for many people.

36. Soil erosion can lead to water pollution because .

A. soil can be eroded by rain water

B. soil erosion can occur naturally everywhere

C. chemicals in the sediment from the soil erosion will pollute water

D. massive fish deaths will make the rivers unsafe for human use

37. The following are the effects of water pollution EXCEPT that .

A. it may cause massive fish deaths due to algae blooms

B. it may keep the banks of rivers well-covered with trees

C. it may make water unsafe for human use

D. it may spoil the beauty of beaches or waterways

38. Lubricants can cause environmental hazards when .

A. they are not disposed properly B. they are changed regularly

C. they may be found in the streets D. the engines work perfectly

39. In order to make beaches clean and green, we should .

A. organize campaigns in which prizes will be given to the business who collects the most

trash

B. find places with a lot of human recreation and of evidence of human use

C. follow the trash from these places which often ends up in waterways

D. ask local people to take part in cleaning up the beaches, maybe with the sponsor from

businesses

40. We can infer from the passage that .

A. alternatives to plastics or “less disposable” plastics can make the situation worse

B. using too much plastic can cause bad effects on ocean pollution

C. using plastics only causes ocean pollution

D. we don’t know how to stop water pollution

VII.Complete the conversation about how to preserve the environment, using the responses

(A-G) given. There are two extra ones.

A. For most household cleaning, we can use baking soda, white vinegar, and natural soap.

B. First, light bulbs consume a lot of energy, but compact fluorescent light bulbs last longer

and use less energy than light bulbs.

C. Everyone in an industrialized world has some form of impact on their natural

environment.

D. If you use natural soaps without too strong chemicals, the water from your bath or shower

can be reused on your garden.

E. Well, I think you should put in simple things to do at home to protect the environment.

F. Many supermarkets use paper bags instead of plastic ones, and customers can bring

canvas bags along when they go shopping.

G.All glass, cans, and paper should be recycled, and they should be put in different dustbins.

Nam: What are you doing, Kevin?

Kevin: I’m writing an article on how to preserve our environment, and I’m collecting the

ideas.

Nam: (41)__________________________________________________________________

Kevin: That’s a good idea, Nam.

Nam: (42)__________________________________________________________________

So, you will save money by using them.

Kevin: Awesome. And we should use our electronic devices until they’re impossible to use.

Buying fewer electronics will help us reduce our effect on the environment.

Nam: Besides energy conservation, recycling is a good way for a greener environment.

(43)__________________________________________________________________

Kevin: Recycling also saves energy. Anyway, plastic bags for shopping are very harmful

because it takes a lot of time for them to decay. What is the solution for that, Nam?

Nam: (44)__________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

. Canvas bags can be reused for several times.

Kevin: That’s right. If they are big, customers can fold them up and put them into small

purses. And cleaning? We often use a lot of chemicals for cleaning, and they are not

good for humans and the environment.

Nam: Right, Kevin. They can also be harmful to the environment. (45)__________________

_____________________________________________________________________

We will save money and cut down on dangers for small children.

Kevin: We may also notice that cleaning products can be unpleasant to our eyes and nose.

VIII.Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about conservation. You have to add

some words or make some changes when necessary.

46. Paper, glass, metal, or plastic/ recycle/ and/ recycling/ important factor/ conservation.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. When/ you/ drink/ water/ you/ use/ amount left/ glass/ to water plants.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. When/ you/ leave/ room/ you/ turn off/ unplug/ all the lights, fans/ air conditioners.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. You/ try/ grow fruits and vegetables/ home/ if/ you/ small garden.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. You/ buy vegetables and fruits/ local markets/ minimum carbon footprint.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 9)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. damage B. area C. contaminate D. natural

2. A. contaminate B. pollute C. protect D. deforest

3. A. impact B. focus C. pesticide D. practical

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. global B. greenhouse C. fuel D. effect

5. A. diversity B. biology C. degradation D. activity

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. Fossil fuels which are non-renewable pollute the air and cause air .

A. contaminate B. consumption C. pollution D. solution

7. Recycling provides a method of reducing the amount of waste materials that gets to the

landfills - thus it less probable for environmental pollution to take place.

A. doing B. trying C. causing D. making

8. If wastes are thrown , they can cause pollution in water, land and air.

A. eco-friendly B. inappropriately C. disappointingly D. favourably

9. Trees not only bring nature to urban areas, but they also help clean the air by absorbing

pollutants, oxygen, water, and grow food.

A. providing - saving B. provide - save C. to provide - to saveD. to provide - save

10. Air pollution is such a serious that it has been a direct factor in the of millions of

people each year.

A. threaten - death B. threaten - deaths C. threat - death D. threat - deaths

11. You should use electric fans instead of air conditioners they don’t emit dangerous

gases.

A. because B. although C. so D. but

12. Kevin told Phong for many years.

A. plastic has been popular material for containers

B. plastic was popular material for containers

C. plastic had been popular material for containers

D. plastic would be popular material for containers

13. Kevin told Phong to our environment in several ways.

A. plastic is too harmful B. plastic was very harmful

C. plastic may be very harmful D. plastic had been very harmful

14. He we could buy or make reusable bags and leave some bags in our bike for

shopping.

A. told us B. told to us C. said us D. says to us

15. My mother encouraged me for recycling.

A. collect B. to collect C. collecting D. should collect

III. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box.

Go Green Programme

In 2008, Go Green Club (GGC) was established in Ha Noi to (16) a playground

and (17) the volunteers with the young and eager people nationwide to help them

enhance the awareness of environmental protection and hands for a greener Viet Nam and a

greener environment through two main operational forms including online promotions and

offline practical activities. With its significance, GGC has been (19) to

expand the range of their activities in Ho Chi Minh City in September 2009 and in Da Nang in

September 2010.

After 3 years, GGC has (20) stronger with over 3,000 voluntary members

nationwide. All members of GGC have truly become a nuclear force to (21) the

activities of environmental protection, (22) to turn the awareness to specific

actions in the community’s everyday life.

Since its first establishment, the young people of universities or colleges nationwide have

(23) about GGC through its promotional activities to (24) the network

called “Hi! My name is Go Green”. It was followed by a series of environmental protection

activities such as EcoBag Campaign, Green Street Campaign, Green Living Day, Walking for

the Environment Day. Besides, the Go Green Club has also (25) and joined

with other environmental volunteer clubs in more effective large-scale activities such as: the

Tree Planting Day, the No Vehicle Smoke Day, and “The Youth and Environmental Issues -

from Awareness to Responsibility” Forum on VTV6 with the participation of many volunteer

clubs in Ha Noi.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Stop Pollution Now!

Pollution is a really big problem on our planet and it must be stopped immediately. It must be

stopped before our planet goes (26) . There are three main reasons, in my opinion, why

pollution should be stopped.

The first reason why we should stop pollution is that pollution is destroying the environment

we live in. Carbon dioxide is a big contribution (27) pollution. Carbon dioxide (28)

our climate in many different ways. The way it works is that certain ‘greenhouse gases’

can't escape from our atmosphere (29) they get trapped.

The second reason why we should stop pollution is that it also has an influence (30)

us - humans. Pollution also influences human life and that is a big problem. According to the

World Health Organization, indoor air pollution from the burning of coal or biomass fuels like

wood risks lives of millions of people. Air pollution causes two million deaths per year, (31)

from heart disease and respiratory disorders like infections and lung cancer.

The third reason why we should stop pollution is that if we do, we can live longer on this

planet. If we don’t stop pollution and global warming, something really bad will happen to us.

Humans have destroyed the planet so quickly. We can live longer and (32) our existence

on this planet (33) our children’s children can live in a planet without worries.

(34) , pollution must be stopped immediately. The earth is our only (35) and

we must protect it and take care of it as much as we can. Pollution must be stopped before we

ruin our planet.

26. A. extinct B. extinction C. disappeared D. disappearing

27. A. in B. at C. to D. with

28. A. affects B. effects C. causes D. attacks

29. A. so B. but C. although D. because

30. A. at B. to C. on D. Ø

31. A. most B. mostly C. almost D. nearly

32. A. last B. extend C. better D. stretch

33. A. because B. that C. so that D. but

34. A. In short B. Shortly C. Conclusion D. Briefly

35. A. house B. home C. place D. accommodation

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

There are many ways that recycling helps the environment, and even the smallest step can

have significant results.

The environmental problem of landfills is a difficult issue to fix. As more waste is put into

landfills, the bigger the problem gets. Wastes that are not biodegradable or are slow to

decompose can remain in landfill sites for centuries, often emitting gases that could be harmful

to the environment. Keeping paper out of landfills is just one way that recycling helps the

environment.

Recycling items often uses less energy than manufacturing products from natural sources.

Making paper that is using recycled pulp, for instance, is much less energy intensive than using

new wood. While there are benefits to growing trees because of the carbon dioxide that they

consume, it will be the damage that is done to the environment by putting paper in landfills and

using energy to produce new items.

Waste in landfills emit gases as it rots. This can pollute the environment. Anyone who has

passed a landfill site during hot weather will be familiar with the unpleasant smell and flies that

can be found near a landfill site. Reducing the items in landfills will help to reduce the pollution

that it causes. Recycling wastes also typically emits less carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide,

thus reducing the carbon footprint of a product.

Another benefit of recycling is that there is often a significant cost saving to be made when

using recycle goods. Recycling leaves and grass, for instance, is a great way to make compost.

Using homemade compost is obviously a lot cheaper than buying compost and this is a useful

way to save money. Saving money through recycling ultimately helps the environment.

Recycling is just one of many ways that we can help the environment. Every step that we

take, however small, is one more towards helping and supporting the environment in which we

live. Getting everyone involved, from children to adults, can help produce a better environment

for many generations to come.

36. The environmental problem of landfills is a difficult issue to fix because .

A. wastes can make the soil biodegradable or slow to decompose

B. we have difficulty keeping paper out of landfills for recycling

C. the problem gets bigger and more waste is put into landfills

D. wastes can remain in landfill sites for centuries, often emitting harmful gases

37. The following statements are the benefits of recycling paper EXCEPT that .

A. recycling uses less energy than manufacturing new products

B. recycling helps use more energy to produce new items

C. recycling helps protect trees that can consume carbon dioxide

D. recycling helps reduce wastes at landfill sites

38. Recycling can help to solve the problem of pollution because .

A. it reduces the carbon footprint of products

B. it helps people stay far away from landfill sites

C. it helps people forget the unpleasant smell and flies

D. it reduces biodegradable wastes at households

39. Using homemade compost is cost-effective as .

A. it is a good way to make compost at home

B. we can recycle leaves and grass

C. it is both economical and good for environment

D. it can prevent unpleasant smell or flies

40. All of the following statements are true EXCEPT that .

A. recycling wastes also helps us to limit harmful gases

B. there are many ways that we can do to help the environment

C. even the smallest thing we do might have significant results in protecting the environment

D. getting adults involved in recycling can help to have a better environment

VII.Complete the conversation about simple ways to protect the environment, using the

responses (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.

A. We don’t throw away our daily newspapers, save them for recycling or use it for another

purpose.

B. Old clothes that are unsuitable for charity shops can be cut up into rags, so that you can

stop using paper towels.

C. Sometimes we waste a lot of clean water, and water conservation is becoming one of the

most important environmental issues.

D. When we make our own compost, we’ll have a ready supply of free organic fertilizer for

our flowers, lawn, and vegetable garden.

E. Your actions make you part of the solution rather than part of the problem.

F. Have you ever heard the phrase “reduce, reuse, recycle”?

G.We should start replacing our current appliances with Energy Star models.

Mai: I think we should look for simple ways to protect our environment, Anna.

Anna: I agree with you, Mai. Have you got any?

Mai: (41)__________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

It’s one of the simple ways to save the environment.

Anna: The 3Rs? Fantastic. We can apply them at home, and at school. Reduction, first?

Mai: At home, we can take shorter showers. (42)___________________________________

Anna: That’s right. We should cut down on energy. Unplug the appliances when you're not

using them. Some people don't realize that their appliances pull electricity even when

they’re turned down.

Mai: (43)__________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Anna: This can be a little expensive, but in the long term it can save a lot of money. We can

repair our clothes when they tear and use them again. Let’s move on to the next -

recycling.

Mai: OK. All the aluminum cans, steel cans or plastic containers can be collected and

recycled. (44)__________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Anna: Besides newspapers, we can save and recycle other paper products such as junk mail,

used copy paper, old faxes, or cardboard boxes. How can we recycle things from our

kitchen?

Mai: Instead of throwing away food scraps from our kitchen, we should start a compost

pile or bin in the garden. (45)______________________________________________

Anna: And we can even add leaves and grass to this.

VIII.Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about solutions to water pollution.

You have to add some words or make some changes when necessary.

46. Vietnamese organizations/ individuals/ work together/ solve/ problem/ water pollution.

___________________________________________________________________________

47. People/ use less chemical fertilizers/ and go in/ organic farming.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. We/ try/ not/ throw waste/ rivers, lakes, streams or seas.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. The government/ require/ all the companies/ follow/ regulations strictly.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. It/ very necessary/ raise people’s awareness/ important role/ water/ their daily activities.

___________________________________________________________________________

Unit 10: ECOTOURISM

A. PHONETICS

I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

1. A. environment B. ecology C. concentration D. community

2. A. alternative B. competitive C. conservative D. inexpensive

3. A. eliminate B. intervention C. eventually D. inhabitant

4. A. ecology B. minority C. historical D. favourable

5. A. equality B. eco-friendly C. inorganic D. vegetation

6. A. adventurous B. energetic C. sustainable D. traditional

II. Put a mark (') before the stressed syllables of the underlined words and read aloud.

1. At an altitude of 178 meters, Ba Be is the only significant natural mountain lake in Viet Nam.

2. Ba Be Lake is unique among Vietnamese protected areas for the diversity of freshwater

habitats.

3. The wonder of Cao Son Eco-Lodge in Lao Cai is inspirational with mild weather, authentic

culture of local hill tribes and spectacular landscapes.

3. The limestone forest ecosystem at Phong Nha - Ke Bang supports a high diversity of plant

and animal species, and it is of the greatest conservation significance.

4. The vegetation of Cuc Phuong National Park is dominated by limestone forest.

5. Cuc Phuong National Park supports populations of several mammal species of conservation

importance.

6. The Southeast area of Viet Nam has typical ecological systems with Cat Tien, Con Dao

National Park, Can Gio Biosphere Reserve, which are characterized by high biological

diversity.

7. Bac Lieu Bird Sanctuary Nature Reserve is a coastal rich and diversified salt forest floor with

the natural salt-marsh ecosystem.

B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box.

Cu Lao Cham Island Tour

In May 2009, UNESCO Biosphere Reserve Cu Lao Cham - Hoi An was established which

includes Hoi An Ancient Town, the river inlet, and Cham Islands.

Getting on a speedboat to start departure from the pier to Cu Lao Cham Island, you will

enjoy the excited (1) with beach waves as well as the blue sea. On arriving at Cu

Lao Cham Island, you will do walking tour for exploring more this attractive island. At the

beginning of the tour, you will visit the nature (2) showroom of Cu LaoCham

Island where the history, map, objects are on (3) . Next, you continue to visit

Au Thuyen where the local boats are hidden in big storms.

After that, you will take a boat to visit the wonderful (4) of this charming

island. Firstly, you will be transferred to visit the local fishing village of Bai Huong with more

than 100 families who mainly live by the fishing. After that, go ahead to Bai Xep for snorkeling

to see the nice coral (6) under the sea. It’s so interesting to explore the coral when

the sunshine lights up right to bottom of the sea to make coral so beautiful and twinkle inside

sunlight and water.

Next, you also have chance to visit the nice scene of Bai Chong with white (7)

, green (8) and many particularly interesting large (9) on the

way to Hang Yen Cave. Arriving at Hang Yen Cave, you will have chance to survey the living

area of swifts. The edible nests of swifts are used in bird's nest soup, a delicacy in some

countries. Then you will back Bai Chong Beach. Have lunch in a small local restaurant to taste

specialties and (10) of Cu Lao Cham Island.

After lunch, you will get on a speedboat to return the mainland.

II. Use the correct form of the words in brackets to finish the sentences.

1. Ecotourism is a form of travel that seeks to improve environmental , foster

cultural respect, and benefit the economic of local communities. (aware -

develop)

2. The Mekong Delta is one of the world’s largest and most inland

fisheries. (produce)

3. Son Doong Cave has been recognized as the largest cave in the world.

(nature)

4. Phong Nha Cave has the longest underground river, the and longest cave, and

most beautiful fine sand beaches inside the caves, the most spectacular

stalagmites and stalactites. (high - broad)

5. The most typical ecotourism activities are visits and studies in some national parks,

activities in the mountain areas, and community-based ecotourism activities in the

. areas. (adventure - mountain)

6. consider Phong Nha - Ke Bang to be of particular importance for bird

. (research - conserve)

7. The Central Highlands is also highly appreciated thanks to its high diversity.

(biology)

8. The Bach Ma area has long been famous for its rich biodiversity, and plant species

within Bach Ma National Park is still high. (rich)

III.Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

After breakfast at a restaurant, it is time to take an easy walk to Cat Cat Village, located in a

peaceful, beautiful valley of terraced rice paddy. You’ll visit some cottages of Black H' Mong (1)

minority on the way down to a wonderful waterfall. If coming at the right time,

you can enjoy the traditional musical (2) performed by the local artists.

Continue your Sa Pa trip to Ta Van Village in Muong Hoa Valley. On the way, you get a(n)

(3) to visit a school for the children of Black H’Mong, Dzay and Red Dzao ethnic

families. The students and teachers are all happy to welcome you in. You will see how hard the

(4) here from the clothes, shoes, bags... which the children are wearing. If you have

those unused, it is so (5) of you to give those things to the kids. We often say, "Old

for us, but new for others". Your visit to the school here is a lasting impression.

Continue your Sa Pa tour along the mountainous road and have another experience to walk in

the buffalo path. Then, you visit the Dzay houses to compare the differences with Black H'Mong

homes. After that, you walk down to Muong Hoa River bank to have a nice (6) and

great lunch with (7) music dance and show by the local people.

You can enjoy your free discovery of the local market before transferring to Lao Cai Station

for the overnight (8) to Ha Noi.

IV. Complete the conditional sentences with will and the correct form of the verbs in

brackets.

1. If it (rain) tomorrow, we (not go) to the zoo.

2. If it (be) a nice day, I (have) lunch in the park.

3. If you (go) camping in the summer, I (go) with you.

4. He (miss) the bus if he (not leave) now.

5. If I (see) Kevin, I (tell) him you called.

6. We (be) late if we (not hurry) .

7. If it (not rain) tomorrow, we (go) to the beach.

8. We (be) early if we (leave) now.

V. Match the sentence beginnings (0-5) with the sentence endings (A-F). Write conditional

sentences, and number 0 has been done for you as an example.

Six ways to help save the Earth

C 0. turn off your TV or computer at night A. waste less water

_____ 1. print on both sides B. reduce plastic pollution

_____ 2. spend less time in the shower C. save electricity

_____ 3. buy local food D. reduce traffic pollution (and get fitter)!

_____ 4. stop drinking bottled water E. use much less paper

_____ 5. walk or cycle more F. reduce unnecessary food transportation

0. If you turn off your TV or computer at night, you will save electricity.

1. ___________________________________________________________________________

2. ___________________________________________________________________________

3. ___________________________________________________________________________

4. ___________________________________________________________________________

5. ___________________________________________________________________________

VI. Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

Life on Earth is experiencing huge change because of the success of one species - humans. In the

last 500 years, 844 species have died out. Some scientists believe that in the next few years we

(1. lose) another 16,000 species if we (2. not change) our

behaviour.

 Habitat loss - If we (3. not stop) destroying the rain forest, many

species (4. lose) their natural habitat and disappear.

 Hunting - Rare species (5. become) extinct if illegal hunting (6.

continue) .

 Over-fishing - Many common fish including tuna and salmon (7. not survive)

if we (8. not control) fishing.

 Pollution - This is the biggest problem and leads to climate change. If the world (9.

continue) to get hotter, the ice will melt and sea levels will rise.

If we (10. not act) now, our success may mean disaster for future

generations.

VII.Mary is a sixteen-year-old school girl who is dreaming of her perfect holiday.

Complete the conditional sentences about her dreams.

Reality

If Mary goes on holiday, ...

1. she goes on holiday with her family

___________________________________________________________________________

2. she goes to Wales

___________________________________________________________________________

3. she stays at a campsite

___________________________________________________________________________

4. she can go sightseeing and visit old castles and churches

___________________________________________________________________________

5. the weather is awful/ she always wants to go home

___________________________________________________________________________

Dream

If Mary were older and richer, ....

6. she her boyfriend.

7. she tropical island.

8. she luxury hotel.

9. she swimming with dolphins and snorkeling over coral reefs.

10. she surfing and scuba diving.

VIII.Complete the questions with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Then do the

questionnaire.

1. If you (find) a wallet in the street with some money in it, would you ?

A. keep the wallet B. take it to a police station

C. spend the cash and then take it to a police station

2. If a friend (leave) a bag at your house, would you ?

A. look through it B. call the friend immediately

C. give it back the next time you saw the friend

3. If a shop assistant (give) you too much change, would you ?

A. keep the money B. tell him or her and give it back

C. quietly leave the change on the counter and say nothing

4. If you (see) a spider in the bath, would you ?

A. kill it B. scream C. pick it up and put it outside

5. If you (can live) anywhere you wanted, would you live ?

A. in a city B. in the country C. in the mountain

C. READING

I. Read the article about Hawaii. Which is the best island for the activities (1-5). Write O

for Oahu, M for Maui, and BI for Big Island in each blank.

Welcome To Hawaii

Hawaii is a popular holiday destination. But which island should you choose for your holiday in

paradise?

OAHU

All the international flights go from the capital, Honolulu, on Oahu Island. Oahu is the most

populated island and home of the famous Waikiki beach. International surfing competitions take

place here. Oahu is also the place for shops, restaurants and the best nightlife.

MAUI

Maui is the most romantic island and ideal for relaxing. There are white sandy beaches with

turquoise water, and in summer the waves are small and perfect for inexperienced surfers. In

winter, you can see whales in the warm water. Maui is ideal for nature lovers and visitors falling

in love with the island’s natural beauty.

BIG ISLAND

Big Island is cheaper and for the more adventurous visitors. You can go to the top of the highest

mountain - 4000 metres above sea level, and enjoy an amazing view.

_____ 1. When I’m on holiday, I enjoy shopping to buy presents for my family.

_____ 2. I’ve never seen a whale - I really want to go whale-watching one day.

_____ 3. When I’m on holiday, I like new experiences like learning to surf.

_____ 4. I’m not interested in sport when I’m on holiday. Lying on the beach is my favourite

activity.

_____ 5. Climbing a mountain is very hard work, but you get a fantastic view from the top!

II. Read the article about “On The Move Holidays”. Match the holidays with statements

(1-10). Write A for the motorbike tour, B for the canoe tour, and C for the railway tour.

On The Move Holidays

Holiday journeys can be a nightmare ... sitting in a crowded airport lounge waiting for your

delayed flight ... stuck in a traffic jam on your way to the coast ... or waiting in a long queue with

hundreds of others at Immigration. Why not try something a bit different? Try “On The Move

Holidays”, where the journey is the holiday! Here are three of our popular options:

A. Motorbike Tour Of New Zealand

If you want to see the beauty of New Zealand and love motorbiking, this is the perfect holiday

for you: a 19-day motorbike tour of the North and South Islands of New Zealand. Enjoy the

peaceful lakes, mountains and forests and relax on the beaches next to the clear water. You can

also take part in some sports, such as horse-riding, and diving. A fantastic way for any biker to

see one of the most beautiful countries in the world! Comfortable accommodation in four-star

hotels.

B. Amazon Canoe Tour

During this six-day canoeing and camping trip, we travel along the Amazon River through the

world’s biggest rain forest. Our groups have a maximum of 12 people with at least three

experienced guides per group. At night, we go camping in the jungle, and before you go to sleep

you can listen as hundreds of night animals fill the forest with sound. You can also go on

interesting excursions to native villages, where you can meet some of the local people, try some

of their traditional food and learn more about the native culture.

C. Moscow To Beijing by The Trans-Siberian Railway

A train journey to remember! Moscow to Beijing by train - thirteen days and 6,000 kilometres

across Russia, Siberia, and Mongolia. The 1

, 2

, or 3

class sleeping cabins - the choice is

yours. On the way you can meet the locals, enjoy the beautiful scenery of Siberia, buy your food

at the stations or take your meals in the luxurious dining car. You can visit Lake Baikal - the

world’s largest and cleanest lake - and finally, you can experience the many attractions of

Beijing - one of the world’s biggest capital cities!

In which tour, .

1. we can live in nature and experience the ethnic culture __________

2. we stay in really good hotels __________

3. it is interesting to see how local people live __________

4. the whole journey lasts nearly two weeks __________

5. we spend some really nice days by the sea __________

6. there are people selling food __________

7. it is very noisy in the tent at night! Sometimes we can’t sleep. __________

8. we are there for almost three weeks - it is great! __________

9. it is good to do some sightseeing in the capital __________

10. we can travel on our own __________

III.Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Located only 40 km from downtown Ho Chi Minh City, Can Gio Mangrove Biosphere

Reserve, with great historical and cultural traditions. Can Gio is uniquely valuable for its (1)

- 72 mangrove plant species, some of which are rare species listed in the Viet Nam Red

List.

Recreational visits to Can Gio started in the mid - 1990s as students from the city came to

visit the beach and see monkeys on the weekends.

There are three main tourist (2) in Can Gio. The Forest Park is (3) to a

mischievous 600-member monkeys, a semi-natural crocodile pool, and a historical museum.

Visitors enjoy walking under the cool mangrove branches and playing with the monkeys.

The Vam Sat site includes a bat sanctuary in the (4) area and a bird sanctuary containing

over 10 species listed in the Red List. Vam Sat (5) visitors with basic knowledge of the

ecosystem of mangrove fauna and flora, and has therefore attracted a good (6) of scientists

and true eco-tourists.

The April 30

Beach is located in the transition zone near Can Gio Town. (7) the

long beach is not of high quality, it is near the city and features cheap local seafood.

At the moment and in general, the impact of tourism on the local economy and society is (8)

. Some local community members have seen their income increase and their living

standards improve through employment in beach services. But (9) in Can Gio is also

having some negative impact on the environment and the community. With the number of

visitors increasingly rapidly, beach pollution is becoming a problem. Waste (10) each

morning, but for the rest of the day, rubbish from food and drink shops are thrown into the beach

creating unhygienic conditions.

1. A. difference B. range C. diversity D. quality

2. A. features B. parts C. types D. programmes

3. A. house B. accommodation C. room D. home

4. A. flood B. flooded C. flooding D. floodwater

5. A. gives B. provides C. offers D. presents

6. A. number B. rise C. digit D. amount

7. A. Because B. Although C. However D. When

8. A. beneficial B. right C. positive D. negative

9. A. ecology B. ecotours C. ecotourists D. ecotourism

10. A. collects B. is collected C. will be collected D. has collected

IV. Read the text about the Rainforest Flyway Company, and do the tasks that follow.

Come "fly" over the Rainforest - We'll take your breath away!

Located in Cairns, Australia, Rainforest Flyway is a world leader in ecotourism. We lake our

guests on a breathtaking “'flight” over rainforest trees and straight into the heart of the

rainforest for an unforgettable experience.

On the Flyway, you’ll experience over 7.5 kilometers of living rainforests while learning

about this spectacular place. Did you know that Australia’s rainforests are home to over 3,000

different plant species? And some of the trees here are more than 3,000 years old! After this visit

you’ll understand why it’s so important to preserve the rainforests. And you’ll see that

environmentally responsible travel can be fun, educational, and breathtaking.

Even if you’re a world traveler, you’ve never experienced anything like the Rainforest

Flyway. You’ll start your unique journey above the rainforest, as you “fly” in a comfortable

gondola only a few meters above the trees. Sit back and enjoy the extraordinary scenery. You

will be amazed at the breathtakingly rich and lush foliage. And rest assured, there was no

damage done to the rainforest ecology during the construction of your gondola. That’s why the

development of the Fly way took over 40 months to complete.

Your gondola will bring you down into the rainforest itself, where you follow a path to see,

hear, and smell the rainforest environment from the ground. Free tours are available several

times a day. Tour guides can point out some unusual plants, provide you with interesting facts

about rainforest ecology, and answer your questions.

Your Rainforest Fly way experience lasts 90 minutes and ends in the small town of Kuranda,

just 25 kilometers northwest of Cairns. Here, you can continue your eco-tour with a visit to the

protected areas that 2,000 tropical butterflies call home. You can also buy original arts and crafts

made by the people of Kuranda. And if that isn’t enough, you can continue on to the wildlife

reserve located a short 9 kilometers west of Kuranda to see animals from all parts of the world.

Rainforest Flyway has won numerous awards, including Travel Planet magazine’s “Best

Ecotourism Destination”. Call or visit us online to make your reservations.

Task 1: Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

1. On this trip you can learn about .

A. some great ecotourism destinations B. tour guides

C. the ecology of Australia’s rainforests D. the environmentally responsible travel

2. A gondola is .

A. a rainforest animal B. a person who leads the tour

C. a type of transportation D. a tree more than 3,000 years old

3. On this trip, guests into the rainforest.

A. don’t go B. are lowered C. are raised D. are not allowed to step

4. Rainforest Flyway encourages guests to .

A. follow a path to explore the rainforest

B. make a new path in the rainforest

C. take a souvenir from the rainforest

D. take another Fly way to view the rainforest

5. Tour guides can .

A. bring you down into the rainforest

B. give you souvenirs

C. make reservations for you

D. teach you about the rainforest

6. The rainforest has .

A. many types of arts and crafts

B. 3,000 different types of plants

C. animals from all parts of the world

D. 2,000 different types of tropical butterflies

Task 2: Read the passage again, and answer the questions below.

1. How long is the Rainforest Flyway tour?

___________________________________________________________________________

2. Who can answer questions about the rainforest?

___________________________________________________________________________

3. How can you make plans to visit the Rainforest Flyway?

___________________________________________________________________________

4. Where is the wildlife reserve?

___________________________________________________________________________

D. SPEAKING

I. Complete the conversation with the correct phrases/clauses below.

A. went to the country F. go to the coast.

B. It has beautiful beaches G. My dreams is to go to Florida

C. stay in an apartment H. stayed at a campsite

D. stayed with my family I. went sightseeing

E. went snorkeling J. go on holiday

A: Where do you usually (1) , Anna?

B: Every year we (2) and (3) but last year, for the

first time, we went camping.

A: Oh, really, where to?

B: We went to Corsica and (4) .

A: What was that like?

B: Wonderful. The campsite was on the beach so we went swimming and sunbathing every day.

I even (5) and saw some jellyfish.

A: Wow! Is Corsica nice?

B: Yes. (6) and some really high mountains with forests and mountain

streams. My mum and dad left us on the beach a lot and (7) . Dad loves

visiting old churches and castles. What about you? What did you do?

A: Oh, we (8) again and (9) . It’s the same every

year. It’s so boring. (10) but my parents say it’s too expensive.

II. Complete the conversation about the eco tour to Cuc Phuong National Park and Van

Long Nature Reserve, using the responses (A-H) given.

A. On the second day, after breakfast you’ll make a short hike to visit the Primate Rescue

Centre to learn about the significant work being done to help protect the endangered

species of the park.

B. In the afternoon, you will enjoy a two-hour canoe trip through spectacular scenery made

up of limestone mountains reflected in emerald water and lush rice fields.

C. They’re in Ninh Binh, and this province is very rich in nature with diverse ecosystem.

D. You’ll arrive in Hoa Lu first, and visit the two temples of King Dinh and King Le in the

century, and the remaining of the ancient Hoa Lu Capital.

E. I think you should take a two-day eco tour to Cuc Phuong National Park and Van Long

Nature Reserve.

F. You’ll then go to Tam Diep for a very exciting bicycle tour through Cuc Phuong National

Park, which became the first national park in Viet Nam in 1960.

G.You will start in Ha Noi at 8am, and it takes about two and a half hours to come to Ninh

Binh by coach.

H.Then you will arrive at the centre of the Park in the afternoon, walk around the center and

the lake to refresh all your tiredness.

Peter: You know, Nam. I’m thinking about going on an eco tour to a national park next

weekend. Could you recommend one?

Nam: (1)______________________________________________________________________

Peter: Sounds fantastic! We can go to two destinations. Where are they, Nam?

Nam: (2)______________________________________________________________________

Peter: I see. How long does it take to come to Ninh Binh?

Nam: (3)______________________________________________________________________

On the way, you can enjoy beautiful sceneries of the Vietnamese countryside.

Peter: Great! Where will we stop first?

Nam: (4)______________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

Peter: And then we’ll go to Cuc Phuong National Park. Right, Nam?

Nam: Exactly. (5)_______________________________________________________________

During the tour, you’ll visit the Cave of Prehistoric Man. Then, you will be amazed by a

1000-year-old big tree right in the middle of the woods, which is considered the spirit of

Cuc Phuong.

Peter: It sounds interesting, but quite challenging on the first day of the tour.

Nam: Don’t worry, Peter. (6)______________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

You’ll have dinner and stay overnight in a bungalow in the National Park.

Peter: What will we do on the second day?

Nam: (7)______________________________________________________________________

You then cycle 12km from the park centre to the main road through the rainforest.

Peter: Wow. A lot of exercising, but I like cycling, Nam.

Nam: A car will take you to Van Long Nature Reserve, which covers 3,000 hectares of

picturesque water landscape. You have lunch at a local restaurant. (8)_________________

________________________________________________________________________

Peter: After that, we’ll come back to Ha Noi?

Nam: Right. I hope you’ll enjoy your eco tour.

E. WRITING

Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about Ca Mau National Park. You have to

add some words or make some changes when necessary.

1. Now/ WWF’s ecotourism project/ Ca Mau National Park/ offering/ new livelihood

opportunities/ local community.

______________________________________________

2. Local people/ become/ ecotourism hosts/ which/ bring/ them/ so much joy/ benefits.

___________________________________________________________________________

3. Visitors/ come/ see/ End Point Tower/ which/ mark/ southernmost tip/ Viet Nam.

___________________________________________________________________________

4. WWF/ help/ community/ build/ bird watching tower/ and/ provide/ binoculars and bird

watching books.

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Bird watching/ now/ a major attraction/ and/ many guests/ stay overnight/ just/ observe/

birds/ dawn and dusk/ when/ they/ return/ their resting spots.

___________________________________________________________________________

6. The park staff/ offer/ eco-trails/ show/ biodiversity/ areas.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 10)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. sustainable B. status C. destruction D. nature

2. A. deplete B. device C. exotic D. challenge

3. A. biodiversity B. biogas C. biology D. biosphere

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. cultural B. national C. numerous D. fantastic

5. A. sustainable B. beneficial C. environment D. traditional

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. We can help the environment by using green and sustainable energy sources.

A. keep B. waste C. save D. enjoy

7. Ecotourism are important to the overall sustainability of the country's tourism

industries.

A. intentions B. plans C. drawings D. designs

8. Texas is to a number of eco-tour companies, and plenty of ranches and resorts.

A. home B. house C. accommodation D. building

9. Seattle is one of the most cities in the US.

A. ecology B. ecosystem C. eco-friendly D. ecological

10. In Alaska, the ecotourism operators are designed to help minimise tourism , which

may be more difficult to control as an independent traveler.

A. action B. power C. result D. impact

11. I have a test to take tomorrow morning. If I free time, I to Cuc

Phuong National Park with you.

A. have - will go B. had - would go C. will have - will go D. had - went

12. Phong Nha Cave has been regarded by the British Cave Research Association as the top cave

in the world its four top records.

A. due to B. because C. despite D. with

13. the decisive assistance of the villagers, we would not be able to facilitate the eco

tour.

A. With B. Without C. But D. Neither

14. According to the weather forecast, it will be fine at the weekend. If the weather fine,

we on camping at the weekend.

A. is - will go B. will be - will go C. were - would go D. was - went

15. After lunch, we take a short walk to the elephant camp you will enjoy an exciting

elephant riding.

A. that B. when C. where D. what

IV. Continue the story. Make conditional sentences. Number 0 has been done for you as an

example.

I’m late! I think I'm going to miss the bus...

0. → be late for school: If I miss the bus, I will be late for school.

16. → not go to the English class

If I am late for school,__________________________________________________________

17. → not practise speaking

___________________________________________________________________________

18. → not improve my speaking skill

___________________________________________________________________________

19. → fail my exam

___________________________________________________________________________

20. → not be allowed to go on an eco tour to Cuc Phuong National Park

___________________________________________________________________________

V. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some

extra words.

Tonle Sap Lake

Five provinces circled the area of Tonle Sap Lake, and more than three million people inhabit

around the bank of the lake, earning a living by catching fish and making (21) .

Tonle Sap is the largest fresh water lake in South East Asia. Its dimension changes depending

on the monsoon and dry season. During the rainy season from June to October, the lake is filled

by water flowing from the Mekong with 14 meters in depth and expands the surface of 10,000

square kilometers. In the dry season from November to May, its size is 3,000 square kilometers

with two meters in depth and (22) flows out from the lake to the Mekong. The

flooded forest surrounding the edge of the lake is the best shelter and also very important for all

kinds of fishes. This lake supports (23) , with over 300 species of fresh water fishes,

as well as snakes, crocodiles, tortoises, turtles and otters, and more than 100 varieties of water

birds including storks, pelicans, etc.

The lake is also an important commercial resource, providing more than half of the fish

consumed in Cambodia. In harmony with the specialized (24) , the human

occupations at the edges of the lake are similarly distinctive: floating villages, towering stilted

houses, huge fish traps, and a way of life deeply involved with the lake.

The boat trip through the floating village takes approximately two hours. You will explore

the Khmer, Muslim and Vietnamese floating households and the floating (25) ,

fisheries, clinics, schools, basketball course, pigsty and other boatloads of tourists.

VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Depart from Ha Noi and head for Highland of Ha Giang, it would be a long but fantastic trip.

It is the zigzag mountain path that will make your journey unforgettable.

Meo Vac is exactly the next (26) that will take your breath (27) . You will

totally be the feeling of adventure, feeling of peace and feeling of full discovery. Starting your

way of exploration, Meo Vac is the right place for you to check out some of 23 minority groups

in Ha Giang, which (28) Hmong, Tay, Nung tribes. The Nho Que River seems to be so tiny

among big mountains. You can see here and there the locals in their colorful dresses, (29)

on the terraced fields.

Making the way north, you will arrive in Dong Van. The minibus creeps in the layers of (30)

again, overwhelming you with loads of beautiful sceneries. Passing Heaven’s Gate, Rock

Plateau, which was (31) by the UNESCO as a geological park, seems to appear before your

eyes like a masterpiece of nature. Like other sites in Ha Giang, Dong Van is (32) all

year round, particularly, on Lunar New Year holiday when various cultures of minority groups

are strongly and widely exposed. Besides, you will be able to witness the brilliant yellow paddy

fields around August and September, which is in the (33) of the harvest season.

Up to Lung Cu, the (34) beauty of rocky area will continue to captivate your soul.

The Highest Flagpole of the North Viet Nam, Old Palace of Hmong King, Pho Bang Old Town

are of your good choices here. They (35) the harmony between culture and history of

the highland. Let’s join in the local market, and we guarantee that you will have what you are

looking for!

26. A. place B. area C. position D. destination

27. A. away B. out C. in D. back

28. A. contain B. consist C. include D. surround

29. A. work B. to be working C. worked D. working

30. A. rocks B. clouds C. soils D. earth

31. A. admitted B. realized C. regarded D. recognized

32. A. attract B. attracted C. attractive D. attracting

33. A. center B. middle C. period D. equality

34. A. amazing B. shocking C. upsetting D. frightening

35. A. produce B. cause C. provide D. create

VII.Read the passage about ecotourism, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for

each question.

As most potential ecotourist sites are inhabited by ethnic minorities, the principle of

“encouraging community participation in ecotourism activities” should both create income and

help maintain cultural identity. These communities have a deep understanding of traditional

festivals, cultivation and land use customs, traditional lifestyle and handicrafts, and historical

places. A trip to the limestone mountain of Cao Bang - Bac Kan, for example, is valuable not

only for the Ba Be Lake, but for the opportunity to learn about cultivation customs, dying

practices using endemic plants to produce brocading, and traditional handmade boats of precious

timber collected in the forest.

Because ecotourism is important for environmental education, maintenance of indigenous

culture, and local economic development, both investment and government encouragement are

required.

One research shows that 90 percent of ecotourist guides lack environmental knowledge about

the flora, fauna, and natural resources in the area, and 88 percent would benefit from ecotourism

guidebooks written especially for them. An illustration of wasted potential caused by this lack of

training is Ha Long Bay, a world heritage site with immense environmental value - coral reefs,

limestone mountains, thousands of flora and fauna species of high biodiversity, and rich cultural

identity. But tourists in Ha Long Bay are presently visiting only the Bay and some caves, not

accessing environmental information or local cultural activities. In general, the full potential of

ecotourism has not yet been reached.

International visitors to Viet Nam often like to visit ethnic minority villages to observe the

culture, meet local people, and participate in traditional activities. The ethnic minorities who live

in or near nature reserves maintain distinctive lifestyles, cultural identities, and traditional

customs. These features are part of the real value of ecotourism. However, local people are not

much involved in ecotourism.

In addition, local people still live in poverty, their life closely associates with natural

resources. The economic benefits of ecotourism need to be shared with them, but this will not

happen without community participation.

36. An eeo tour to the region of ethnic minorities is very valuable because tourists .

A. can make a trip to the limestone mountain of Cao Bang - Bac Kan

B. can learn dying practices using endemic plants to produce brocading

C. can make traditional boats of precious timber collected in the forest

D. can understand the aspects of cultures and traditions

37. Ecotourism can bring all the following benefits EXCEPT .

A. maintaining cultural identity

B. providing opportunities to learn about traditional customs

C. establishing more national parks and nature reserves

D. introducing cultures of ethnic minorities to foreign tourists

38. Tourist guides who lack environmental knowledge can’t .

A. make tourists access all environmental information or local cultural activities

B. take tourists to Ha Long Bay, a world heritage site with immense environmental value

C. get ecotourism guidebooks written especially for them

D. make ethnic minorities have a deep understanding of their traditional festivals

39. In order to develop ecotourism, local communities should .

A. depend on natural resources B. take part in all aspects of ecotourism

C. change their distinctive lifestyles D. share the economic benefits of ecotourism

40. The word “distinctive” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to .

A. staying the same for a long time B. easily understood

C. clearly different from others D. close to nature

VIII.Complete the conversation about an eco tour to Cat Ba National Park, using the

responses (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.

A. We use the private support boat when paddling to explore hidden corners of Ha Long Bay.

B. We’ll enjoy lunch of local seafood and spend the rest of the first day to explore the town

or relax on Cat Co beaches.

C. The base camp is staffed by friendly local people who'll cook us good breakfast.

D. On the last day we’ll spend the whole day paddling and exploring the bay at our own pace.

E. From Hai Phong, we take an express boat to Cat Ba Island and it takes about two hours.

F. After lunch we walk to Viet Hai Quay for a short paddling on Lan Ha Bay to a beach

where we will camp for a night.

G.Then we will have a long walk across dense jungle to reach the peaceful village of Viet

Hai.

Mai: Hi, Kevin. Packing your bag? Are you going somewhere?

Kevin: Yeah. We’ve booked an eco tour to Cat Ba Island.

Mai: How do you go there?

Kevin: (41)__________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Then we board a small boat to cruise to our private base camp.

Mai: Sounds good. Maybe you are tired after a long journey to the island.

Kevin: That’s right, Mai. (42)____________________________________________________

Mai: And you will go around the island the next day?

Kevin: Right. We take a bus ride along the coast to reach Cat Ba National Park. (43)________

_____________________________________________________________________

We will have lunch after going around Frog Lake.

Mai: What will you do after lunch, swimming or paddling?

Kevin: (44)__________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

The crew from the support boat will cook our dinner and make sure we have a

comfortable night.

Mai: Fantastic. I wish to spend overnight at a campsite. What will you do on the last day?

Kevin: (45)

_____________________________________________________________________

Some of the many caves that lead to beautiful lagoons, and some floating villages to

see the unique way of life there.

Mai: If you have more time, you will explore the limestone formations and grottos there.

Have a good trip, Kevin.

Kevin: Thank you, Mai.

IX. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about Gao Giong Ecotourist Park in

Dong Thap. You have to add some words or make some changes when necessary.

46. Gao Giong Ecotourist Park/ established/ 1980s/ located about 20 kilometers/ Cao Lanh

Town/ southern Dong Thap Province.

______________________________________________

47. Upon arriving/ visitors/ invited/ enter/ traditional thatched house/ which/ receive up to 100

people.

______________________________________________

48. Gao Giong Ecotourist Park/ offer/ visitors/ chance/ relax/ hammocks/ under/ shade of cajuput

trees/ or/ catch fish/ nearby canals.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. Tourists/ also take/ quiet stroll/ forest/ or/ climb/ a watchtower/ spectacular panoramic view/

area.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. Tourists/ try/ row/ boat themselves/ and/ take many beautiful photos.

___________________________________________________________________________

Notes:

 hammock (n) = võng; cajuput (n) = tràm

TEST 2 (UNIT 10)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. safari B. camping C. relax D. natural

2. A. understand B. culture C. public D. scuba-diving

3. A. reserve B. conserve C. preserve D. desert

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. diversity B. ecology C. eco-friendly D. remarkable

5. A. awareness B. financial C. exotic D. biosphere

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. You can climb up Mount McKinley, the highest peak in North America, to explore the rest of

Denali National Park in Alaska, and view some wildlife.

A. excited B. great C. interested D. spectacular

7. The vast wilderness of Alaska offers some unbelievable ecotourism opportunities, and one of

the most tourism industries in the USA.

A. safe B. sustainable C. natural D. environmental

8. Villagers can compete against the commercial fishing and timber companies who the

natural resources of the area, taking as much as they want.

A. leave B. decrease C. deplete D. lower

9. The Mekong Delta is an extraordinary place that international tourism.

A. attracts B. persuades C. offers D. considers

10. The areas are very for tourists who love to study and discover.

A. successful B. aware C. suitable D. available

11. The gardens and islets near the Tien and Hau River are very attractive ecotourism of the

region.

A. sights B. destinations C. views D. scenes

12. The show Captain Bob's Adventure Children is available now. If children of all ages

it, they part in an airboat ride and an interactive reptile show.

A. enjoy - will take B. enjoys - take

C. enjoyed - would take D. enjoyed - took

13. If you to Pak Ou Caves in Laos, you thousands of Buddha images and statues

which have been deposited here over centuries.

A. go - see B. go - will see C. went - saw D. would go - saw

14. Local people can't see the benefits of ecotourism in their region. If ecotourism their

lives by creating new job opportunities, they a more active role in the conservation.

A. improves - will play B. improves – play

C. improved - would play D. improved - played

15. If visitors their holiday in Hawaii, they in typical ecotourism activities, such

as whale watching, kayaking, surfing, snorkeling, scuba diving, and boating.

A. spend - participate B. spend - will participate

C. spent - would participate D. would spend - would participate

IV. Rewrite the conditional sentences for the following situations.

0. My parents don’t like foreign food, so we don’t go on holiday abroad.

→ If my parents liked foreign food, we would go on holiday abroad.

16. I can’t go to the school concert because I have to help my parents.

___________________________________________________________________________

17. I don’t have enough money, so I can’t buy a new mobile phone.

___________________________________________________________________________

18. I can’t go out because I have so much homework.

___________________________________________________________________________

19. I don’t download more films because I don’t have a fast computer.

___________________________________________________________________________

20. I feel tired because I do a lot of sport.

___________________________________________________________________________

V. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some

extra words.

Nam Cat Tien National Park

In the early morning of the first day, the guide will pick you up and transfer to Nam Cat Tien

National Park, located on a low mountainous area of Dong Nai Province. Nam Cat Tien is an

area which represents a special ecosystem of wet (21) with biodiversity.

You will take a boat trip along the Dong Nai River to view the (22) on the river

banks. You can stop at the grassland area to search for peacocks, jungle fowl and birds that

prefer a more open habitat. After that, you can continue to go to Kim Lan Village, once a French

military camp and now the main village to the one ethnic (23) of the park.

The song of birds will wake you up in the morning of the second day. You go hiking to the

crocodile lake with plenty of (24) to see many varieties of bird life and, if you are

lucky, the chance of spotting larger mammals. The Siamese Crocodile is an endangered (25)

and this is one of the last remaining places in the world that you can still see them

in the wild. In the evening, a walking tour along the track following the river through the

botanical garden to Heaven Rapids, which provide you with good opportunities to see the birds

and possibly the gibbon.

VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the

following passage.

Visitors to Viet Nam would like to learn the long history and rich culture. If you are keen on

visiting a place without (26) the environment at the same time, think about taking a

bicycle tour and you will find you are rewarded with a very special ecotourism experience. There

are many different cycle trips you can (27) but a particular favourite one is the tour of

the Mekong Delta.

The Mekong Delta has a rich (28) of culture and tradition and you can see this (29)

you slowly travel through this very distinct part of the world.

Vietnamese and Khmer people live alongside Chinese communities, and they all rely on the

(30) plains and tributaries of the majestic Mekong River. It is here that many of the

villagers use bicycles to (31) .

Being on a bicycle doesn't mean you will miss out on many of the extra activities and

adventures. You can park your bike and enjoy a trip out to one of the floating villages (32)

people survive by fish farming or you can take an early boat to a floating market to

purchase your food and supplies for the day.

There are plenty of tour operators who will (33) your journey and lodgings for you

as well as carry your excess baggage, or you can (34) of all this yourself and follow the

road less travelled.

This mode of travel means you can really experience the very features of the Mekong Delta

and Viet Nam and know that you are leaving behind only your tyre (35) .

26. A. destroying B. reducing C. damaging D. killing

27. A. afford B. take C. go D. bring

28. A. change B. variety C. diverse D. diversity

29. A. during B. until C. as D. for

30. A. fertile B. dry C. poor D. wealthy

31. A. get by B. get ahead C. get around D. get along

32. A. which B. where C. there D. that

33. A. arrange B. break C. go D. make

34. A. take after B. take notes C. take care D. take advantage

35. A. surfaces B. layers C. spots D. marks

VII.Read the passage about sustainable ecotourism in Laos, and choose the correct answer

A, B, C or D for each question.

Sustainable Ecotourism in Laos

Laos has a low population density, unspoiled diverse ethnic lifestyles, and perhaps the

richest, most extensive network of ecosystems on Indochina. There are over 800 species of birds

and more than 100 large mammals already identified in Laos, with new species being discovered

every year. Some of the more exotic species include tigers, clouded leopards, douc languor

monkeys, gibbons, peacocks, silver pheasants, etc. A network of 20 national protected areas was

designated to protect and conserve its ecosystem. It covers nearly 14% area of the country with

large tracts of tropical monsoon forest, diverse wildlife populations, spectacular limestone

formations, and a diversity of minority ethnic groups.

Laos has been fortunate in many ways, because conservation and environmental protection

took hold very quickly after the country opened up to mass tourism in the early 1990s. Both the

government and many tourism-related businesses took the message very seriously and acted on

it.

Although most of Laos's protected areas are remote and difficult to reach, there are

opportunities for ecotourism activities such as trekking, kayaking, bird-watching, and camping

that allow you to experience firsthand the country's magnificent natural and cultural diversity.

While in Laos, you can make your trip a constructive one by following these simple

guidelines:

 Eat Lao food as much as you feel able. Purchasing fresh foods in the market and eating

Lao dishes ensures that your money supports Lao farmers.

 Purchase local crafts. Purchasing handicrafts in markets or villages directly supports local

artisans and their traditional crafts.

 Stay overnight in villages. Staying overnight in a village as part of an organized tour

provides a genuine and rewarding experience of Lao culture and Lao people.

 Visit national protected areas. Visiting national protected areas can help generate income

and awareness to support the protection of threatened wildlife and forest ecosystems.

36. Laos has many advantages in developing ecotourism because it has .

A. the largest number of national protected areas in Southeast Asia

B. diversity of cultures, ecosystems, and ethnic groups

C. most of Laos's protected areas are remote and difficult to reach

D. a large number of birds and mammals except monkeys

37. National protected areas in Laos have all of the following features EXCEPT .

A. the majority of the country area B. a diversity of minority ethnic groups

C. spectacular limestone formations D. diverse wildlife populations

38. Laos has been fortunate in the development of its ecotourism because .

A. it has developed mass tourism and many tourism-related businesses since the early 1990s

B. tourists can make a constructive trip by following the simple guidelines

C. it has had the right policies and the awareness from many tourism-related businesses

D. there are over 8000 species of birds and more than 1000 large mammals already identified

39. Tourists can take part in several ecotourism activities EXCEPT .

A. trailing B. birdwatching C. kayaking D. staying in a tent

40. According to the guidelines, you should .

A. stays for nights in villages to support wildlife protection

B. buy handicrafts in markets or villages to support Lao farmers

C. visit national protected areas to raise your income and awareness

D. eat, stay, and purchase locally in order to support Lao ecotourism

VIII.Complete the conversation about an eco tour to the Central Highlands, using the

responses (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.

A. On arrival in Da Lat, check in hotel, and have dinner at the restaurant.

B. On the third day of the tour, you have breakfast at hotel, and you leave Da Lat for Lak

Lake about 150 kilometers away.

C. You can combine this with a visit to a traditional silk centre and tea plantations.

D. After that, you go on to visit Dambri Waterfall, surrounded with hills of tea and palm

trees.

E. You will start to visit Truc Lam Pagoda, Tuyen Lam Lake by cable car and Dantala

Waterfall.

F. I’ve heard that in Buon Ma Thuot we can go to Don Village to see the suspension bridge

across the Srepok River, and have an elephant ride.

G.Around the back is a particularly jolly giant - a Happy Buddha with neon halos and a room

built into his ample belly.

Nam: What are you doing, Nick?

Nick: I’m thinking about an eco tour to the Central Highlands for my family.

Nam: Why don’t you take a tour to Da Lat and Buon Ma Thuot?

Nick: Sounds great. They’re two wonderful destinations in the Central Highlands in Viet

Nam. Can we have any activities on the way to Da Lat?

Nam: Of course, Nick. Along the way, you will stop to take photos on Bao Loc Pass. You

will see the immense fields of tea stretching from the edge of the road to the horizon.

Nick: And after that, we’ll travel non-stop to Da Lat?

Nam: No. (41)

_____________________________________________________________________

If you view the waterfall from a low position, dozens of rainbows, created by water

and sunlight will be seen. Then you will visit a silkworm factory where people make

cloth from the silk of the worm.

Nick: Then we’ll arrive in Da Lat. Where will we go on the first night?

Nam: (42)__________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

At night, you are free to go around Da Lat or wander to go shopping at Night Market

of Da Lat.

Nick: And the second day? Where can we go?

Nam: (43)

_____________________________________________________________________

This afternoon, you visit Nam Ban Village, and Elephant Fall - a popular stop on the

Easy Rider Trail. Nearby, the Linh An Pagoda has been built to take advantage of the

good “Feng Shui” of having water in front and a mountain behind.

Nick: Wonderful! After that, we’ll go to Buon Ma Thuot. I haven’t been there before.

Nam: That’s right. (44)

_____________________________________________________________________

You will have a cruise on a unique boat on Lak Lake to enjoy the mountain Chu

Yang Sin, the fishing village, Lotus Lake... and have dinner with special dishes of the

local ethnic and enjoy traditional music of the M’Nong minority.

Nick: (45)

_____________________________________________________________________

I hope to get the feeling of riding and sitting on a real elephant.

Nam: Exactly. I hope you’ll have a good trip to the Central Highlands.

IX. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about Vam Ho Bird Garden in Ben Tre.

You have to add some words or make some changes when necessary.

46. Vam Ho Bird Garden/ Ba Tri, Ben Tre/ habitat/ nearly 500,000 night herons.

______________________________________________

47. The bird sanctuary/ have/ a lot of wild plants/ trees/ and protective dykes/ safeguard the

birds.

______________________________________________

48. The songs/ birds/ whispering/ plants/ scent/ flowers/ and/ flocks/ flying birds/ make/ scene/

more attractive.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. At sunset/ visitors/ climb high/ tree/ view/ all kinds/ birds.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. Visitors/ feel/ as if/ they/ living/ a world/ sounds, sights and colors.

___________________________________________________________________________

TEST YOURSELF 4

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

1. A. ecotourism B. flora C. fortune D. inorganic

2. A. effect B. depletion C. deforestation D. preserve

3. A. fossil B. session C. discuss D. progress

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

4. A. confusion B. pollution C. influence D. removal

5. A. renewable B. influential C. advantageous D. beneficial

III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. In New York State, you can sleep green by staying at one of the hotels, committing to

practices.

A. environment friendly B. environmental friendly

C. environmentally friendly D. friendly environmentally

7. Enrich your time in Hawaii by learning about the of its islands.

A. flora and fauna B. lawns and grass C. floral and animals D. sea and sun

8. In addition, Hawaii is home to some magnificent botanical gardens, opportunities for animal

education, and cultural engagement.

A. conservation B. conservational C. conservationist D. conserve

9. The mangrove forest is home to a variety of wildlife.

A. flood B. flooding C. flooded D. floods

10. Viet Nam has abundant mineral water sources, throughout the country.

A. find B. found C. be found D. finding

11. Without conservation, human beings survive for a long time.

A. will B. won’t C. would D. wouldn’t

12. Farmers have worked hard on their rice crops. If they to work hard, they good

crops.

A. continue - will have B. continue – have

C. continued - would have D. continued - had

13. My father is busy at the moment. If he busy now, he us to Cat Ba National

Park at the weekend.

A. were - wouldn’t take B. is not - won’t take

C. were - would take D. were not - would take

14. If pollution on, the earth a dangerous place to live on.

A. go - will become B. goes - will become

C. would go - would become D. would go - became

15. Chen us that air pollution a serious problem in Beijing.

A. say - is B. told - be C. said - was D. told – was

IV. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box.

Unique Cycling Tour To Discover Simple Life In Hue

On the morning of the first day, you start the Hue cycling tour on your biking trip to the

countryside to visit Thanh Toan Bridge, one of the most unique antique bridges in Viet Nam. It

takes you about 8 km from the city centre to Thanh Toan Bridge. On the road, you will see the

scenes of villages look like a nice and lively picture and breathe fresh air with wonderful (16)

. The villages are surrounded in a (17) of green bamboos, rice fields

and a beautiful nearby river.

On arrival, you can enjoy this old bridge with its architecture and the story of its (18)

. You will learn the meaning of the story about the woman who built this bridge for

villagers. Together with the bridge, you can see the small museum which displays Vietnamese

farmer’s (19) on their farm.

In the afternoon, you go on your cycling to pass through roads for more (20) of the

countryside with peaceful and wonderful sights of villages in Hue. Next, you ride up to visit

Vong Canh Hill which is the best (21) for you to have pictures of the Huong River

and pine trees and to feel the romantic beauty of nature...

On the second morning, you will enjoy fresh air and have a close feeling in the village. You

will visit Huyen Khong Pagoda nearby there to find out the daily (22) of Buddhism

and see daily activities of the local people. Then, you will be taken to Hue Temple of Literature

with the doctors' steles to understand more about Viet Nam educational system during the feudal

(23) and Thien Mu Pagoda for more exploration and enjoy the beautiful

panoramic view of the Huong River. Next, take the boat on the Huong River to enjoy the tranquil

(24) and beautiful scenes along the two sides of the river banks. This is the

harmonious (25) with the fishing boats and the peaceful scene of paddy

fields, corn fields, and green fruit gardens.

V. Choose the correct verb forms to complete the sentences.

26. If I (would win/ won) the lottery, I would share all the money with my

family and friends.

27. I wouldn’t study English if I (didn’t/ wouldn’t) need it for my future.

28. It (will take/ would take) me about twenty minutes if I go by bus.

29. If we (don’t leave/ didn’t leave) now, we’ll miss the flight.

30. I could join a band if I (had/ would have) a better singing voice.

VI. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

“Eco-friendly” or “Environmentally friendly” means the product poses no harmful (31)

on the environment or its inhabitants. This includes the methods used to

manufacture these products. Everyone can (32) in the eco-friendly movement by

simply choosing environmentally friendly products.

Many of our products use renewable plant (33) like bamboo. Bamboo

products are environmentally friendly and are 100% biodegradable and compostable. These

crops are annually renewable and sustainable, meaning they are able to grow back each year.

Besides bamboo, we should use PLA which is an advanced plastic derived from corn and a

renewable resource to make our (34) containers and cups. It is fully

biodegradable and compostable.

Unlike traditional petroleum-based plastics, biodegradable plastic does not produce

greenhouse (35) as it is formed because it is made from plant fibers. PLA does not

produce any toxic material in the composting process and the resulting compost can support new

plant growth.

VII.Complete the conversation about the useful ways to protect the environment, using the

responses (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.

A. Choose matches over lighters because most matches are made of recycled paper while

most lighters are made out of plastic.

B. If glass isn’t recycled, it can take a million years to decompose.

C. If every household in Viet Nam replaced one regular light bulb with one of those new

compact fluorescent bulbs, the pollution reduction would be equivalent to removing

thousands of cars from the road.

D. We only turn on our washing machine when we have a full load.

E. Downloading software on our computer for the present or a later date when you upgrade a

new computer is a good solution.

F. Besides energy conservation, recycling is a very important factor.

G.We should plant on the west side of our house, and it makes out house cooler.

Maria: What are you reading, Mai?

Mai: Yeah, I’m reading an article about “going green”.

Maria: It sounds interesting. We should learn the useful ways to protect our environment.

Mai: That’s right. First, we should save energy. (36)________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Maria: Right. We can also save energy by turning off our computer at night instead of

leaving it in sleep mode, we can save 40 watt-hours per day.

Mai: (37)__________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

People throw away millions of tons of paper every year. For a quick and easy way to

reduce waste, set your printer to print on both sides of paper.

Maria: And if everyone in our country used one less napkin a day, a million kilograms of

paper could be saved from landfills every year.

Mai: You’re right. We often talk about recycling paper, but recycled glass reduces air

pollution and water pollution a lot. (38)______________________________________

Maria: I agree with you. In order to make our neighbourhood green, we should plant trees.

It’s good for the air, the land, and it can shade our house.

Mai: (39)__________________________________________________________________

Consider the amount of pollution created to get our food from the farm to our table.

Whenever possible, we should buy from local farmers or local farmers’ markets.

Maria: Yeah, we can support our local economy and reduce the amount of greenhouse gases

created during transporting. What else can we do with our computers in order to go

green?

Mai: Most software comes on a compact disc, and we throw away millions of CDs every

year. (40)______________________________________________________________

Maria: Anyway, we can use email instead of normal mail or pay our bills online and receive

electronic statements instead of paper. It can save trees and energy.

VIII.Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions below.

Environmental Pollution and Its Effects

One of the greatest problems that the world is facing today is that of environmental pollution.

Environmental pollution consists of five basic types of pollution, namely, air, water, soil, noise

and light.

Air pollution is by far the most harmful form of pollution in our environment. Air pollution is

caused by fumes emitted by ears, buses, trucks, trains, and factories, such as sulphur dioxide,

carbon monoxide and nitrogen oxides. Even smokes from burning leaves and cigarettes are

harmful to the environment causing a lot of damage to man and the atmosphere. Evidence of

increasing air pollution is seen in lung cancer, asthma, allergies, and various breathing problems

along with severe and irreparable damage to flora and fauna.

Chlorofluorocarbons (CFC), released from refrigerators, air-conditioners, cause severe

damage to the Earth’s environment. This gas has slowly damaged the atmosphere and depleted

the ozone layer leading to global warming.

Water pollution, caused by industrial waste products released into lakes, rivers, and other

water bodies, has made marine life no longer hospitable. Humans pollute water with large scale

disposal of garbage, flowers, ashes and other household waste. In many rural areas, one can still

find people bathing and cooking in the same water, making it incredibly dirty. Acid rain further

adds to water pollution in the water.

Noise pollution, soil pollution and light pollution too are damaging the environment at an

alarming rate. Noise pollution includes aircraft noise, noise of cars, buses, and trucks, vehicle

horns, loudspeakers, and industry noise, as well as high-intensity sonar effects which are

extremely harmful for the environment.

Soil pollution, which can also be called soil contamination, is a result of acid rain, polluted

water, fertilizers etc., which leads to bad crops. Soil contamination occurs when chemicals are

released by spill or underground storage tank leakage which releases heavy contaminants into the

soil. These may include hydrocarbons, heavy metals, herbicides, and pesticides.

Light pollution includes light trespass, over-illumination and astronomical interference.

41. What is air pollution caused by?

___________________________________________________________________________

42. What diseases may air pollution cause?

___________________________________________________________________________

43. What are the causes of water pollution?

___________________________________________________________________________

44. What types of noise does noise pollution include?

___________________________________________________________________________

45. When does soil pollution occur?

___________________________________________________________________________

IX. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about ecotourism in Cambodia. You

have to add some words or make some changes when necessary.

46. Cambodia/ unique ecosystems/ and/ impressive landscapes/ 23 national protected areas.

____________________________________________________

47. Its abundant natural resources/ and/ rich biodiversity/ offer/ potential/ ecotourism

development.

___________________________________________________________________________

48. There/ be/ over 60 rare species/ wildlife/ Cambodia/ many of which/ now extinct/ Southeast

Asia.

___________________________________________________________________________

49. Ecotourism/ Cambodia/ help/ protect wildlife/ natural environment/ and/ local cultures.

___________________________________________________________________________

50. It/ also/ offer/ opportunities/ employment/ and/ sustainable development/ local communities.

___________________________________________________________________________

MỤC LỤC
Unit 1: FAMILY LIFE....................................................................................................... 1
Unit 2: YOUR BODY AND YOU.....................................................................................3
Unit 3: MUSIC................................................................................................................... 3
TEST YOURSELF 1.............................................................................................. 3
Unit 4: FOR A BETTER COMMUNITY..........................................................................3
Unit 5: INVENTIONS....................................................................................................... 3
TEST YOURSELF 2.............................................................................................. 3
Unit 6: GENDER EQUALITY.......................................................................................... 3
Unit 7: CULTURAL DIVERSITY....................................................................................3
Unit 8: NEW WAYS TO LEARN.....................................................................................3
TEST YOURSELF 3.............................................................................................. 3
Unit 9: PRESERVING THE ENVIRONMENT................................................................3
Unit 10: ECOTOURISM....................................................................................................3
TEST YOURSELF 4.............................................................................................. 3
Trong sách có sử dụng một số ảnh từ Internet

Bấm Tải xuống để xem toàn bộ.

| 1/194

| | Tải xuống